Category: Volume 12 – Number 2 – January 2002

  • Notices

     

     

     

    12.2
    January, 2002
    Every issue of Postmodern Culturecarries notices of events, calls for papers, and other announcements, free of charge. Advertisements will also be published on an exchange basis. If you respond to one of the ads or announcements below, please mention that you saw the notice in PMC.

     


    Publication Announcements

    • Organdi Quarterly
    • Scenes from Postmodern Life
    • Cryptomimesis
    • Pixelpapers 18

    Conferences, Calls for Papers, Invitations to Submit

    • Journal of Media Economics
    • Modernist Studies Association 4
    • NECSI–International Conference on Complex Systems
    • University of South Carolina 5th Annual Comparative Literature Conference

    General Announcements

    • Ropes Lecture Series
    • Crompton-Noll Awards

     

  • They’re Here, They’re Everywhere

    Andreas Kitzmann

    Institute for Culture and Communication
    University of Karlstad, Sweden
    andreas.kitzmann@kau.se

     

    Review of: Jeffrey Sconce, Haunted Media: Electronic Presence from Telegraphy to Television. Durham, NC: Duke UP, 2000.

     

    Jeffrey Sconce’s Haunted Media confirms a familiar suspicion. There is something lurking within the electronic devices that surround us: something more than just organized electrical impulses, something just beyond the range of our perception, something we can feel, hear, see, and even speak to.

     

    Sconce’s thesis is relatively straightforward. Telecommunications technology is often perceived as possessing some strange sort of magic, some indescribable “presence” that turns it into a potent incubator for a host of metaphysical, philosophical, or spiritual narratives and fantasies. Such a notion is, as Sconce argues, a social construct that is as much a product of historical and cultural contexts as it is of the sometimes “uncanny” characteristics of the technology itself. The key aim of Haunted Media is to perform what Sconce terms a cultural history of electronic presence in an effort to better understand the fantasies and fictions with which it has become associated. In this respect Sconce is in familiar company. Works by authors such as Sadie Plant, Margaret Wertheim, and Erik Davis also attempt to locate present trends in telecommunications technology within a larger framework of the history of spirituality and superstition. Yet where Sconce’s approach is markedly different is in the precision of his historical comparison. Haunted Media does not reach back to the writings of Hermes Trismegistus or the rituals of medieval monks in an effort to probe our cultural fantasies about technology. Instead, he focuses on the relatively short period between the inception of the telegraph and contemporary digital technology, and he limits his discussion to the specific narratives, rituals, and conceptions generated by the electronic age. His narrative is thus much less grand than those of similar historians–a characteristic that, as I shall discuss below, makes Haunted Media a unique and important work.

     

    Sconce is driven by a nagging question: “why after 150 years of electronic communication, do we still so often ascribe mystical powers to what are ultimately very material technologies?” (6). In responding to such a question, Sconce takes the reader through a remarkable and amusing set of historical materials. The telegraph, the radio, the television, and the computer have all generated a host of cultural fantasies, which, as Sconce documents, are as consistent as they are strange. Yet such consistency should not be taken as a kind of “transcendent essence” or grand narrative of communications technology, but rather as “the product of a series of historically specific intersections of technological, industrial and cultural practices” (199). Haunted Media is thus organized around the exploration of such intersections, beginning with the primitive pulses of the first telegraph and ending with current developments in digital communications technology.

     

    For Sconce there are “three recurring fictions or stories” and “five distinct moments in the popular history of electronic presence” that need to be considered (8). The first of these stories is about disembodiment that allows the communicating subject “the ability, real or imagined, to leave the body and transport his or her consciousness to a distant destination” (9).The second and closely related fiction tells of a sovereign electronic world that is somehow beyond the material realm that we mortals live in. A cast of androids and cyborgs inhabits the third fiction, which addresses the anthropomorphizing of media technology. These three stories, Sconce asserts, have been told countless times during the last 150 years. Yet, as Sconce is quick to emphasize, it is the discontinuities that matter more than the supposed similarities. “Tales of paranormal media are important, then, not as timeless expressions of some undying electronic superstition but as a permeable language in which to express a culture’s changing social relationship to a historical sequence of technologies” (10).

     

    Such a “permeable language” is at work in the five “moments” that Sconce details in his book’s five chapters. The first of these moments revolves around the development of the telegraph during the nineteenth century and the manner in which it is closely associated with the rise and methods of the Spiritualist movement. Indeed, for Sconce the telegraph spawned the “media age’s first electronic elsewhere” and, as such, forms the basis for many contemporary narratives of telecommunications technology (57). For this reason there is much to be gained by a closer examination of the expectations and fantasies engendered by the telegraph. Of the more important fantasies associated with the telegraph is the notion that the mind and the body can be split and that the telegraph can be employed to enact or temporarily reverse such a separation. Consequently, the telegraph served as a convenient metaphor (and sometimes a means) for Spiritualists to invoke in their explorations of the supernatural. As in the rest of the book, it is Sconce’s descriptions and reconstructions of historical material that make this book so satisfying. His well-chosen examples not only add to the force of his arguments but also make for good reading–no mean feat when it comes to the thick prose common in much cultural theory.

     

    Equally central to this first chapter are the connections drawn between Spiritualism, technology, and the rights of women. As has been well documented in other works, notably Ann Braude’s Radical Spiritualism and Women’s Rights in Nineteenth-Century America, there is a close alignment between the Spiritualist movement and the rise of women’s rights. Sconce develops this argument further by inserting technology into the mix. The telegraph’s apparent ability to access an “electronic elsewhere” corresponded to the then general view that women are more sensitive creatures and thus more apt to access the realms that lie just beyond the edges of the rational, observable world. In this way the telegraph, and electricity itself, more generally, served as convenient metaphors for female Spiritualists. On the one hand the telegraph represented the verifiable world of rational science and technology, but on the other it served as a powerful testament to the “reality” of disembodied being. Female Spiritualists, Sconce argues, made good use of this dualism and gained a measure of respect and social status as a result. However, their empowerment was only temporary since the discourses of science and psychoanalysis eventually categorized the traits of female spiritualism as “deviations” and thus in need of treatment and correction.

     

    The chapter “The Voice from the Void” details the so-called second moment in Sconce’s cultural history. After the telegraph, the wireless radio represents the next major breakthrough in the development of communications technology. Sconce’s focus here is on what he terms the “paradox of the wireless” (62). On the one hand, the wireless promised to bring the whole globe together via its unprecedented ability to offer instant communication across great distances. Yet, at the same time, it also threatened to increase social isolation and alienation by virtue of the fact that the boundaries of space, nation, and body were no longer the constants they once appeared to be. Consequently, the cultural fantasies and stories associated with the wireless are a mix of utopian visions and anxious melancholy. One consistent metaphor used to represent the wireless is the etheric ocean that, while offering great opportunities for exploration, was also threatening in the sense that its sheer size dwarfed the relevance and agency of any one individual. Such anxiety finds its representation in many of the popular short stories and novels written during the early 1920s. In such stories, the wireless ether is frequently inhabited by the ghosts of the dead who, in one way or another, manage to contact the living via the wireless radio set. Such scenarios were not confined to fiction. Sconce also documents various attempts at “mental radio,” in which the wireless was seriously employed as a medium of telepathy (75). Less extreme was the popular activity of “DX fishing,” where thousands of amateur radio enthusiasts would relentlessly scour the as yet unregulated airwaves in search of distant voices–either from this world or the next (65). Again, the discursive backdrop here is a mix of hope and pessimism, which for Sconce represents one of the major strains of the modern condition and, as such, is deeply connected to specific historical and cultural contexts.

     

    In the third moment, as detailed in the chapter “Alien Ether,” the wireless makes the transition from an unregulated ocean of communication to the structured broadcast model still in use today. The central aim of this chapter is to examine “the transformation in the popular perception of electronic presence from one of melancholy mystery to one of escalating alienation” (94). For Sconce, a good part of this mounting alienation can be explained by an often unarticulated resistance to the increasing standardization of the radio medium. The bulk of the apparent resistance was found not in the work of media activists but in the fictionalized serials and short stories of pulp science fiction. Thus, Sconce recounts a number of bizarre and absurd tales of alien invasion that he sees as representing, in part, “the social struggle over determining radio’s purpose and future” (95). Sconce’s argument is insightful here in the sense that it highlights the extent to which social and cultural unease often finds its initial representation in popular fantasies and stories. This unease is most potently represented in H. G. Wells’s War of the Worlds, which Sconce describes as “the most famous public lesson in an uncomfortable political reality: the collapse of the media is by definition a collapse of the social” (116). Central to the debates that followed the initial broadcast was the question of faith–faith in the radio (and thus media) as a system of belief. Once disrupted, additional walls began to tumble. Another legacy of the War of the Worlds is, of course, the familiar intertwining of aliens, fascism, and conspiracy within the popular imagination.

     

    The chapter “Static and Stasis” encompasses the fourth moment in Sconce’s chronology, with the development of television being the prime area of focus. Like earlier communications media, television generated its own peculiar brand of public fantasies and obsessions. Most prevalent is the notion that television seemed capable of generating autonomous spirit worlds, meaning that ghosts did not speak through television but seemed to live inside of them (127). Television thus becomes a portal into a dynamic and perpetual presence that is continuously live and available. Television-land is a real place that not only brings a version of the world into our living rooms, but as Sconce explores more deeply within his final chapter, is also capable of effectively simulating and replacing reality itself. As with previous media forms, the promises and fantasies of television created a range of specific anxieties and concerns. Sconce again turns to popular culture to identify and explore these concerns, with programs such as the Twilight Zone and the Outer Limits serving as prime examples. Characterizing these and many other programs, films, and fictions is a form of self-reflexivity that highlights the potentially dangerous relationship that audiences could have with television. Television in this sense takes on almost narcotic characteristics, and as such is generally addictive and ultimately self-destructive.

     

    The fifth and final moment, discussed in the chapter “Simulation and Psychosis,” continues with the analysis of television but concludes with speculations on the impact of digital communications technology. As presented in the previous chapter, the magic of television is derived mainly from its ability to generate autonomous worlds–an ability that today has developed into an increasingly expanding and all-encompassing electronic universe. Television, as Sconce represents it, has effectively colonized the majority of private and public life–at least in North America–by perfecting the illusion that the diegetic time of any given television series or broadcast is aligned with that of the viewer. To watch television is thus to tune into the live and the real. Although Sconce does not discuss this (and this is perhaps an oversight on his part), the recent trend of Reality TV comes to mind. If anything captures the “ideology of liveness” and the illusions of immediacy and simulation, it is a program such as Big Brother or Temptation Island.

     

    In addition to exploring the “television universe” by way of selective examples from the annals of broadcast television, Sconce also develops the potentially contentious idea that certain varieties of postmodern theory are little more than specialized (and “jargonized”) incarnations of popular fictions. Thus, sophisticated ruminations by the likes of Sadie Plant, Donna Haraway, or Arthur Kroker can be seen as re-articulating fantasies that have long been in the public arena. The various tales of the ’50s and ’60s, for example, demonstrate that popular culture was equally engaged with the questions of contemporary electronic media that occupied the postmodern criticism of the ’70s and ’80s. Such a proposal is perhaps troubling to critics who are heavily invested in either the promise or perils of digital technology. As Sconce asks within the final few pages of his book, perhaps virtuality is more a construct of the imagination than of technology. Perhaps the concept of cyberspace itself is a “consensual hallucination” (204). Troubling for Sconce is the observation that many theoretical treatments of digital communications technology tend to treat subjectivity, identity, and fantasy as equivalent and interchangeable terms (208). Such naiveté is not only academically dubious–it is little more than a fantastic folk tale about the ghosts and their machines.

     

    Haunted Media is an important addition to the cultural history of communications and media technology. Sconce’s work vividly captures the effect of communications technology on the popular imagination in a manner that distinguishes it from comparative projects such as those of Wertheim, Davis, and Plant. What I find particularly notable is Sconce’s resistance to the grand narrative, which one could argue is central to works such as Wertheim’s The Pearly Gates of Cyberspace or Davis’s Techgnosis. Although attempting to identify a number of common threads that link various historical moments to one another, Sconce repeatedly stresses that discontinuity is more likely than continuity, and that any comparisons between different eras must always be grounded within the particularities of their time. It is perhaps for this reason that Sconce has decided to limit his analysis to the last 150 years rather than attempting to identify discursive threads that, in the case of Plant’s Zeroes + Ones, reach as far back as the dawn of humankind. The comparatively limited range of the historical period under analysis provides a welcome measure of specificity. As well, Sconce’s decision to mine the depths of popular culture as a means to identify his “stories” and “moments” provides the added element of familiarity. Unlike the medieval monasteries to which Wertheim links contemporary discourses of cyberspace, Sconce traces bad science fiction plots and bizarre antics in the world’s media-scape, plots and antics that continue to inhabit popular imagination and therefore represent a part of ongoing, everyday reality.

     

    Accordingly, Sconce is less reliant on selected and fanciful revisions of the past than authors who craft more mythic narratives of what one may term the metaphysics of media technology. Indeed, given the nature of Sconce’s subject matter, the grounded quality of his work is even more noteworthy. Sconce manages to engage with his material in a manner that balances his obvious enthusiasm with just the right amount of critical distance, creative license, and restrained cynicism. That he kept himself from falling into a well of New Age rumination is indeed something to be thankful for. This factor in itself will help sustain the book’s critical longevity and keep it from being yet another rhetorical ghost collecting dust in the world’s libraries.

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Braude, Ann. Radical Spiritualism and Women’s Rights in Nineteenth-Century America. Boston: Beacon Press, 1989.
    • Davis, Erik. Techgnosis: Myth, Magic, Mysticism in the Age of Information. New York: Harmony Books, 1998.
    • Plant, Sadie. Zereos + Ones: Digital Women + The New Technoculture. New York: Doubleday, 1997.
    • Wertheim, Margaret. The Pearly Gates of Cyberspace: A History of Space from Dante to the Internet. New York: Norton, 1999.

     

  • Trekking Time with Serres

    Niran Abbas

    Department of Digital Media
    Trinity and All Saints College, University of Leeds
    niranabbas@hotmail.com

     

    Review of: Maria Assad, Reading with Michel Serres: An Encounter with Time. SUNY Press, 1999.

     

    Michel Serres is one of the few philosophers who can genuinely lay claim to the title of “specialist generalist” (Dale and Adamson). He began his adult life in the merchant navy, going on to study physics and mathematics. He wrote his first book on Leibnitz, followed by the Hermes series which is comprised of five volumes intersecting literature, science, and philosophy, and later, studies on Emile Zola, Jules Verne, Lucretius, the history of Rome, the origins of geometry, and the future of education. In all he has published more than twenty-five books in the last thirty years, about five of which have been translated into English. At present he is Professor in History of Science at the Sorbonne and Professor in the Department of French and Italian at Stanford University.

     

    Michel Serres’s numerous books provide a multidisciplinary approach that brings together the study of literature, philosophy, ecology, poetry, and modern scientific thought. He has been envisioned by many as a voyager between the arts and the sciences, an “enigmatic ventriloquist, at once so close and so absent” (Delcò 229), a thinker, as theorist and critic Maria Assad states, who “invents” through translation, communication, and metaphor. Reading Serres can be a “reading challenge” (9). After all, Serres produces books made of other books that, he claims, have nothing to do with invention or creativity. In Serres’s vision, humans belong to the world in a simple, fundamental sense; ultimately, he insists, “nothing distinguishes me ontologically from a crystal, a plant, an animal” (Hermes 83). So how and why can we read him in this context? While these proclamations clearly serve a rhetorical function, they also bring to the surface a strong undercurrent of Serres’s thought: a desire to efface the edge of difference between language and representation, to fuse knowledge and being.

     

    “In science,” Werner Heisenberg states, “the object of research is no longer nature in itself but rather nature exposed to man’s questioning, and to this extent man here also meets himself” (“Representation” 131). As Norbert Wiener explains in his book Cybernetics, this development devastated the positivistic tendencies of “that still quasi-Newtonian world of Gibbs” (92). It replaced that semi-classical view of time and order “by one in which time… can in no way be reduced to an assembly of deterministic threads of development.” Or in other words, “There is no set of observations conceivable which can give us enough information about the past of a system to give us complete information as to its future” (93). According to Serres, human history has been constructing–through religions, mythologies, traditions, and cultures, and above and beyond any individual biological death–what he calls a “collective immortality” in the historical sense of this expression. This construct functions on the basis of two interconnected activities in space and time: efficient operating techniques construct the world; sociocultural technologies construct time. This formula defines our episteme as a dynamical system for which the information of its state is given by the “operative techniques” (of pre-Cartesian and modern natural sciences); its evolution over time (its dynamic), on the other hand, is initiated and nurtured by “the sociocultural technologies” (the human sciences) (Assad 110-11). Assad’s book on time is devoted to what Serres would call a passage between science and literature. “New” knowledge lies in the inbetween, or the passage between fixed points of knowledge. In this challenging context, Reading with Michel Serres is a provocative look at Serres’s use of time in his encyclopaedic narrative using “dynamical” systems theory. The grouping of the chosen texts is intended, as the author states in her introduction, to provide “a global approach to Serres’s thought, so that a progressive development becomes visible, from chaotic multiple to circumstances, to dynamical statues, to a portrait of dynamical cultural systems that create time as an operating factor in their inventive drive” (Assad 5).

     

    The central problem for contemporary philosophy is to relate to one another the varying conceptions of time that are developing in individual disciplines. The different approaches to this task are embedded in the following three basic tendencies that define the contemporary philosophy of time: “unification tendency,” “pluralization tendency,” and “tendency to relativize and historize time” (Sandbothe).

     

    Reading with Serres: An Encounter with Time provides a blueprint of Serres’s work on time dynamics. Its six chapters comprise an assessment of Serres’s works arranged in an overlapping pattern. Time, Assad claims, is no longer thought of as a parameter adding something to a system from the outside, nor is time a purely historical force that Serres argues is the source of inherently violent foundations of our episteme. Formulating a kind of epistemological principle of uncertainty, Paul Ricoeur states that any meditation on time “‘suffers,’ quite simply, from not really being able to think time” (261). This failure is directly related to an intrinsic “hubris that impels our thinking [notre pensée] to posit itself as the master of meaning” (261). In Time and Narrative, Ricouer cautions against the hubris of reason but adds that an outright rejection of reason invites “obscurantism” leading to deceptive cognitive processes engaged in an intellectual free-for-all. “The mystery of time is equivalent to a prohibition directed against language. Rather it gives rise to the exigence to think more and to speak differently” (274). This statement reflects the issues at the center of Serres’s cycle of writings on time. Ricouer’s appeal for a new discourse capable of broaching time in its mysterious working also bears a striking resemblance to Mitchell Feigenbaum’s insistence that insights gained through recent dynamical systems theories “completely change the way to know something” (Assad 164). Both philosopher and mathematical physicist address the same issue–that is, that purely analytical methodology is no longer sufficient or even applicable. Possibilities for a new mode of thinking are forcing themselves upon the philosophical and scientific consciousness.

     

    Serres’s writings, for which Assad’s study attempts to provide a dynamical reading practice, recuperate Ricouer’s dilemma and enlarge its scope. Serres’s overriding premise for the texts discussed is a kind of bracketing of analytical methods. By leaving the straight path of philosophical and scientific inquiry and opting instead for a “visiting” of circumstantial spaces, Serres reinstates a “method” that had been relegated long ago to the fictional, irrational, or emotive-intuitive spheres of perception. The convergence of different vocabularies of time is, from Richard Rorty’s perspective, by no means proof of an intrinsic coincidence between natural and historical time. The transfer of the vocabulary of historical time from the context of human self-description into the realms of the natural world, as well as the mathematically operational implementation of time, illustrate only the historical ability to adopt inner flexibility and contextual feedback even in a highly attuned vocabulary such as that found in physics and mathematics. In Rorty’s view, the different vocabularies that we use for differing purposes and in varying contexts are to be understood as neither convergent in an intrinsic sense, nor as essentially incommensurate in a phenomenological sense. Rather, they are themselves subject to change over time, through which they become related and disjoined in various ways according to the various historical situations that arise.

     

    The radical temporalization of time that is expressed in these deliberations is noted in Robert Musil’s The Man Without Qualities.

     

    The train of events is a train unrolling its rails ahead of itself. The river of time is a river sweeping its banks along with it. The traveller moves about on a solid floor between solid walls; but the floor and the walls are being moved along too, imperceptibly, and yet in very lively fashion, by the movements that his fellow-travellers make. (174)

     

    Assad introduces the concept of unification tendency in the first two chapters by presenting accounts of historical time, the natural clock, and their effects upon “our epistemological conscious, in order to underscore by contrast the other ‘new’ time emerging from beneath the guise of tropes” (10). The protagonists of this unification tendency are convinced that time’s validity is that of being a new Archimedean Point that unifies our everyday experience of the self and the world with our academic theories about nature and man. This point of unification, they contend, has been emphasized time and time again in philosophy (by Bergson, Schelling, and Whitehead, among others), but has been ignored by science and technology.1 It wasn’t until the second half of the twentieth century that a global time concept was developed and mathematically implemented at the interface between the applied and pure sciences within the framework of “self-organization” or “autopoeitic” theories. According to the proponents of the unification tendency, this new conception of time enables the old duality between natural time and historical time to be overcome and resolves the conflict between physical, biological, and philosophical approaches to time that characterized the first half of the twentieth century.

     

    Assad suggests that Serres’s understanding of the linear time of historical consciousness draws upon René Girard’s theory of the mimetic desire that lurks behind the scapegoat mechanism. For Girard, desire for a beloved object (or person) is always the imitation of another’s desire for the same object. The scapegoat as trope is considered both a malevolent and benevolent outsider. “Society is thus founded on an act of violence by exclusion, while history is the chain of repetitive imitations of this act” (Assad 11). Girard sees the formation of the sacred in the linear time of founding exclusions. Serres sees this same juxtaposition of violence and the sacred, but he locates the essence of evil as such at the core of repetitive gestures of exclusion. To overcome evil, Serres proposes an inventive effort: “to achieve this, the linearity of historical time has to be replaced by a new time” (11). The loss of repetition in Serres’s work (inherent in the nonlinearity of chaotic systems) becomes the weapon of inventive thought to combat stasis. Reading with Serres makes frequent reference to nonlinear dynamics, a theory presently at the forefront of emergent conceptualization of time.

     

    The German theoretician of time, Herman Lübbe, observed,

     

    that even the temporal structure of historicality, which according to Heidegger and the hermeneutic theory which followed him, results exclusively from the subject’s relationship to itself, which constitutes meaning, is in reality a structure belonging to all open and dynamic systems which is indifferent to the subject matter. (qtd. in Sandbothe 1)

     

    Lübbe’s convergence theorem can be supported by the deliberations of Ilya Prigogine:

     

    Whatever the future of these ideas, it seems to me that the dialogue between physics and natural philosophy can begin on a new basis. I don’t think that I can exaggerate by stating that the problem of time marks specifically the divorce between physics on one side, psychology and epistemology on the other…. We see that physics is starting to overcome these barriers. (qtd. in Sandbothe 1)

     

    In Assad’s chapter “Time Promised: Reading Genèse” (Genèse is Serre’s meditation on noise), she investigates the transition or mutation of “noise” and the “multiple.” Serres provides a framework for understanding how ordered complexity, information, even meaning, can arise from interaction with disorder. By noise is meant not loud or obnoxious sounds but that which gets mixed up with messages as they are sent. Noise causes loss of information in transmitted messages, but in systems in which message transmission is but a component function, the variety introduced by noise can come to be informative and meaningful in another, emergent context. The “multiple” is a “new object for philosophy” that Serres is “offering to be sounded and perhaps fathomed” by his readers (Serres, Genesis 2); it is an aggregate or “a set undefined by elements or boundaries. Locally, it is not individuated; globally, it is not summed up” (4). These concepts become in Genesis the first metaphoric paradigm in a chain of tropes that Serres continues to weave into a series of epistemological writings providing the model for a new concept of time.

     

    Assad claims that the shift from the French “bruit” to noise (from a clearly modern word to a term more or less effaced by historical time) is symptomatic of a development in Serres’s materialist notion of time. Bruit becomes part of “noise,” which the author revives from the old French where it meant disorderly furor as well as noise. Built into the very concept of noise–as a set of interference phenomena and as the parasite that triples as an abusive guest/a parasitic organism/static noise–is the overriding notion of the excluded middle or third (Assad 18). Genèse, according to Assad, is an attempt to give prime billing to the exclusion, but without its conceptual dominance or accrued power: “Disorder, chaos, and the clamor of human relations have to be discovered, uncovered and accepted as valid fields of contemplation without squeezing them into a straight jacket” (18). The “multiple” is the metaphorical vehicle Serres chooses to guide his reader through chaos, that is, to have her confront the complexity of the most common elements of his world. The metaphoric nature of this iterative process prevents it from becoming a linear progression and assures an open-ended variability.

     

    Assad makes two observations concerning Serres’s vision of time. First, both the static and the “dynamical” are expressed by “stability,” the latter by a “new stability.” Second, the statue as the paradigm of the stagnant static that Serres consistently aligns with death as its telos is contrasted to a turbulent state that is “a median state between a slightly redundant order and pure chaos” (Assad 120). The enigma of time is thus not really resolved. History as a destructive time is described by “noise” deformed into rumor and dull repetition. On the other hand, “noise” of la belle noiseuse promises dissipative possibilities. For Serres, la belle noiseuse is the passage from the pre-phenomenological primal soup to our phenomenological ordered world. She is the processing of all possibilities, not their sum or reservoir. Since she is neither chaos nor order, she is what dynamicists call a “phase transition,” that fuzzy state when a system is at the threshold of a phase change (Paulson 404-416). In Genèse, the static as stagnant redundancy and the dynamical aspect of turbulence are hesitatingly wedded in a statue that turbulently rises and fades from the reader’s grasp: a fluctuation, an oscillating state between the pre-phenomenological and the phenomenon. Phenomenological time, consisting in a dimension of future, past, and present, is explained by Ricoeur as being appropriate only in narrative. And time in the narrative “refiguration” itself becomes comprehensible only up to a point. For Ricoeur, Emmanuel Levinas’s and Michael Theunissen’s time marks the “mystery” in our thought that denies representation in that our existence irrevocably pervades our thinking.

     

    Assad’s chapters “Time Immortal” and “Time Empirical” address Serres’s Détachment and Les cinq sens, a series of fables and an exploration of the five senses. Serres’s philosophy of circumstance shifts from paradigms of fluid mechanics and passages to parasitism and tropes of topological landscapes. Assad provides close readings of the horizontal (transcendent) and vertical (static) planes from Chinese farmers and kite flying to the myth of Orpheus. Time in Les cinq sens is understood as infinitesimal “differentials” that together cannot be totalled up; they are non-integrable. Always inchoate, they are local events we grasp or “suppose” through our senses. Time for Serres percolates rather than flows; it is unpredictable, unmeasurable, and unintegrable.

     

    Far from flowing in laminar and continuous lines, like a well-behaved river under a bridge, upstream to downstream, time descends, turns back on itself, stops, starts, bifurcates ten times, divides and blends, caught up in whirlpools and counter-currents, hesitant, aleatory, uncertain and fluctuating, multiplied into a thousand beds like the Yukon river. Sometimes time passes, sometimes not; but when it passes, it does so as if through a colander… and this filter or percolator supplies the best model for the flow of time. (Serres, “Turner” 15)

     

    According to Serres, “time can be schematised by a crumpling, a multiple, foldable diversity” (Conversations 59). Out of this foldability emerges, then, a related phenomenon: topological time materializes itself in a spatially foldable “nearness.” Serres demonstrates his point through the example of a sketch on a handkerchief:

     

    If you take a handkerchief and spread it out in order to iron it, you can see in it certain fixed distances and proximities. If you sketch a circle in one area, you can mark out nearby points and measure far-off distances. Then take the same handkerchief and crumple it, by putting it in your pocket. Two distant points suddenly are close, even superimposed. If, further, you tear it in certain places, two points that were close can become very distant. This science of nearness and rifts is called topology, while the science of stable and well-defined distances is called metrical geometry…. It is simply the difference between the topology (the handkerchief) is folded, crumpled, shredded) and geometry (the same fabric is ironed out flat)…. As we experience time–as much in our inner sense as externally in nature, as much as le temps of history as le temps of weather–it resembles this crumpled version much more than the flat, overly simplified one. (60)

     

    As a percolating sheet wrapping all circumstances, topological time is thus spatially foldable, hence enfolding a temporal nearness. In Serres’s “timing of space, time sheds its last distinctions, past, present, and future become one” (Assad 9). For Serres, in this sense, the past is, and has never been, out-of-date.2

     

    “Time Dynamical” and “Time Inventive” make use of simulations of nonlinear dynamical models. Statues and Le Tiers-Instruit teem with dense metaphorical strings of apologues that make, at times, for difficult reading. In Statues, Serres makes a mental leap that allows him to examine the statue functioning not as static entity but as a dynamical system.

     

    The statue of Molière’s Commander in the last chapter of Hermès I: La communication is the first figure with which Serres models the full authority of the stable and immutable Law, and against which he pits Dom Juan’s shifty logic and maneuvering. The Commander’s shadow looms large in Serres’s texts on communication where any argument, pointing to stagnation, rigidity, stability, repetition, thesis, unitary, or binary constructs, is ultimately expressed in analogies involving statues or statue-like phenomena. The statue as the incarnation of absolute immobility, or as rigid perfection no longer in need of inventive improvements, haunts the writings of the philosopher of communication. It is the spectre of death, the totality of stability and of absence of variability. It is Serres’s model of evil. At the heart of the most static and stagnant of all his discursive tropes, Serres discovers a complexity and an inventive power where the absence of repetitive instants invites continuous new findings. (Assad 168-9)

     

    The many functions of the statue are presented in the narrative via a series of descriptive portraits of historical/cultural phenomena that trace out dynamical behavior. Assad invites the reader to consider the paradoxical point where Serres’s quest for a true understanding of time, though seemingly farthest away from scientific discourse, parallels the most recent scientific and mathematical findings concerning nonlinear dynamical systems.

     

    Serres’s Le Tiers-Instruit is the blueprint of a dissipative dynamical system couched in a theatrical setting of a Harlequin-prologue. The Harlequin is Serres’s epistemological model for a strange attractor. On a computer screen the strange attractor can be traced out as a basin toward which the trajectory of a dynamical system’s orbit converges while looping erogodically through its phase-space. In the text, this looping is discursively portrayed by the harlequinesque métis, a chaotic body or half-breed who goes on halving himself like a Cantor set or a Koch curve (“middle third”), which links to Serres’s neologism of the “middle-instructed.”3 The third element with Serres is neither “this nor that”; it is both and neither. According to Serres, “the real passage occurs in the middle” (Troubadour 5). Whether Serres talks about the left-handed child (himself) taught to write like a right-handed child, or the swimmer who arrives at the middle of a stream where he enters a space that is neutral in distance to both shorelines, all are harlequinseque in their dilemma; they arrive at a point where commonly accepted definitions fail, where all directions and meanings are equally valid (Troubadour 7). To learn to live or pass in this “middle-ground” is what Serres calls an “apprenticeship for the making of the third.”

     

    Assad’s final chapter, “Time and Earth,” deals with The Natural Contract, revealing a relationship between time as a “natural” phenomenon and the question of right as an expression of the human contractual conscious. Serres’s notion of the natural contract grows out of his work on Lucretius and Epicurean philosophy, which opens a passage between social contract and natural contract. The appeal of the Lucretian model for Serres clearly stems from its positing an essential freedom at its base. Assad’s project is to present dynamical time in the most applicable and concrete form we are capable of understanding today, namely the social contract, sealing a union between the human subject and the physical object. It puts into a proposal with practical applications for the future what Serres has gleaned from an ancient fabled setting called “Ulysses’ circum-navigations,” a nonlinear dynamical system that invents new knowledge at every turn, without closure. We call it “epic” and ignore the fact that what we so designate is the story of a new time (Serres, Les cinq 290). In The Natural Contract, Serres searches out a “strong and simple science [that] will tell me the moment of denouement, of being stripped bare and untied, the moment of true casting off… from this earth toward the void” (Natural 115).

     

    The inner reflexivity in the modern apprehension of time is reminiscent of Kant and Heidegger. Bruno Latour, Serres’s conversation partner in Conversations on Science, Culture, and Time (1995), presses him on the issue of the use of time in his writings. Latour sees in the twisting of time one of the reasons for the intellectual jarring experienced by readers who judge Serres’s writings to be obscure and difficult to follow: “This problem of time is the greatest source of incomprehension, in my opinion” (Serres, Conversations 48). But Serres points out that in his writings the question is not one of playing modernity against a past that has been used and is done with. In other words, his juxtaposing of text, authors, and myths into one time frame is not a juxtaposing of “times” expressed as past, present, and future, all lumped together. “I want to be able to understand time and, in particular, a self-same time” (46). To illustrate the nature of his contemporaneity that seems to situate him outside of time, Serres points once again to Lucretius who,

     

    in his own time, really was already thinking in terms of flux, turbulence, and chaos, and, second, that through this, he is part of our era, which is rethinking similar problems. I must change time frames and no longer use the one that history uses. (47)

     

    Reading with Serres provides a metaphoric chain forming feedback mechanisms by which an insight once attained becomes a metaphoric input for the next, comprising a network of relations producing an interdisciplinary interface. Time is the symptom of symptoms:

     

    What’s time exactly? One form of time for instance, is a clock time which is reversible. But I am also in danger of dying because of aging. This is a second form of time; the time of weakness, the time of old age, the time of death. This is exactly what constitutes thermodynamic time, the time of entropy. But this time is irreversible because I am going to death and not to rebirth. But then I have granddaughters and they are beautiful, they are far more beautiful then me! This is also irreversible but it is the time of Darwin. That is, although I am going down to death, the time of Darwin is coming up to evolution. So you have three times, all very different: reversible, irreversible minus and irreversible plus. And what is time? It is the combination of these three. My metaphorical style is a combination of three results of scientific thought. And what is this combination? I don’t know exactly, it is not scientific thought, it is metaphysical. Also with chaos theory a new theory of time comes about: time is indeterministic to the future. So I must think about time with the instructions of astrononomy, mechanics, thermodynamics biology, chaos theory and so on. I must study these specialities in order to have a metaphysics of time. There is not an opposition between scientific thought and the metaphysical world. (Dale & Adamson)

     

    Michel Serres shows that culture circulates through science no less than science circulates through culture. The heart that keeps this circulatory system flowing is narrative–narratives about culture, narratives within culture, narratives about science, narratives within science (Hayles 21). Reading with Michel Serres/An Encounter with Time is a provocative study of Michel Serres’s work for both Serreseans and those new to his work. At a time where the threat of disciplinary meltdown seems increasingly to produce a retreat to narrow specialization, it is rare to encounter work that genuinely dares to think globally, with all the problems that entails. As Steven Brown states, “Serres’ work dares.”

     

    Notes

     

    1. In an interview with Catherine Dale and Gregory Adamson, Serres discusses the importance of Whitehead and Bergson in his work on time and metaphysics. See <http://www.thepander.co.nz/culture/mserres6.php>

     

    2. See Ming-Qian Ma’s “The Past Is No Longer Out-of-Date” (4). The author mentions in “Notes” that the quote in the title is taken from Serres’s and Latour’s Conversations (48).

     

    3. The Koch Curve is an example of a fractal created by a replacement rule. Such fractals begin with a simple image. In the case of the Koch curve and its variants, this image is a straight line. This image is then changed to something else, based on the replacement rule. The new image contains elements that correspond to elements in the original image. The replacement rule is then applied to these portions of the image, creating a more detailed picture. This process continues indefinitely, creating infinite detail from a simple picture and a replacement rule. The Cantor set works a similar way. Consider a line segment of unit length. Remove its middle third. Now remove the middle thirds from the remaining two segments. Now remove the middle thirds from the remaining four segments and so on. What remains after infinitely many steps is a remarkable subset of the real numbers called the Cantor set, or “Cantor’s Dust.”

    Works Cited

     

    • Brown, Steven D. “Michel Serres: Myth, Mediation and the Logic of the Parasite” (14 May 2000) <http://devpsy.lboro.ac.uk/psygroup/sb/Serres.htm>.
    • Dale, Catherine, and Gregory Adamson. “A Michel Serres Interview (Part II).” Pander OS 2.0 <http://www.thepander.co.nz/culture/mserres6.php>.
    • Delcò, Alessandro. “Michel Serres: Philosophy as an Indeterminate Essence to be Invented.” Trans. Matthew Tiews and Trina Marmarelli. Configurations 8.2 (2000): 229-234.
    • Girard, René. Violence and the Scared. Baltimore: John Hopkins UP, 1977.
    • Hayles, Katherine N. How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in Cybernetics, Literature and Informatics. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1999.
    • Heisenberg, Werner. “The Representation of Nature in Contemporary Physics.” Trans. O. T. Benfey. The Discontinuous Universe. Ed. S. Sears and G. W. Lord. New York: Basic Books, 1972. 122-135.
    • Ma, Ming-Qian .”The Past Is No Longer Out-of-Date: Topological Time and Its Foldable Nearness in Michel Serres’s Philosophy.” Configurations 8.2 (2000): 235-244.
    • Musil, Robert. The Man Without Qualities. Trans. Eithne Wilkins and Ernst Kaiser. Vol. 2. London: Picador, 1979.
    • Paulson, William. “On a Dynamic Analysis Of The Textual Variation of Le ‘Chef-Oeuvre Iconnu’ by Balzac, Honore de.” Nineteenth-Century French Studies 19.3 (1991): 404-416.
    • Ricoeur, Paul. Time and Narrative. Trans. Kathleen Blamey and David Pellauer. Vol III. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1988.
    • Sandbothe, Mike. “The Temporalization of Time in Modern Philosophy.” <http://www.uni-jena.de/ms/ms_time.html>.
    • Serres, Michel. Hermèes I: La communication. Paris: Editions de Minuit, 1969.
    • —. Hermes–Literature, Science and Philosophy. Ed. Josué V. Harari and David F. Bell. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1982.
    • —. Les cinq sens. Paris: Grasset, 1985.
    • —. The Natural Contract. Trans. Elizabeth MacArthur and William Paulson. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1995.
    • —. Troubadour of Knowledge. Trans. Sheila Faria Gloser and William Paulson. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1997.
    • —. “The Case of Turner.” SubStance #83, 26.2 (1997): 6-21.
    • —. Genesis. Trans. Genevieve James and James Nielson. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1995.
    • —. Serres, Michel, with Bruno Latour. Conversations on Science, Culture, and Time. Trans. Roxanne Lapidus. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1995.
    • Wiener, Norbert. Cybernetics: Or Control and Communication in the Animal and the Machine. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1961.

     

  • Sexuality’s Failure: The Birth of History

    Jason B. Jones

    School of Literature, Communication, and Culture
    Georgia Institute of Technology
    jason.jones@lcc.gatech.edu

     

    Review of: Tim Dean, Beyond Sexuality.Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2000.

    Charles Shepherdson, Vital Signs: Nature, Culture, Psychoanalysis. New York: Routledge, 2000.

     

    In an interview familiar to English readers, “The Confession of the Flesh,” there is a terse exchange between Michel Foucault and Jacques-Alain Miller over the former’s history of sexuality. Miller doggedly insists that “There isn’t a history of sexuality in the way that there is a history of bread” (213). Foucault replies by likening the history of sexuality to that of madness, and the interview takes a different turn.1 It is a pity that Miller and Foucault should have allowed this particular point to drop, for it reveals the central conflict between psychoanalysis and the historicism exemplified by Foucault: psychoanalysis, specifically its Lacanian inflections, contends that historicism misrecognizes sexuality by turning it into an effect of discourse.2 This conflict has wide-ranging repercussions, touching on fundamental questions of identity, sexuality, power, representation, and the nature of history and historical change.

     

    The year 2000 saw the publication of eagerly awaited collections by two of the most invigorating and provocative writers on psychoanalysis and historicism: Tim Dean’s Beyond Sexuality and Charles Shepherdson’s Vital Signs: Nature, Culture, Psychoanalysis. Dean and Shepherdson begin their books with statements of the same goal: to recapture the “theoretical specificity of Lacanian theory” in the face of an Anglo-American reception that has tended either to assimilate psychoanalysis with Foucault or to dismiss it as either essentialist and ahistorical, on the one hand, or as reducing everything to language, on the other (Shepherdson 8; for similar statements from Dean see 8, 15, and 22). One great merit of Beyond Sexuality and Vital Signs is the way they move debates over sexuality and identity beyond facile, sterile arguments between essentialism and constructionism–an opposition, Shepherdson points out, that plays out in postmodern clothes the nineteenth-century, and thus basically pre-Freudian, opposition between Geisteswissenschaften and Naturewissenschaften (15, 183).

     

    Dean and Shepherdson start from the same place: the Lacanian proposition, derived from Freud, that sexuality represents a failure of identity constitutes the sharpest insight of psychoanalysis, one with ramifications that are still far from being understood. The Lacanian argument is profoundly antipsychological and anti-commonsensical, as Dean observes: “human sexuality involves persons only contingently…. We misconstrue sexuality’s functioning when we begin our analysis of it from the point of view of men and women, rather than from the perspective of language and its effects” (18). Shepherdson explains that, because Freud’s theory of sexuality binds the drives to representation, psychoanalysis fundamentally conceives of a sexuality constitutively opposed to nature, reproduction, or any other telos. In Dean’s lovely expression, “Language and the body are permanently out of synch, though not always in the same way” (59).

     

    In addition to this attention to sexuality’s failure, the two books share other emphases, such as clarifying the differences between the Imaginary and the Symbolic (including between the image and the word), and most notably a sustained engagement with Catherine Millot’s work on transsexuality.3 As a consequence of their attempt to bring psychoanalysis into sharper relief, both writers are also somewhat polemical, digging through the reception history of Lacanian psychoanalysis and what is usually called French feminism in order to demonstrate how and why certain concepts have been obscured–or simply not understood. Despite their common interest in clarifying the theoretical stakes of Lacanian psychoanalysis, Dean and Shepherdson also have significantly divergent interests and methods. Dean’s Beyond Sexuality offers a radical rethinking of sexuality on impersonalist grounds, revealing the value of Lacan’s conception of the objet a to queer theory–and, splendidly, the extent to which the objet a deserves to supplant the phallus in Lacanian theory. Dean eloquently demonstrates the vitality of heterodox–or, perhaps more precisely, of original, non-acolytic–readings of Lacan, as well as the crucial importance of Lacanian analysis for social phenomena such as safe-sex education. Shepherdson’s disentangling of the three elements of his subtitle–nature, culture, psychoanalysis–works to defamiliarize French feminists such as Irigaray, Kristeva, Lemoine-Luccioni, and Millot. In fact, reading Vital Signs leads to an astonishing conclusion: we have never understood how to read these writers, and an extensive rereading will have to begin.

     

    Readers of Postmodern Culture may recognize “History and The Real: Foucault with Lacan,” Shepherdson’s fifth chapter, since a version of it appeared here previously. The precision and expositional grace of Shepherdson’s prose will thus already be familiar. Vital Signs is revelatory, with every chapter overturning commonplaces of the American misunderstanding of French psychoanalysis. A partial list of his main claims will suggest the importance of this project: “sexual difference is neither ‘sex’ nor ‘gender’” (2); the body is neither natural nor cultural, in anything like the normal understanding of those terms; for Lacan, the mother only emerges in the Symbolic order; psychoanalysis distinguishes women from mothers, and both from the fantasy of a pre-Oedipal mother; for psychoanalysis, “human sexuality is inevitably historical” (99), and so forth. In addition to these far-reaching theoretical questions, Shepherdson also provides lucid accounts of Lacan’s Schema R–which clearly indicates the crucial importance of the mother for the Symbolic order–and of the shift from the Oedipus myth to the myth of the primal horde, the Freudian basis for Lacan’s arguments about jouissance after Seminar 7.

     

    To briefly clarify some of these claims, I shall try to follow Shepherdson’s argument about sexuality and history, the thread connecting the chapters in his book. He begins with the Freudian distinction between “instinct” (Instinkt) and “drive” (Trieb). The first consequence of this distinction is that sexuality is irrevocably disconnected from reproduction and the natural. In fact, “one cannot properly speak of an ‘originally natural’ sexuality that would (later) be distorted by external and therefore merely accidental deformation by the particular conventions of a given culture–the analysis of the sexual drive should lead us to speak of its original emergence as unnatural, as intrinsically constituted through an organization that is beyond the ‘law’ governing the organism alone” (34). It is because the drive is not natural–that is, because there is a gap between instinct and drive–that sexuality can have a history. Actually, this can be put more dramatically: insofar as it interrupts the biological determinants of the body, human sexuality simply is history. The Symbolic order is thus the threshold of history.

     

    The cultural studies equation of Lacan’s concept of the Symbolic order with actually existing institutions in a particular society has thoroughly confused this point.4 For Lacan, the Symbolic order is, in effect, the law underpinning culture itself; in other words, it is the condition necessary to allow social institutions to exist at all. To continue to use the example of sexuality, it is the introduction of the Symbolic–here, the order of representation–into a biological, instinctual understanding of sexuality that allows the varieties of human sexuality to come into being. Once these sexualities have begun to emerge, the historicist thesis becomes more appropriate, but it is always a second-order understanding. As Shepherdson comments, historicism and psychoanalysis address fundamentally different questions. Historicism can help us understand “the contingent, historically constituted forms of life,” while psychoanalysis focuses on the “inevitable dimension of sexually marked embodiment” (88).5

     

    By providing an account of how the biological organism becomes “the body,” psychoanalysis refuses the opposition between nature and culture that has governed discourse on sexuality since the nineteenth century. It is therefore highly comic to find this opposition being used to dismiss psychoanalysis–both as endorsing biology over culture (essentialism) and as focusing too relentlessly on the signifier (constructivism). The first two chapters of Vital Signs address themselves to this irony, seeking to uncover in Irigaray, Kristeva, and others a psychoanalytic argument about embodiment and history that has literally been ignored in the course of their Anglo-American reception. For example, “everyone knows” that Kristeva distinguishes between the (feminine) semiotic and the (masculine) Symbolic. Both hostile and sympathetic critics often begin their responses to Kristeva with this point. However, Shepherdson demonstrates that gendering the semiotic/Symbolic distinction misses Kristeva’s point entirely:

     

    Such an account presupposes a commonsense account of sexual difference; thereby circumventing the questions psychoanalysis is seeking to address, namely, the question of how sexual difference in the human animal is subject to representation rather than being naturally given. Thus, the semiotic is not automatically a domain of maternal or feminine identity, but a domain in which sexual difference is not yet established, and consequently it cannot be gendered without returning to a pregiven sexual difference (based on common sense and anatomy) that avoids the very question Kristeva’s categories seek to address. (61)

     

    The reception of French feminism is, for Shepherdson, simply one egregious instance of the general misunderstanding of psychoanalysis’s interrogation of sexuality.

     

    Shepherdson’s reading of “Stabat Mater” demonstrates the limitations of our current understanding of Kristeva. In his view, Kristeva emphasizes the importance of maternal desire to the Symbolic order. In other words, not only is it not the case that women and mothers are relegated to the Imaginary, it is also not the case that the move to the Symbolic is predicated on the father. Shepherdson’s reading depends on two related points. First, there is no sexual difference without the Symbolic order. As a result, whenever we speak of the “Imaginary mother,” we are dealing with a fantasy of maternity that is already the product of the Symbolic: The Imaginary mother is “the archaic maternal image,… a phallic figure that cannot be understood in terms of sexual difference” (61). Second, the advent of the Symbolic order is not first heralded by the child’s recognition of the father, as so many literal-minded readers of Lacan claim. Instead, the child is confronted with the astonishing fact that the “mother” (which, as I’ve just said, cannot be conceptualized with reference to sexual difference) wants something beyond the child. By incarnating desire for the child in this way, Shepherdson poetically writes, the “symbolic mother thus performs a second birth, a symbolic labor, which escorts the child out of the organic night, out of the imaginary world of blood and milk, out of the oceanic world of primary narcissism, and into the world of speech, where desire can be articulated” (69). The fundamental lesson of Vital Signs is this: by paying attention to the theoretical specificity of psychoanalysis, we can discover a perspective on sexuality far richer than any available alternative. The refusal of psychoanalysis to yield pride of place to either nature or culture gestures towards a turbulent field of trauma, fantasy, and the excesses of symbolization and language. The work of understanding this field, Shepherdson tantalizingly suggests, has yet to begin.

     

    If Vital Signs shows how we have never fully understood psychoanalysis, Dean’s Beyond Sexuality demonstrates that psychoanalytic theorists have not always understood just how rich a resource they had. Subsequently, in addition to coinciding with Shepherdson’s argument about sexuality and history, Dean also advances a powerful new inflection of the theory of sexuality, arguing on ethical grounds for an impersonalist theory of desire, one that would recognize that psychically we have sex not with others but with the Other. The thesis of Beyond Sexuality is that the theory of the objet a, object-cause of desire, represents the key insight of Lacanian psychoanalysis, and the theory emphasizing the phallus is a kind of retrograde legacy: “Lacan’s most profound ideological and affective convictions sometimes run counter to his most brilliant critical and analytical insights” (12).6 If we understand the objet a to provide the conceptual core of sexuality, then we can understand that “one would be defined by one’s sexuality no more than by any other contingent feature, because erotic desire would have been fully disarticulated from personhood” (21). Beyond Sexuality also shows that taking psychoanalysis seriously means neither self-importance nor obsequious deference to Freud or Lacan. Dean’s prose is both clear and witty, and he has a genius for the well-placed one-liner with significant conceptual implications. At one point, he sums up his de-emphasis of the phallus: “It is not so much that the phallus is really a penis–or, in Judith Butler’s reading, a dildo–as it is a giant red herring” (13-14). And elsewhere, he splendidly revises the familiar Lacanian maxim about transference and the “subject supposed to know”: “he whom I suppose to know how to enjoy, I hate” (127). Beyond Sexuality is an important intervention in both psychoanalytic thought and queer theory, and deserves a wide audience.

     

    In this space I cannot address all of Dean’s claims, but I will instead try to explain why Dean prefers the objet a over the phallus, and what allows him to do so. In the chapter entitled “How to Read Lacan,” Dean provides a schematic periodization of Lacan, producing a series of Lacans both overlapping and discontinuous–a Lacan of the Imaginary, one of the Symbolic, one of the Real, and one of the sinthome, Lacan’s final reconceptualization of the symptom. By doing so, Dean avoids both the pitfall of over-contextualizing Lacan (which would reduce his concepts into epiphenomena of his life and times, an approach exemplified for Dean by David Macey and Mikkel Borch-Jacobsen) and that of overly narrativizing Lacan’s thought (thus producing a “conversion narrative characteristic of ego formations” [37]; Dean finds this approach in Zizek’s well-known emphasis on Seminar 7 as the birth of the Real in Lacan). Viewed in the context of Lacan’s career as a whole, Dean claims, the phallus should be seen as a “provisional concept because so many of its functions are taken over by other concepts, in particular that of object a, which has no a priori relation to gender and, indeed, may be represented by objects gendered masculine, feminine, or neuter” (45). The ground for this argument is Lacan’s tendency to talk about the image of the penis as a metaphor for the phallus, leading Dean to infer that what’s being proposed is an analogy. As a consequence, “when we insist on invoking the concept of the phallus to talk about desire, we’re effectively mistaking the scaffolding for the building” (46-47).

     

    Dean emphasizes the Lacan of the Real because his discussions of the Real drive Lacan to reconsider the status of the objet a. As soon as the Real becomes a separate conceptual register, we can see that the differences between “reality” and “fantasy” no longer hold: “Lacan suggests that fantasy and desire don’t concern imagined, hallucinatory objects as distinct from actually existing objects. Rather, objects of fantasy (objects a) are forever lost–even from the visual projections of the imagination–thanks to their cutting away from the subject that they thereby bring into being” (57).7 The last clause emphasizes the role of the objet a as object-cause of desire: it is both the thing desired and the source of desire–that is, it elicits the desire that then becomes attached to it. As Dean points out, the “cut that produces object and subject both is not a border separation, a more or less culturally regulated division between domains or acceptable objects of desire. Instead, this is an internal cut, one that constitutively ensures the separation of subject and object by making the subject’s reality and its desire depend on the object’s never coming into view, never entering the field of reality or of imaginary relations” (58). An immediate consequence of this view is that any attempt to connect sexuality with identity is thereby associated with the ego, and thus with the normative enemy of desire.

     

    Dean lays out the stakes of allowing the ego to take over desire in “Transcending Gender,” a chapter demonstrating the limitations of gender theory’s frequent celebration of drag and transsexuality as exemplifications of the social construction of gender. From a psychoanalytic point of view, drag has a somewhat different implication. To the extent that the successful performance of drag is often associated with “scrupulously accurate mimesis” (69), it thus stresses the normative implications of gender identity: “theories of mimesis or imitation represent the wrong approach to gender altogether, because formulating questions of gender and sexuality in terms of the mimetic or imitative generation of reality effects restricts vital political questions to the arena of ego identifications” (71). Rather than subvert the reigning paradigms of sexual difference, then, gender performance theory surprisingly reinforces them: sexuality is an affair of the ego, and the vicissitudes of unconscious desire can be deprecated as distasteful or politically objectionable.

     

    Against this view psychoanalysis makes an astonishing claim: “the unconscious has no knowledge of sexual difference” (86). This point continually slips from view in discussions of psychoanalysis. However, it is the conceptual basis for Dean’s project: “Lacan maintains that there is no signifier for sexual difference in the unconscious. Hence the phallus cannot be a signifier of sexual difference; instead, it counts as a signifier of the total effects of the signified–that is, of meaning. If there is no signifier for sexual difference in the unconscious, then as far as the unconscious is concerned heterosexuality does not exist…. Sexual difference does not organize or determine sexual desire” (86-87).8 Our tendency to read sexual difference and sexuality in terms of each other, and to read sexual difference in terms of men and women, corresponds to a pre-Freudian, psychologistic understanding of sexuality. Worse, it endorses an identification of sexuality with the ego, with normative, idealizing results (229).

     

    In “Lacan Meets Queer Theory,” Dean explores the possibility of a genuinely non-normative sexuality, one built around objets a rather than personhood and identitarian claims. The chapter engages such diverse thinkers as Foucault, Freud, Lacan, Deleuze and Guattari, Michael Warner, and Guy Hocquenghem in order to sustain a conversation between antinormative strains in queer theory and psychoanalysis. The fundamental congruence that Dean observes among these writers is an emphasis on depersonalization, the recognition that sex–whether alone or in the presence of others–is a relationship with an object and with the Other. The confusion of one’s object-choice with a person, or a kind of people, “entails a kind of sublimation, an idealizing consolidation of the object…. Erotic desire for another person itself depends on some sort of sublimation–rather than sublimation standing as the alternative to interpersonal desire” (268). In the age of AIDS, Dean asks us to see that depersonalizing desire could be a way of saving lives. If taking another person as a sexual object is a form of sublimation, then perhaps other forms of sublimation could equally well serve as gateways to jouissance. Understanding sexuality (as well as all relations with others) as impersonal clarifies that “jouissance remains irreducible to sex, since although the Other has your jouissance, it has no genitalia” (171).

     

    Beyond Sexuality and Vital Signs are provocative, even polemical, books; their tone may be misconstrued–or, perhaps more exactly, their tone may invite a particularly unproductive mode of “wild analysis.” For example, both writers use “psychoanalysis” to refer exclusively to the subset of psychoanalytic theory associated with French Freud: mostly Lacan, but also Bersani, Laplanche, Irigaray, Kristeva, and Millot. This is not, as is commonly asserted, a manifestation of Lacanian arrogance. Instead, it is a consequence of striving to keep in focus aspects of psychoanalysis that always threaten to fade from view. This fading happens in two directions. First, both the unconscious and the psychoanalytic subject have at best evanescent “existences,” generally understandable only as instances of failure. As Dean in particular emphasizes, this “fading” of psychoanalytic specificity is present in Freud and Lacan, as well. Second, the reception of French psychoanalysis has tended to read it as a politically dubious species of poststructuralism. In certain chapters–some of the finest of both books (in Dean, “Bodies That Mutter”; in Shepherdson, “Hysteria and the Question of Woman”), the argument about theoretical specificity requires an extended demonstration of what is actually in Lacan, and what is a confusion in the reception of Lacan. Another way of putting this is to say that the target of Dean’s and Shepherdson’s argument is rarely the theorist under consideration so much as it is the academic tendency to rely on intermediaries rather than engaging with Lacan’s work. Dean and Shepherdson argue that this reliance produces Imaginary misreadings of Lacan that are far more normative than anything in psychoanalysis (for an especially graceful articulation of this view, see Dean 13-17).

     

    It is surely not a coincidence that Dean’s and Shepherdson’s academic training is grounded in poetry (Dean 25 and Shepherdson 9, 187), suggesting the peremptory benefits of close reading, even for, say, a discussion of the epistemological virtues of gloryhole sex (Dean 274). First, Beyond Sexuality and Vital Signs share a commitment to exegetical patience, sticking to the nuances of the texts they consider. Second, they are both able to locate in Lacan’s style an “incitement to further thinking” (Dean 25). The merit of the two books, from this perspective, is their capacity for enduring the peculiar disorientation induced by Lacanian thought, a disorientation that eventually becomes productive rather than disabling. Beyond Sexuality and Vital Signs provide admirable models of reading, convincingly demonstrating the conceptual impoverishment induced by the Anglo-American reception of Lacan. In particular, Dean and Shepherdson offer unusually sophisticated accounts of the paradoxical normativity that can emerge from the reigning paradigms of historicism, gender performance theory, and queer theory. They call us to a re-reading of writers we may never have fully understood–a massive endeavor, the merit of which, Shepherdson concludes, is that “psychoanalysis has a future” (185).

     

    Notes

     

    1. Shepherdson makes a similar point: “we cannot treat embodiment as though it were simply one more human institution, another convention invented (in the course of time) by human beings, like agriculture or atomic weapons” (88). There is a comical side to the exchange between Miller and Foucault, as well. Miller points out a connection between Foucault’s work and the Lacanian “axiom” that “there is no sexual relation.” Foucault’s reply: “I didn’t know there was this axiom” (213). The inexistence of the sexual relation is, as even casual readers of Lacan will be aware, one of the principal leitmotifs of his seminars, on par with “the unconscious is structured like a language,” and “desire is the desire of the other.” For an exemplary account of the relationship between Foucault and Lacan around this question, see Lane, “Experience”; for more comprehensive efforts to engage Foucault with Lacan, see Lane, Burdens (12-30) and Copjec (especially 1-26).

     

    2. For the rationales behind identifying Foucault’s style of thought “historicist,” see Copjec (1-14), Dean (2-10), Lane, Burdens (12-30), and Shepherdson (1-15, 157). Shepherdson frames the argument with characteristic precision: the carving of the body by the drives in Freudian theory indicates “why there can be such a thing as a ‘history of sexuality,’ for it suggests that human existence is not so decisively bound to the mechanisms of instinct, the force of evolution, and the singular telos of reproduction. And yet, this very capacity to have a history… should not lead us to conclude that ‘sexuality,’ or indeed the phenomenon of embodiment, is simply a ‘discursive product,’ the contingent construction of a particular culture or a given historical moment” (7).

     

    3. This congruence is registered by Dean (66).

     

    4. As Shepherdson has written elsewhere, assimilating the Symbolic order to the social-historical context identifies Lacan’s concept “with the very structures [it] was elaborated to contest” (“On Fate” 283). See also Vital (45-54).

     

    5. This is why, as Dean points out, it is a mistake to claim (following Judith Butler) that Lacanian psychoanalysis has a melancholy attitude towards lost jouissance (85n37; 199-202). As should now be clear, such a stance would be historicist, not psychoanalytic.

     

    6. Dean is following lines of thought developed by Arnold Davidson and Teresa de Lauretis.

     

    7. Dean develops this argument through a wonderfully clear discussion of the differences between Lacan’s seminar on psychosis and the ecrit “On a Question Preliminary to Any Possible Treatment of Psychosis,” which is ostensibly a summary of the seminar (56-58 and 100-03). He observes that the seminar focuses on the famous axiom that “what is foreclosed in the Symbolic returns in the Real,” a formula that for all its prominence in the seminar does not appear in the ecrit. The ecrit, by contrast, focuses on the foreclosure of the Name-of-the-Father, an idea that is implicit in the parts of the seminar being summarized.

     

    8. For a fuller discussion of the common ground between queer theory and psychoanalysis, see Dean and Lane.

    Works Cited

     

    • Copjec, Joan. Read My Desire: Lacan Against the Historicists. Cambridge: MIT P, 1994.
    • Dean, Tim, and Christopher Lane. “Homosexuality and Psychoanalysis: An Introduction.” Homosexuality and Psychoanalysis. Ed. Tim Dean and Christopher Lane. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2002. 3-42.
    • Foucault, Michel. “The Confession of the Flesh.” Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews & Other Writings, 1972-1977. Ed. Colin Gordon. New York: Pantheon Books, 1980. 194-228.
    • Lane, Christopher. The Burdens of Intimacy: Psychoanalysis and Victorian Masculinity. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1999.
    • —. “The Experience of the Outside: Foucault and Psychoanalysis.” Lacan in America. Ed. Jean-Michel Rabaté. New York: Other P, 2000. 309-47.
    • Shepherdson, Charles. “History and The Real: Foucault with Lacan.” Postmodern Culture 5.2 (1995): 65 pars. <http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/pmc/v005/5.2shepherdson.html and <http://www.iath.virginia.edu/pmc/text-only/issue.195/shepherd.195>.
    • —. “On Fate: Psychoanalysis and the Desire to Know.” Dialectic and Narrative. Ed. Thomas R. Flynn and Dalia Judovitz. Albany: SUNY P, 1993.

     

  • Profit and Stealth in the Prison-Industrial Complex

    Alexander H. Pitofsky

    Department of English
    Appalachian State University
    pitofskyah@appstate.edu

     

    Review of: Joseph T. Hallinan, Going Up the River: Travels in a Prison Nation. New York: Random House, 2002.

     

    In this cogent, wide-ranging study, Joseph Hallinan examines the ways in which the American penal system has been transformed during the last twenty years. Working-class Americans who used to protest when state officials announced plans to build prisons in their communities now compete to attract new penitentiaries and the jobs they create. The incarceration of convicts–once perceived as a grim governmental responsibility–has become a thriving, recession-proof industry. Prison officials have shifted their priorities from inmate rehabilitation programs to budgetary concerns; instead of focusing on the prevention of recidivism, they focus on the reduction of “average daily inmate costs.” Perhaps the most startling feature of these institutional changes, Hallinan observes, is the fact that they have been implemented without substantive public debate. Although incarceration rates have reached levels that would have seemed inconceivable as recently as the early 1980s, the public seems virtually unaware of the ways in which the aims and methodologies of the nation’s penal system have been revised. Going Up the River will disappoint readers in search of a polemic against what Hallinan calls “the prison-industrial complex,” but it provides an ideal starting place for readers who want to understand how the confluence of economics and punishment has reshaped the prison culture of the United States.

     

    Throughout Going Up the River, Hallinan (a Wall Street Journal reporter and former Nieman Fellow at Harvard University) emphasizes that the most significant recent change in America’s approach to criminal justice is an increase in the size of its prison population. Mandatory minimum sentences for drug offenses, “three strikes” statutes, and a panoply of other “get tough on crime” initiatives, Hallinan writes, have increased the nation’s total number of prisoners to an estimated 1.3 million. (This is a conservative estimate; other recent commentators have posited that the total is nearly two million.) Accordingly, even though crime rates have fallen in the last five years, the per capita incarceration rate in the United States is now second only to that in Russia. This increased reliance on imprisonment has no precedent in the history of the American criminal justice system. In the 1930s, at the height of the Prohibition/Al Capone era, the government cracked down by raising the national incarceration rate to 137 prisoners for every 100,000 citizens. This figure was considered extraordinarily high at the time, but recent developments make it seem moderate:

     

    [The 137 for every 100,000 citizens figure was] a high-water mark that stood for four decades. But in 1980 we broke that record, and we’ve been breaking it ever since. By 1999, the U.S. incarceration rate stood at a phenomenal 476 per 100,000–more than triple the rate of the Capone era. So common is the prison experience today that the federal government predicts that one of every eleven men will be imprisoned during his lifetime. For black men, the figure is even higher–more than one of every four. (xiii)

     

    This rapid increase in the nation’s incarceration rate has, of course, necessitated the constant construction of new penal facilities; Texas alone has filled more than one hundred new prisons since 1980. Several states that have been unable to match Texas’s prison-construction budget have hired the Corrections Corporation of America, Wackenhut Corrections Corporation, and other private prison firms to incarcerate convicts that the states’ prisons are unable to hold. In 1983, there were no private prisons in the United States; today, Hallinan observes, the demand for private prison services is so high that states can choose from among 150 firms.

     

    The business community has worked aggressively to capitalize on the expansion of the nation’s prison population. Telephone companies have found rising rates of incarceration especially lucrative. Although prisoners do not earn much income, they make a staggering number of phone calls. Hallinan notes that a single prison pay phone can earn its owner as much as $12,000 per year. According to a study commissioned by AT&T, American inmates spend $1 billion per year on long-distance calls. Instead of limiting this corporate windfall, state regulatory agencies have forged profitable business partnerships with the phone companies:

     

    AT&T and its competitors learned that the way to get inmates as customers was to give the prison a legal kickback: on a one-dollar phone call, the prison might make forty or fifty cents. In no time, corrections departments became phone-call millionaires. In 1997, New York rang up $21.2 million from phone-call commissions. California made $17.6 million. Florida earned $13.8 million. (xiv)

     

    While no other industry has matched the prison-house revenues of the phone companies, numerous firms that sell products to inmates (shampoo, soap, toothpaste) and to prison administrators (televison sets, weight-lifting equipment, security cameras) have also developed strategies to enlarge their shares of the prison “market.”

     

    One of the most striking transformations highlighted in Going Up the River relates to public attitudes regarding prison construction. A generation ago, residents of economically depressed small towns often dreamed that the arrival of a new factory or military base might restore their communities’ fiscal health. The arrival of a new penitentiary, by contrast, was seldom viewed as welcome news. No one wanted to live with the threat that convicts might escape into their neighborhoods. No one wanted to raise children in the vicinity of razor-wire fences and guard towers. Prison employment, moreover, was widely considered dangerous and unpleasant. But after years of corporate downsizing and post-Cold War base closings, many residents of small towns have concluded that they can no longer afford misgivings about living in a “prison town.” This change has occurred, Hallinan explains, because prisons are now regarded as invaluable sources of jobs and overall economic stability:

     

    Young men… who might in another generation have joined the Army or gone to work in a factory were now turning to prison for their livelihood. I saw job-hungry towns, desperate for something to keep their young people from leaving, compete for prisons the way they once had for industries, offering tax abatements and job training…. (xi-xii)

     

    Citizens of Beeville, Texas are so delighted with the economic effects of the town’s two existing penitentiaries that they are attempting to “turn their community into a prison hub, becoming roughly what Pittsburgh is to steel or Detroit is to cars” (4). When Hallinan asked a Beeville native why he was training to become a prison guard, the young man replied, “it’s a secure job. It’s always going to be here. It’s good pay. You can move up. Good benefits. Secure. What else do you need?” (9).

     

    The new emphasis on prison economics is especially conspicuous in the attitudes and practices of prison officials. Throughout the United States, Hallinan points out, wardens are canceling educational, job training, and drug treatment programs and cultivating a corporate CFO’s eye for cost reduction: “Warden after warden would recite to me not the recidivism rates of the men who had left their prisons (this was seldom measured), nor the educational levels of the men still there (most are high-school dropouts), nor any other indicator of ‘rehabilitation.’ But every warden I met could tell me his average daily inmate cost” (xvi). Today’s prison officials do not concentrate on bottom-line calculations because they fear that they may be wasting taxpayers’ money. They are committed to managing prisons “like a business” because that commitment can make them rich. Before the advent of the prison-industrial complex, successful prison officials often began as guards, earned promotions into a series of administrative jobs, and then–if they reached the top of their prisons’ hierarchies–occupied their positions as wardens or prison superintendents for many years. That career trajectory became obsolete when the private prison industry began to flourish in the 1980s. The six-figure salaries and stock options of private prison officials marked the first time that prison employment in the United States was associated with considerable financial rewards:

     

    Private prisons… created a new, previously unimaginable category of individual: the prison millionaire. These men were almost always former wardens or superintendents who had jumped ship to work in the private sector. The ranks of big companies like the Corrections Corporation of America are peppered with them…. The staffs of public prisons have become, in effect, farm teams for private prisons. Public prisons are now places where the ambitious can hone their financial skills before moving on to the really big money in the private sector. (173-74)

     

    The transformation of the American penal system has given rise to a number of ominous problems. First, the system’s obsessive concern with cost reduction has exposed inmates to unusually dangerous prison conditions. One of the most common strategies for the management of unruly–and therefore expensive–inmates, for example, is a heightened reliance on solitary confinement, which today’s wardens have renamed “administrative segregation,” or “ad seg.” The psychological impact of ad seg, which generally involves locking individual prisoners in empty cells twenty-three hours a day with no work or other activities to fill the time, can be catastrophic. Prisoners confined in this manner in Texas in the 1990s became so distressed that a federal district court judge characterized ad seg cells as “virtual incubators of psychosis” (5) and banned the use of ad seg on the ground that it violates the constitutional prohibition of cruel and unusual punishment.

     

    The atmosphere of racial discord in America’s prisons has also become more pervasive than ever before. Although approximately two thirds of the nation’s inmates are African-American or Hispanic, the majority of new prisons are constructed in rural communities that are virtually all-white. As Hallinan asserts, it would be difficult not to interpret this practice as a combination of racism, recklessness, and corruption:

     

    A century ago, when most inmates were white and lived on farms, this might have made sense. But not anymore. Today, most inmates… come from the cities. Sticking them in the boondocks, where family members have a hard time visiting, where guards have likely never encountered anyone like them, almost always leads to problems, often violent ones. Yet this is where we build our prisons. These communities profit most from the prison boom: from the construction jobs and the prison jobs and all the spin-off businesses that prisons create. [It is] hard to ignore that those getting rich are usually white and those in prison are usually not. (xiii)

     

    If prison administrators have any say in the matter, the practice of shipping urban minority inmates to places like the Texas panhandle and southwestern Virginia is unlikely to change any time soon. American wardens have traditionally expressed a strong preference for rural locations, which allow them to hire what a New Jersey prison official once called “competent white guards” and “the very best kind of white, mid-American line staff” (85).

     

    Moreover, Going Up the River illustrates that when prisons are viewed as “for-profit factories” (143), prison officials are likely to alter their practices in profound and unsettling ways. If the nation depends on public prisons to ensure the economic well-being of hundreds of rural communities and private prisons to strengthen the portfolios of thousands of investors, for instance, that dependence will produce a powerful incentive to keep the prisons filled. Half-empty prisons–like half-empty restaurants and hotels–do not create jobs or profits. Should the government commit itself to maintaining today’s unprecedented rates of incarceration, regardless of future crime rates, simply because the economy may suffer if the nation’s supply of convicts becomes depleted? If wardens believe that their main responsibility is cost reduction, their highest priority will be to develop strategies to limit their prisons’ expenditures. (Hallinan observes that the purpose of Correction$ Cost Control & Revenue Report and several other industry publications is to help wardens do just that.) Why build a wall around the prison, prison officials will reason, if you can save a great deal of money by building a fence? Why invest in a guard tower to prevent escape attempts? Guard towers are very expensive. Why provide drug rehabilitation and job training programs? They, too, are very expensive. Although the private prison industry has expanded enormously in recent years, most American prisons are still built and maintained with public funds. Do taxpayers know that the nation’s prison officials are under intense pressure to cut corners? Do they know that many prison officials no longer feel obligated to prepare convicts to lead productive lives after they are released? Throughout Going Up the River, Hallinan suggests that the public should be uneasy about these modifications of the professional responsibilities of wardens and the stealthy manner in which these modifications have become part of the nation’s penal system.

     

    The strengths of Going Up the River are rooted in Hallinan’s considerable skills as a reporter. Although Hallinan discusses a number of national trends, he also stresses–through a wide array of anecdotes, interviews, empirical data, and firsthand observations–that America’s penal system is extremely complex and multifaceted. While some prison farms in Texas seem to be descendants of antebellum plantations, the prisons in several other states are managed with cutting-edge technology and administrative strategies. Moreover, Hallinan writes, while some states have conceded that their prisons provide nothing but punishment, several others–most notably Washington and Iowa–remain committed to the principle that prisons must at least attempt to rehabilitate inmates through educational programs and employment opportunities.

     

    Hallinan also shows an admirable ability to illuminate shifting public attitudes concerning prisons and imprisonment. For instance, he relates some of the ways in which many Americans like to feel a sense of connection to local penal institutions. In Tamms, Illinois, the owners of a restaurant are so pleased with the town’s new “supermax” (maximum security) prison that they have added Supermax sandwiches to the menu. In Florence, Colorado, Hallinan encountered residents wearing t-shirts that read “Florence: Corrections Capital of the World” (83). And citizens of Polk County, Texas commemorated the grand opening of a new prison by paying for the adventure of spending a night there just before the first inmates arrived: “So proud were the people of Polk County… that three days before the prison opened they held an open house inside the Terrell Unit. For $25, members of the public got to eat real prison food, wear real prison clothes, even spend the night in a real prison cell” (86).

     

    Although much of this enthusiasm can be attributed to the fiscal benefits of new prisons, the residents of Tamms, Florence, and Polk County appear to be demonstrating more than a keen interest in their local economies. More specifically, Going Up the River illustrates that many Americans simply enjoy the aura of power, danger, and folklore that surrounds America’s prisons. This is a rather puzzling phenomenon because few Americans are truly knowledgeable about the nation’s penal system. How many could discuss the expanding influence of the private prison industry? How many are familiar with terms like “supermax” and “administrative segregation”? This superficial awareness has at times caused the public to misinterpret the state of the prisons. In the 1970s, a few highly publicized prison riots caused millions of people to draw the unwarranted inference that America’s entire penal system was out of control. Similarly, in the 1980s, anecdotes about racquetball courts and other hospitable features of minimum security facilities led millions of people to the absurd conclusion that America’s prisons had become “country clubs.” Hallinan’s observations about public attitudes convey some of the most intriguing messages in Going Up the River. Many recent commentators have argued that the U.S. government and a cabal of major corporations are to blame for the advent of the prison-industrial complex. Hallinan appears to agree, but he complicates the discourse regarding contemporary prison administration by underscoring the public’s role in “the merger of punishment and profit” (xi). If the public had paid more attention to the realities of the nation’s prisons, he suggests, the transformation of the nation’s penal system might not have been quite so mercenary and all-encompassing.

     

    There is much to admire in Going Up the River, but it seems to me that Hallinan’s analysis is flawed in two significant ways. First, although Hallinan devotes a chapter to the history of imprisonment from antiquity to the present, he seems unaware of the British roots of the American penal system. He discusses private prisons as though they were a new phenomenon, but they are only new in the United States. Britain’s county jails, debtors’ prisons, and houses of correction were privately owned and operated until well into the 1800s. Parliament was reluctant to depart from its traditional approach to prison management, but the writings of John Howard and other leaders of the English prison reform movement of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries gradually persuaded English society that its penal system had become unacceptably corrupt and inhumane. Similarly, Hallinan exposes his unfamiliarity with the English prison reform movement when he discusses the Pennsylvania Quakers’ role in establishing Philadelphia’s Eastern State Penitentiary in 1829. Hallinan suggests that the Quakers invented the prison’s “hub-and-spoke design,” which ensured that “the occupants could be observed at all times” (62), but the Quakers were obviously drawing on the ideas about prison architecture and surveillance that Jeremy Bentham had introduced in The Panopticon, or Inspection House (1791). Hallinan’s assertion that the modern penitentiary was invented by the Quakers is equally startling:

     

    [They] wanted each inmate to have a cell to himself–an extravagant and novel notion–and wanted him to spend every waking hour there, alone with his thoughts. Such solitude, the Quakers thought, would lead to meditation, and meditation would lead in turn to penitence. For this reason they called their new house of detention a “penitentiary,” and a distinctly American institution was born. (xvi)

     

    This passage is simply inaccurate; as anyone who has read Parliament’s Penitentiary Act (1779) or John Bender’s Imagining the Penitentiary (1987) can attest, the “penitentiary idea” is distinctly British. The Quakers did an estimable job of importing the most progressive British discourse about criminal justice and using it as the blueprint for a remarkable prison, but their ideas about confinement, penitence, and rehabilitation were hardly innovative.

     

    Hallinan’s analysis is also weakened by his perplexing reluctance to foreground his own conclusions. As a consequence of his extensive travels and his interviews with dozens of inmates, guards, and prison administrators, Hallinan is in a position to speak with authority about the prison-industrial complex and its discontents. In spite of his high degree of expertise, however, Hallinan strives throughout the book to avoid seeming partisan. This would not be a problem if Going Up the River were a strictly empirical, informative study, but in light of Hallinan’s relentless exposure of the institutional exploitation of America’s prisoners, his self-effacing rhetoric often seems disingenuous. To put it another way, Going Up the River would be akin to a study of the Vietnam War that systematically outlines the U.S. government’s errors and deceptions and then calls upon the reader to decide whether America’s involvement in the war was a success.

     

    In the early eighteenth century, Parliament responded to the overcrowding of England’s prisons by promulgating the Transportation Act. This statute provided that debtors and prisoners convicted of petty crimes were to be shipped to the American colonies, auctioned off to the highest bidder, and required to make amends for their past offenses by performing years of unpaid labor. At the time, this approach struck many observers as an inspired idea: it moved thousands of prisoners out of Great Britain and brought substantial profits to the sea captains who transported the prisoners, the auctioneers who brought them to market, and the colonists who purchased their services. Going Up the River demonstrates that the American criminal justice system has not moved far beyond the attitudes that gave rise to the Transportation Act. The federal government and the states still treat convicts like toxic waste by doing all they can to ship them far away. And in the past twenty years our representatives have mimicked early eighteenth-century British society by transforming the confinement of inmates into a prosperous industry. Perhaps the most sobering aspect of Going Up the River is the fact that Hallinan does not appear to have found a single national leader who believes that we are in need of an American prison reform movement. In spite of all the abuses Hallinan has witnessed and documented, no one seems interested in preventing the excesses of the prison-industrial complex.

     

  • A Legacy of Freaks

    Christopher Pizzino

    Department of Literatures in English
    Rutgers University
    pizzino@fas-english.rutgers.edu

     

    Review of: Slavoj Zizek, The Fragile Absolute, or, Why is the Christian Legacy Worth Fighting For? New York: Verso, 2000.

     

    In one of the more arresting moments in The Fragile Absolute, Slavoj Zizek connects the Pauline concept of agape, commonly known as Christian love, to the closing shot of Krzysztof Kieslowski’s Blue.1 The shot is a series of tableaux, each focused on a character somehow related to the life of the film’s heroine, Julie. The tableaux are separated by a formless void in which each seems to float. After panning through the void from one character to another, the camera comes to rest on the weeping face of Julie herself. Emotionally paralyzed by the death of her husband and child, she has moved through the film untouched by her encounters with those around her. The effect of the conclusion is to suggest that Julie has delivered herself from paralysis and once again become a participant in the psychic life of others. Her tears indicate that “her work of mourning is accomplished, she is reconciled with the universe; her tears are not the tears of sadness and pain, but the tears of agape, of a Yes! to life in its mysterious synchronic multitude” (103). The tone is unusually lyrical for Zizek, and indeed for cultural theory in general, yet it is easy to recognize the standard maneuver being executed here. A canonical theoretical (or in this case theological) text is expounded using a popular text as an example. In this instance as in previous works, what distinguishes Zizek’s connections from those of most other cultural theorists (aside from their frequency) is the way the popular text becomes more than mere illustration. The usual priorities could be said to be reversed; theory itself seems the subsidiary thing. One might observe in the provocative tone of overstatement Zizek has mastered that if we examine Paul’s ultimate statement of the nature of agape, the famous passage from 1 Corinthians 13, it amounts only to a sort of illustration of the conclusion of Blue (in fact the passage is being sung in the background). In his attempt to express an affirmation that could overcome the fragmentation of historical experience, Paul creates a shadowy and insufficient illustration of the “mysterious, synchronic” truth expressed by Kieslowski’s camera.

     

    As bracing as such moments are, Zizek’s allegiance to a specific set of theoretical touchstones lets us know that theory, or at least a certain kind of theory, never remains in the supporting role for long. Though the tone of the commentary on Blue is climactic, the work of Zizek’s argument is not complete until the book’s final chapter, in which agape itself is connected to Marxist and psychoanalytic points of reference. Like the use of popular culture, this argumentative procedure is now familiar. In a sense Zizek reads Paul’s theology much as he has read an array of Western philosophers, notably Hegel and Schelling. The wide field of application sheds light on the status of both philosophy and popular culture. Examples from either sphere gain value insofar as they express, in whatever form, the truths of the powerful theoretical principles Zizek has formed from his readings of Marx on the one hand and Lacan and Freud on the other. Working on the canon of Western philosophy in this way leaves Zizek open to the challenge that although he has given us new ways to understand Marx, Freud, and Lacan, he has distorted our view of the raw material on which he operates. The question of distortion, however, is likely to be more interesting if we follow Zizek’s own habits of investigation and reverse the direction of inquiry, asking in what ways his own work is affected by his appropriations. Such a question seems particularly relevant for this book, his first to give sustained attention to Christian theology. The question to ask, then, is not how Zizek distorts Christianity but how the presence of Christianity distorts Zizek. The distortion turns out to have a familiar shape. By asserting from a perspective one could provisionally define as secular that Christianity is “worth fighting for,” The Fragile Absolute enters a long-standing set of conflicts between religion and the secular, and these conflicts determine the shape of the argument in ways that are at odds with Zizek’s own theoretical program.

     

    As the reading of agape suggests, Zizek’s purpose in this book is to establish parallels between Christian thought and his own, situated athwart Marxism and psychoanalysis. Despite the urgency of the project implied by the book’s title, however, the parallels are slow to appear. The preface announces a crisis that precipitates the need for a consideration of Christianity, namely the rise of “fundamentalism” in various political and social contexts. After this announcement, Zizek turns abruptly to the lively ideological critique for which he is known, focusing his attention on the implications of global capitalism in a post-Soviet era. Here too Zizek finds a state of crisis, one which threatens the very possibility of a meaningful Marxism. Then follows another abrupt turn, this time to the concept of agape in the writings of Paul. Agape represents for Zizek the part of Christianity worth saving, the “legacy” that can undo the double bind in which Marxism is caught. What is particularly striking about the book’s trajectory is the way that Christianity appears first in a threatening role and then in a fruitful one, nearly vanishing in between. Before it can appear in a redemptive capacity, it seems, religion must first appear in the ominous guise of “fundamentalism.”

     

    Alongside Zizek’s misguided attacks on “fundamentalism,” there is a single moment of insight worth mentioning. In a chapter memorably entitled “Victims, Victims Everywhere,” the media portrayal of conditions in Kosovo is said to illustrate “the paradox of victimization: the Other to be protected is good insofar as it remains a victim… the moment it no longer behaves like a victim, but wants to strike back on its own, it magically turns all of a sudden into a terrorist/fundamentalist/drug-trafficking Other” (60). Here the figure of the “fundamentalist” is clearly a fetishized construction, a simplification structured to serve the interests of Western capitalist understanding. The target of Zizek’s critique is not “fundamentalism” at all but rather those who use the term unreflectively, dividing Others into “victims of religious persecution” and “fundamentalist radicals.” Such a critique is certainly long overdue in the context of U.S. discourse, where accusations of “fundamentalism” are readily directed at groups within the nation as well as without. Theoretical tasks immediately suggest themselves. For instance, there is the need to understand the relationship between familiar images of “fundamentalism” on the home front–the fanatical terrorist in Contact–and instantly recognizable images of “Islamic fundamentalism” deployed in films like Rules Of Engagement. It could be claimed that in popular film, fundamentalists, as well as victims, are everywhere.

     

    Unfortunately, and despite this suggestive moment of critique, fundamentalism as a secular fantasy also has a strong presence in this book. In fact the preface contains what qualifies as a classic instance of this fantasy. First there is an indictment of “one of the most deplorable aspects of the postmodern era,” namely “the return of the religious dimension in all its different guises: from Christian and other fundamentalisms, through the multitude of New Age spiritualisms, up to the emerging religious sensitivity within deconstructionism itself.” This alleged return raises the abiding question of “the religious legacy within Marxism itself” (1). Zizek’s approach to this question is, not surprisingly, an attempt at reversal:

     

    Instead of adopting such a defensive stance, allowing the enemy to define the terrain of the struggle, what one should do is to reverse the strategy by fully endorsing what one is accused of: yes, there is a direct lineage from Christianity to Marxism; yes, Christianity and Marxism should fight on the same side of the barricade against the onslaught of the new spiritualisms–the authentic Christian legacy is much too precious to be left to the fundamentalist freaks. (2)

     

    This certainly appears to reverse a traditional Marxist position on the question of religion, but it does so by way of a view of fundamentalism that could hardly be more predictable. The fundamentalist is the political “enemy,” the one whose dogmatic theological stance not only justifies but actually requires hostility on the part of the critic.2

     

    The baldness of this declaration is itself something of a landmark. Never before in a work of cultural theory has the prejudice against certain forms of religion been expressed so openly, and never have the specific contours of that prejudice surfaced in such a condensed form. The self/other antagonism finds clear expression in a language of boundaries and alliances but also deploys a language of monstrosity. The choice of the word “freaks” carries the conviction that fundamentalists, those on the other side of the “barricade,” are so utterly other as to put themselves beyond the reach of analysis. Tied to the image of the fundamentalist-as-other is an equally significant feature of secular ideology, namely a historicizing structure that approaches religion by way of its particular relation to temporality. The familiar Weberian claim that religion is in decline is the most visible example of this, but Zizek provides another. If the traditional language of “secularization” suggests that religion’s decline is inevitable, the language of “return” suggests some tidal rhythm that allows it to keep resurfacing. Though it might seem that there is a contradiction here between Zizek’s claim and the traditional line, the point of Zizek’s claim is not to critique the traditional position but simply to reverse it. The fact that secular historicism has trouble accounting for such returns is not itself a cause of distress, although religion’s “return” obviously is. This is not the first time a claim of return has been uttered, but its use necessitates a certain degree of forgetfulness.

     

    The more Zizek’s historicizing language about religion is examined, the less difference there appears to be between the traditional claim to decline and this latest announcement of return. In Weber’s Protestant Ethic, the stance is one of distance; religion is made an object of study, and its value is paradoxically derived from the assumption that it is vanishing. In his conclusion, Weber remarks that “the idea of duty in one’s calling prowls about in our lives like the ghost of dead religious beliefs” (182). The death of religion is so deeply presumed that it provides the kind of automatic reference point necessary for a simile. For Zizek, religion is not simply another element of culture to be studied and is certainly not vanishing from history. In fact its ahistoricity relative to other elements of culture, combined with the abhorrent reality of its “fundamentalist” manifestations, give it a peculiar and traumatic presence. In taking the fight to Christianity, insisting that it must be made to confess its alliance with Marxism, Zizek gives the impression that there is more than an external threat here–not simply a political challenge but an epistemological problem. It could certainly be argued that this anxiety is already latent in Weber’s assumption of theoretical distance, the insistence on containing religion within a framework of historical necessity. Nearly a century after Weber, religion has demonstrated an unexpected staying power, and the position of distance collapses. The question that haunts the background is the same.

     

    In order to function as an assumption, the question itself has to stay in the background. If made visible, it might read thus: How can secular thought tolerate the idea that religions continue to exist at all? More specifically, how can secular thought approach those forms of faith that make their political presence felt while subjugating the concerns of history to those of eternity (i.e., “fundamentalists”)? Once asked, the question smacks of the “immodest demands of transcendental narcissism” that William Connolly has ascribed to secular thought (8), a charge that would seem to require retrenchment of its claims to cultural and epistemological ascendancy. But in this book, the latest and boldest in a tradition of such immodesty, the shape of the answer still conceals its question.3 Clearly, the persistence of religion as a political and cultural force contradicts secular assumptions. But the self/other dichotomy created by the image of the “fundamentalist freak” places the blame for this contradiction on fundamentalists. The frequently declared “return” of religion, despite what secular thought knows to be true of its continuing existence, becomes the very evidence that return is unthinkable. In the tone of Zizek we might say that the fantasy of fundamentalism works like this: We all know that religion, because it is in decline, is illegitimate at best and potentially monstrous; therefore, if it is discovered that religion is not in decline at all and is in fact not only a living element of culture but a political and intellectual force as well, this proves beyond a shadow of a doubt just how monstrous it is!

     

    Given the circular nature of such assumptions about fundamentalism, it is not surprising that Zizek does little to analyze it as such. After the preface, he largely ignores religion for several chapters, turning instead to the issue that has always been central to his thought: the relationship between psychoanalytic conceptions of the subject and Marxist conceptions of ideology and politics. One of the central claims Zizek makes about subjectivity, stated here in a vocabulary less explicitly Lacanian than he has used in the past, is that “the paradox of the subject is that it exists only through its own radical impossibility, through a ‘bone in the throat’ that forever prevents it (the subject) from achieving its full ontological identity” (28). As always, such formulations are surrounded by examples (though again, this is not the best word for them) from the realm of culture and especially popular culture. There is a discussion of the crucial place of trash or excrement in postmodern art, an analysis of Coke as the ultimate example of surplus enjoyment, and a reading of the place of simulation in the constitution of sexual relationships in My Best Friend’s Wedding. In addition to this typical procedure, however, there is a reconsideration of the whole question of “radical impossibility” in light of current problems in Marxist thought. In this book even more than in his previous work, it is clear that for Zizek psychoanalysis is not merely a way to upgrade Marxism by making it more sensitive to questions of culture and subjectivity. A psychoanalytically informed Marxism seems to Zizek the best hope for a systematic critique of Marxism’s weaknesses and failures in the context of post-Soviet Europe.

     

    The failure of Communism, Zizek insists, was not the result of some defeat from without by the forces of capitalism. Instead, Communism was already “a fantasy inherent to capitalism itself” (18). If capitalism struggles with the contradictions created by surplus value and finds itself plunged again and again into crisis, then Communism is the fantasy that such crises could be abolished forever while the productive drive of capitalism is retained. In other words, Communism is a fantasy that the “radical impossibility” of the capitalist economy could be overcome without altering the structures of desire and enjoyment it produces. Zizek asserts not only that the progressive/utopian idea of pushing capitalism toward some final stage into Communism is a trap, but also that there is no hope of some return to pre-modern conditions which would do away with capitalist machinery and economics (as Tyler Durden aspires to do in Fight Club, to mention a film that will no doubt find its way into Zizek’s work in the very near future). Marxism must continue its work stripped of all its fantasies about a past before the advent of Capital or about a future that awaits it:

     

    The task of today’s thought is thus double: on the one hand, how to repeat the Marxist “critique of political economy” without the utopian-ideological notion of Communism as its inherent standard; on the other, how to imagine actually breaking out of the capitalist horizon without falling into the trap of returning to the eminently premodern notion of a balanced, (self)-restrained society. (19-20)

     

    Needless to say, this double task challenges Marxist theory far more than the business of critiquing artifacts of popular culture. Having implicated Marxism in capitalism’s “radical impossibility” in the fullest possible way, Zizek then attempts to work toward a new means of surpassing that impossibility. It is at this point that religion reappears, this time in the role of ally.

     

    Zizek’s key move is a transmutation of the problem of “radical impossibility” that leads back into the realm of theology. The double bind of Marxist theory, he asserts, has much in common with the paradox of the law in Christianity and Judaism. The problem of surpassing the fantasy of Communism without falling into fantasies of historical regression is seen to parallel the problem of how, finally, to settle the law’s demands. This second double bind is expressed thus:

     

    The “repressed” of Jewish monotheism is not the wealth of pagan sacred orgies and deities but the disavowed excessive nature of its own fundamental gestures: that is–to use the standard terms–the crime that founds the rule of the Law itself, the violent gesture that brings about a regime which retroactively makes this gesture itself illegal/criminal. (63)

     

    The “violent gesture” Zizek discusses here is the killing of the lawgiver that Freud posits in Moses and Monotheism, but it is translated into “standard terms,” that is, into the terms of a Lacanian discourse that can comprehend the productive drives of capitalism on the one hand and the cycle of law and transgression on the other. Just as Marxism is denied both the fantasy of a return to a “premodern” economy and the hope of a utopian future for capitalism, so Judaism is cut off from pagan conditions where the regime of the law does not yet exist and from a future in which the demands of the law could be met once and for all. Zizek’s leap from ideology to theology is a large one, but it is evidently made in the most serious way. The paradox that structures the Judeo-Christian economy is posited as a kind of spiritual proto-capitalism, giving explicit form to Zizek’s initial claim of a “direct lineage from Christianity to Marxism.”

     

    It is clear that Zizek does not think Christianity in any of its institutional forms provides the solution to Marxism’s dilemma. However, he still finds in Christian theology formulations that can point the way. The essence of the “authentic Christian legacy” is found in another passage from Paul, his analysis of the relationship between law and transgression in Romans 7. Paul’s observation that without law there is no knowledge of sin becomes an exploration of Christianity as a move to end the cycle of law and transgression. Far from simply attempting to fill up the structure of Judaic law through messianic redemption, Christianity seeks to move beyond the structure altogether. Zizek asks:

     

    What if the Christian wager is not Redemption in the sense of the possibility for the domain of the universal Law retroactively to “sublate”–integrate, pacify, erase–its traumatic origins, but something radically different, the cut into the Gordian knot of the vicious cycle of Law and its founding transgression? (100)

     

    What enables this cut is agape, which “simultaneously avoids narcissistic regression and remains outside the confines of the Law” (112-13). If all this sounds familiar, it is because it makes Christianity bear such a strong resemblance to a psychoanalytic model of self-transformation. Zizek even goes so far as to claim that “while it is easy to enjoy acting in a egoistic way against one’s duty, it is, perhaps, only as the result of psychoanalytic treatment that one can acquire the capacity to enjoy doing one’s duty” (141).4

     

    If we take Zizek’s claims simply as a reading of certain key moments in the writings of Paul, it is difficult to dispute the plausibility of the resemblance between psychoanalytic treatment and Christian conversion.5 But it is difficult to avoid the thought that there is a pattern of fetishism at work in a theoretical position that enthusiastically embraces those elements of Christianity which match psychoanalytic theory while rejecting what cannot be subsumed with corresponding zeal. Do we not have here an example of the “double attitude” Freud discusses, which simultaneously venerates and denigrates the fetish? Are not Zizek’s defense of the “subversive core of Christianity” (119) and his hostility for “fundamentalist freaks” two aspects of the same construction? Here we see how the collapse of Weber’s theoretical distance brings religion into play on both sides of the “barrier”; religion is at once a source of authorization and an uncanny threat. At the same time that it provokes the most extreme ideological hostility, religion’s traumatic status is the impetus for a struggle over its “legacy,” the core value that is the ostensible prize to be won from “fundamentalism.”

     

    Zizek’s way of treating religion in general and Christianity in particular suggests that before we secular critics declare ourselves fit to pass judgment on the nature of the “authentic Christian legacy,” we have much to do in the way of understanding the role played by religion in secular fantasy. In The Fragile Absolute, religion is made the basis for a solution to a dilemma in Marxist thought, providing both an enemy to oppose from without and a way to restructure difficulties from within. The question for secular theory at present is how to avoid this procedure of deploying religion in the interest of this or that project. If many of Zizek’s moves are examples of what we should avoid, his concepts of subjectivity nevertheless suggest the direction we might go from here. Agape, he argues, gives us a way to “liberate [ourselves] from the grip of existing social reality” by “renounc[ing] the transgressive fantasmic supplement that attaches us to it” (149). This renunciation must take the form of “the radical gesture of ‘striking at oneself’” (150), of aiming directly at the object of desire that grounds subjective and ideological stability. This gesture is illustrated, not surprisingly, by popular texts: The Shawshank Redemption, Beloved, Medea, and others. The line of thought I have been suggesting is meant to serve as another illustration, one that hits closer to home. The way in which Zizek’s argument is overtaken by the fetish of fundamentalism (and its complement, the “subversive core”) suggests that at the moment secular discourse needs to “strike at itself,” to make the secular and not religion the primary object of its critique.

     

    As a beginning, it seems worthwhile to get to work on a redefinition of the word “secular,” which needs to be understood (and has been used here, I hope) as marking a certain subjective stance with its own complex psychic life and not simply a set of pre-given discursive structures. At the same time, the secular will have to be more rigorously critiqued as an ideology which gives a place for that subjectivity. Such a redefinition will be greatly helped by the work of Slavoj Zizek. If his use of “fundamentalism” is cautionary, his understanding of ideological subjectivity gives us a way forward. Whatever “forward” means, it will involve neither a renewal of hostilities with this or that form of religion on the basis of historical presumption nor a “return,” repentant or otherwise, to a theological source of authorization. The history of such hostilities and returns should now become the focus. In the realm of critical theory, The Fragile Absolute is the latest chapter in that history. Caught between a vision of “the tears of agape” on the one hand and a fear of “fundamentalist freaks” on the other, it stops short of a recognition of its own secular ideology.

     

    Notes

     

    1. Thanks to Larry Scanlon for a timely word on Pauline scholarship.

     

    2. The majority of this review was completed before September 11 and I thought it inadvisable to attempt a revision which would address recent events at length. Suffice it to say that official and unofficial responses alike have largely conformed to the generic parameters I describe for “fundamentalism” as a discourse. We have repeatedly heard the notion that fundamentalism is beyond the reach of analysis, that it falls into some category of absolute evil which renders it unworthy of discursive engagement (and eminently worthy of hostility). Even some responses which attempt to challenge this notion nonetheless end up reiterating it. Take for example the parallels many have made between Osama bin Laden and Jerry Falwell. If the impetus of the parallel is to upset racist and nationalist notions about fundamentalism, the end result is to establish a more unilateral prejudice which blocks an understanding of fundamentalism as a discourse (and does little to get at the roots of racism or nationalism either).

     

    3. I am thinking of Louis Althusser’s discussion of Marx in the opening chapter of Reading “Capital.” Althusser insists that Marx’s achievement lies not in his providing more accurate answers to the questions posed by classical economics but rather in his ability to perceive the real nature of its questions. So here, the point is not to differ with Zizek concerning what ought to be done with the Christian legacy nor suggest a different response to the “return” of religion. Rather than attempting to answer such questions, the unexpressed intention of the questions themselves must be examined.

     

    4. This kind of enjoyment would seem also to be the subject of Blue and particularly of its conclusion. The music playing in the background as Julie is “reconciled with the universe” is a piece written by the heroine to celebrate the formation of the EEC. Throughout the movie she has disavowed authorship of the piece, but at the last she decides to claim it as her own and complete it. What strikes a chord with Zizek’s view of agape is that Julie does not act against her duty, as it were, and refuse to complete a work officially intended to commemorate a new era of capitalism in Europe. Instead, she actively and passionately embraces the work, though in such a way as to give it a more particular and more radical meaning in relation to her life. Such an intensely private political vision raises questions about the value of agape other than those I discuss here.

     

    5. Though my concern with Zizek’s view of Christianity is the way it functions as a secular ideology, it is at least worth mentioning that his “Christian” view of Paul has related problems as well. By stressing the distinction between Judaism and Christianity in a way that re-canonizes Paul as a Christian, Zizek makes a highly contestable theological claim, even if his intentions are only to reclaim Paul for Lacan, Freud, and Marx.

    Works Cited

     

    • Althuser, Louis, and Etienne Balibar. Reading “Capital.” Trans. Ben Brewster. New York: Random House, 1970.
    • Connolly, William. Why I Am Not a Secularist. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1999.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “Fetishism.” Trans. Joan Riviere. Sexuality and the Psychology of Love. Ed. Philip Rieff. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1963.
    • Weber, Max. The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism. Trans. Talcott Parsons. New York: Routledge, 1992.

     

  • Returning to the Mummy

    Lisa Hopkins

    School of Cultural Studies
    Sheffield Hallam University
    L.M.Hopkins@shu.ac.uk

     

    Review of: The Mummy Returns.Dir. Stephen Sommers. Perf. Brendan Fraser, Rachel Weisz, and Arnold Vosloo. MCA/Universal, 2002.

     

    On her arrival at a pre-election Conservative Party rally at the Plymouth Pavilion in May 2002, former British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher cracked a rare joke. “I was told beforehand my arrival was unscheduled,” she said, “but on the way here I passed a local cinema and it turns out you were expecting me after all. The billboard read, ‘The Mummy Returns’” (MacAskill). Predictably, this got a laugh from her audience. What, however, did she actually mean? The word “mummy” has two senses–an affectionate diminutive of “mother” and an embalmed corpse–and, depending perhaps on one’s own political affiliation, either might seem an appropriate description of Thatcher. The Guardian seemed to incline to the former when it headed its report “Tory matriarch goes on stage and off message,” which posited her as a kind of monstrous mother returning to smother and stymie the hapless William Hague, but The Independent quoted an unidentified former Tory minister as saying after the election, “I wish The Mummy had stayed in her box…. Every time she pops up, she costs us votes” (Grice), where the reference to “box” seems clearly to align her with a corpse. It is, perhaps, suggestive that the generally left-wing, anti-Thatcher Guardian should think of her as a mother, while a former Tory minister, who might reasonably be supposed to be more in sympathy with her, should think of her merely as a corpse: is the mother actually more menacing than the embalmed body?

     

    At first sight, this ambiguity may seem to be entirely absent from the film to which Thatcher was referring, Stephen Sommers’s 2002 blockbuster The Mummy Returns, the sequel to his 1999 hit The Mummy, since the mummy in question is, in both films, male: it is that of the high priest Imhotep, condemned to eternal undeath after he murdered the Pharaoh Seti I because he desired the latter’s mistress, Ankh-Su-Namun. We see both their love and their death in a brief vignette at the start of the film, and then switch swiftly to the early twentieth century, where Brendan Fraser’s legionnaire becomes involved in helping Rachel Weisz’s Egyptologist search for Hamunaptra, the city where Seti is supposed to have concealed his treasure. Inevitably, Weisz accidentally brings Imhotep back to life, and he proceeds to regenerate by sucking dry the team of American adventurers who first disturbed his resting place. This seems a bit rough on them, since it was Weisz’s character, Evie Carnahan, who actually reanimated him, but then Imhotep has designs of another sort on her, since he proposes to sacrifice her to effect the resurrection of Ankh-Su-Namun. To this extent, Sommers’s Mummy obviously pays homage to Karl Freund’s 1932 film of the same name, where the heroine, Zita Johann’s Helen Grosvenor, is identified by Boris Karloff’s reanimated mummy as the long-lost princess Ankh-Su-Namun. The debt is also acknowledged when a severed hand moves of its own accord across the floor, though Sommer’s film of course leaves its predecessor far behind in special effects, even allowing itself a little self-congratulation when Kevin J. O’Connor’s disreputable Beni says to Imhotep, “I loved the whole sand-wall effect…. Beautiful, just beautiful.”

     

    It goes without saying that Evie is rescued from Imhotep in the end by Fraser’s character, the relentlessly gung-ho Rick O’Connell, thus leaving the way clear for a sequel (the film was such an instant hit that studio bosses requested a second one immediately). The Mummy Returns was released almost exactly two years after its predecessor and brought together pretty much every character from the first film who wasn’t dead, plus two who were, since Imhotep and Ankh-Su-Namun both returned. It also added a new villain, the Scorpion King, played by the wrestler The Rock; gave Evie and Rick an eight-year-old son, Alex; and introduced Rick’s old friend Izzy (played by Shaun Parkes). Plot, as many reviewers commented, is not the strong point of The Mummy Returns, but to give a quick summary, Alex is kidnapped by Ankh-Su-Namun and Imhotep; Izzy produces a dirigible which allows the frantic parents to trace their son; and there is a spectacular three-way showdown between Rick, Imhotep, and the Scorpion King which concludes with the villains defeated but with enough life in them still to make it back for the inevitable second sequel, which will doubtless have even bigger battles and ever more monstrous monsters.

     

    These, then, sound like clear-cut action films, with no place for the kind of ambiguity that was operating when the title of The Mummy Returns was borrowed as a designation for Margaret Thatcher. In fact, it becomes increasingly clear that the ambiguity is indeed active in Sommers’s film, for there is an alternative candidate for the role of the returning mummy, one whom the film arguably does, at least on some level, find more menacing even than Imhotep. Both kinds of mummies are scary, as I hope to show by tracing the changing nature of the narratives of Sommers’s two films in relation both to each other and to their influences and predecessors.

     

    Though the ambiguity in the nature of the menace is more pronounced in The Mummy Returns, it was to some extent present from the very outset of Sommers’s project. The souvenir film program for The Mummy lists “Jerry Glover’s Nearly Top Ten Mummy Movies.” Glover’s number 6 is the 1959 The Mummy, which, he observes, “spawned three sequels, proving that, along with Dracula, Hammer’s heart belonged to mummy” (31). Forty years later, the 1999 The Mummy showed clear signs of an allegiance equally split between mummies and Dracula, for those familiar with the works of Bram Stoker could hardly fail to notice that Sommers’s first film was, in many respects, a heady mixture of Dracula and The Jewel of Seven Stars. The conjunction is an interesting one in many respects. It is notable that eight out of ten of Jerry Glover’s “Nearly Top Ten Mummy Movies” center, like Dracula and Frankenstein, on male monsters, and in recent years the trend toward co-opting vampirism as a metaphor for AIDS has meant that it is the sexual predatoriness of men rather than women that tends to be emphasized, making Stoker’s male monster a culturally useful avatar. When Stoker wrote The Jewel of Seven Stars, though, Queen Victoria had only just died, leaving the memory of a long matriarchy fresh in people’s minds, and the alarming figure of the New Woman, to which Stoker refers directly in Dracula, loomed equally large in the popular consciousness. Consequently, perhaps, both his mummy and four out of the five vampires we encounter in Dracula (as well as the pseudo-vampire in The Lady of the Shroud) are female, as also was the first vampire to be encountered in the original version of the novel, Countess Dolingen of Gratz. If The Mummy wanted to explore anxieties about gender, therefore, what better way than to draw on both Stoker’s kinds of monsters, his mummy and his vampire?

     

    Given the fact that the film’s central character was a mummy, the debt to The Jewel of Seven Stars was unsurprising. This had already been the inspiration, as Glover acknowledges, for Blood From the Mummy’s Tomb (1971) and The Awakening (1980), not to mention Jeffrey Obrow’s 1997 Bram Stoker’s Legend of the Mummy and, subsequently, David DeCoteau’s Ancient Evil: Scream of the Mummy (2000). Some of these show more obvious signs of indebtedness than Sommers’s film, but there are clear parallels between The Jewel of Seven Stars and The Mummy. In each case, the mummy of an accursed individual who hopes for resurrection is buried in a hidden grave whose occupant is identified only as “nameless.” In The Mummy, the inscription on the tomb of Imhotep is “he who must not be named,” and Evie comments that the intention is clearly to destroy both his body and his soul–“This man must have been condemned not only in this life but in the next” (though this is also a detail found in Universal’s original 1932 The Mummy). In The Jewel of Seven Stars, Corbeck is told by the locals when he asks about Tera’s tomb that “there was no name; and that anyone who should name it would waste away in life so that at death nothing of him would remain to be raised again in the Other World” (96). In each, cats play a part in the story–in the case of The Mummy, in an episodic and ultimately unsatisfactory way which, in its failure to be logically integrated into the narrative, clearly suggests that an original source text has not been fully assimilated. (There was a cat in the 1932 Mummy, but it was Imhotep’s ally rather than his enemy.) In each, the natives show a fear not shared by the explorers, which in both instances proves abundantly justified by the fact that both tombs are booby-trapped. In both texts, too, a disembodied hand moves by itself, and in both the identity of a daughter proves to have been fundamentally constituted by an Egyptologist father. In Stoker’s novel, Margaret Trelawny proves to have been radically shaped by the explorations her father was undertaking at the time of her birth, whilst in The Mummy, Evie owes her very existence to her father’s passion for Egypt and his subsequent decision to marry her Egyptian mother. Even Evie’s employment in an Egyptological library is due to the fact that her parents were among its most generous benefactors. Finally, in each case the reanimation of a female mummy is partially achieved and then abruptly aborted, and in each this leads directly to the death of at least one of the main male characters: in the original ending of The Jewel of Seven Stars all but Malcolm Ross died, and in The Mummy it is because he is distracted by the fate of Ankh-Su-Namun that Imhotep fails to stop Jonathan from reading the incantation that will make him mortal and allow Rick to kill him. (In The Mummy Returns, it will, of course, be even more obvious that it is to Ankh-Su-Namun that Imhotep directly owes his death.)

     

    That it should be the attempt to create a female monster which ultimately brings about the destruction of the male monster is, however, not a characteristic of The Jewel of Seven Stars–where those who die as a result are those whom we have by and large identified as “good” characters. It does, however, serve as a pretty fair description of both Dracula and its great avatar Frankenstein: in Dracula, it is the count’s vamping of Lucy which first alerts the Crew of Light to his existence, and his attempted vamping of Mina then creates a telepathic link that allows them to locate and destroy him; in Frankenstein, Victor’s refusal to complete the female monster leads ultimately to the deaths of both himself and the Creature, not to mention Elizabeth. There are also other crossovers that weave their way between Dracula, The Jewel of Seven Stars, and The Mummy, most notably in the scene in which Imhotep enters Evie’s locked room in the form of sand, a clear emblem of affiliation with the desert, before metamorphosing into a man who bends down and kisses her as she sleeps, just as Dracula does with Mina.

     

    Equally, though, there are some elements of The Mummy that appear to owe their genesis to Dracula alone. In The Jewel of Seven Stars, the alien being is female and, in an obvious parody of the contemporary popularity of “mummy” striptease acts, must submit to being stripped naked by the Edwardian gentlemen who have control of her corpse. In The Mummy, however, as in Dracula, these roles are reversed because the monster is male and poised to sexually prey on modern females. The increasing skimpiness of Imhotep’s costume, culminating in a pair of briefs and a cloak for his planned reunion with his lost love, makes this abundantly clear; the cape-like cloak further reinforces the echoes of Dracula, as does the fact that the fleeing soul of Ankh-Su-Namun clearly resembles a bat. Equally, Beni’s attempt to deter Imhotep by holding up a crucifix might serve to align Imhotep with a vampire–this is certainly how it is seen in Max Allan Collins’s official novelization of the film (Mummy 156). The way in which Imhotep sucks people dry in order to rejuvenate also directly parallels the way in which the count’s blood-drinking causes him to appear significantly younger when Jonathan Harker sees him in London, and indeed the curse on Imhotep’s tomb explicitly affirms that he will return initially as an “Un-dead.” The shared name of Jonathan Harker and Evie’s brother Jonathan Carnahan functions as a further link between the two texts, as does Imhotep’s ability to command the elements and predatory lower life-forms. Similarly, the idea of using a modern woman to resurrect an ancient one may be central to The Jewel of Seven Stars, but the specifically erotic inflection provided by the fact that in The Mummy it is not the dead woman herself but her long-lost lover who wishes to effect the resurrection is more reminiscent of Coppola’s Dracula than of Stoker’s mummy fiction. Also strongly echoing the basic situation of Dracula is the dearth of women in The Mummy and the subsequent fierceness of the competition over them.

     

    Most interestingly, both texts share a fascination with Jewishness. As many critics have noticed, Dracula, with its bloodsucking, gold-grubbing, hook-nosed monster, is a clearly anti-Semitic text. The Mummy, meanwhile, shows strong debts not only to Stoker but also to Steven Spielberg’s Raiders of the Lost Ark, whose plot centers on the recovery of the Hebrew Ark of the Covenant. This is perhaps most obvious in the depiction of the hero, which is also where The Mummy departs most sharply from Stoker. Stoker’s heroes, with the notable exception of Rupert Sent Leger in The Lady of the Shroud, tend to be found wanting in moments of crisis; all too often, they are still worrying about what they should do long after they have lost the moment when they could have done anything at all. In this respect Rick O’Connell, singlehandedly five times more effective than the entire Crew of Light put together (not to mention the negligible Frank Whemple in the 1932 Mummy), clearly owes much less to Stoker than to Indiana Jones, of whom he is obviously a direct descendant.

     

    There are a number of points of marked similarity between The Mummy and the Indiana Jones trilogy: the long-lost Egyptian city, locatable only by an antique map, which houses fabulous treasures; the transformation in the appearance of the hero, from adventurer-archaeologist to college professor in the case of Indiana Jones and from legionnaire to wild man and back again in the case of Rick O’Connell; the repeated hair’s-breadth escapes from danger; and our hero’s ultimate disdain of personal profit. (Though the camels on which Rick and Evie escape are in fact loaded with the treasure stashed in the saddlebags by Beni, which presumably finances the splendor of their house in The Mummy Returns, they are unaware of these riches at the time.) There is also the fact that Evie, like Marion in Raiders of the Lost Ark, has to make up to her captor to distract his attention from the doings of her true love; there is the presence of hideous supernatural peril and of parallels between The Mummy‘s Ardeth Bay and his followers and the hereditary guardians of the holy place in Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade; and at the end of both The Mummy and Raiders of the Lost Ark the villain’s soul is borne away to Hell. Even Imhotep’s nonchalant crunching of the beetle which enters his face through the hole in his cheek could be seen as a reprise of the moment in Raiders of the Lost Ark in which a fly crawls across the cheek of the French archaeologist Belloc while he is speaking, apparently disappearing into his mouth without him noticing. (This moment has been airbrushed out of the video version of Raiders of the Lost Ark but was clearly visible in the original film.)

     

    In the Jewish Spielberg’s Raiders of the Lost Ark, however, the villains are Nazis, whom Indiana Jones, though not himself Jewish, detests. By contrast, The Mummy is not without its share of Jewish actors–Oded Fehr’s Ardeth Bay, Rachel Weisz’s Evelyn–but they play Arab characters (Evelyn is half-Egyptian, Ardeth Bay a Tuareg), and though the mummy (unlike Dracula) has no fear of the cross or of the image of Buddha, he spares Beni and indeed gives him gold when he brandishes the Star of David and utters what Imhotep terms “the language of the slaves” (Hebrew–which Beni conveniently happens to know). Later, what finally returns Imhotep to mortality is Evie’s utterance of a word which sounds suspiciously like “Kaddish,” and one might also note the film’s distinct animus against the redundancy of the British air force, in the presence of the emblematically named Winston, who have nothing better to do than fool around drunkenly and futilely in the Middle East–with, perhaps, the possible implication that this was effectively what they were doing when they later presided over the birth of the state of Israel. In this respect, the conjunction of Dracula with The Jewel of Seven Stars allows not only for a convergence of vampires and mummies, but also for another convergence which the film seems to find ideologically interesting: that of Egypt with Israel. (It is notable that the equivalent character to Beni in the 1932 Mummy, who is also identified as a hereditary slave of the Egyptians, was Nubian.)

     

    Even more anxiety-ridden than the film’s depiction of racial and national identities, however, is its depiction of gender. Although O’Connell is far closer to the classically heroic status of Indiana Jones than to the beleaguered masculinity of Stoker’s heroes, there are also distinct differences from the Indiana Jones films in general and from Raiders of the Lost Ark in particular. In the first place, in The Mummy it is the heroine, not the hero, who is knowledgeable about Egypt, able to decipher hieroglyphic inscriptions and correct the obnoxious Beni’s translation of Imhotep’s ancient Egyptian. When Jonathan Hyde’s Egyptologist dismisses his rivals’ expedition on the grounds that its leader is a woman and therefore incapable of knowing anything, the camera immediately cuts to Evie expounding precisely what she knows. Conversely, although Brendan Fraser (who plays O’Connell) remarks in the film program that his character is “sometimes the brain and sometimes the brawn in a situation” (11), the element of brawn is far more pronounced, not least in the fact that whereas college professor Indiana Jones always preferred to try his hand with a rope, falling back on a gun principally for the sake of a gag–as in the famous scene in Raiders of the Lost Ark where, confronted with a crack swordsman, he shoots him–O’Connell shoots (usually with two guns) at everything, whether it is animate or not. (At one point, Evie, being led to be sacrificed, hears a gunshot outside and says happily, “O’Connell!” Quite.) Even when he is standing against a wall at which bullets are being shot at regular intervals, Evie has to tug him out of what will obviously be the trajectory of the next one. His resolute preference for not using whatever intelligence he may possess seems all part of a reversal of roles that is completed when, in a direct inversion of a scene from Raiders of the Lost Ark, the build-up to a kiss between hero and heroine is interrupted by one of them passing out–only this time it is the heroine, not the hero, who loses consciousness, and it is through drunkenness, not excessive fatigue.

     

    In one way, what seems to be at work here is simply a cultural shift which has ensured that the feistiness of Raiders of the Lost Ark‘s Marion has been replaced by quietist, post-feminist gender roles–it is notable that Evie, unlike Marion, cannot hold her drink and falls over when she tries to learn to throw punches. (Indeed one might notice that the Indiana Jones films themselves discarded Marion, and in fact never settled to a heroine, with Karen Allen’s Marion giving way without explanation or comment to Kate Capshaw’s Willie Scott in the second and no heroine at all in the third, since Alison Doody’s Dr. Elsa Schneider turns out to be a villainess.) Thus, though Evie may be clever, she is quite incapable of looking after herself (she even has an accident in her own library) and must rely on O’Connell periodically to rescue her. Indeed, one might well conclude that the film’s ultimate moral is that while half-naked hussies will only attract losers, nice demure girls will always find themselves properly taken care of.

     

    Equally, however, there are clear traces of a counternarrative at work in The Mummy. In this respect, the most interesting figure is Evie’s feckless brother, Jonathan. The first time we see him is when Evie, alone in the Egyptological museum, hears a noise. Clearly scared, she goes to investigate and is horribly startled by Jonathan popping up out of a sarcophagus. Quietly but implicitly, Jonathan is thus initially identified with a mummy, though he himself seems immediately to seek to undo this by addressing Evie as “Old Mum.” In the next sequence, Jonathan and Evie visit an imprisoned O’Connell, whose pocket Jonathan had previously picked. Reaching through the bars, O’Connell punches Jonathan and kisses Evie, actions which, amongst other purposes, seem clearly to interpellate them in their respective gender roles. Jonathan, however, does not stay put in his, because not only does he prove to need rescuing by O’Connell nearly as often as Evie does, he also puts himself into her place in other ways: when O’Connell, having seen off Imhotep, asks Evie, “Are you all right?,” it is Jonathan who answers, “Well… not sure.” Not for nothing does he refer to O’Connell at one point as “the man” (assuming as he does so that O’Connell’s injunction to stay put and keep out of danger applies to him as well as to Evie). Most notably, when O’Connell sets off to rescue the parasol-carrying Egyptologist from Imhotep, he tells Jonathan, Henderson, and Daniels to come with him and Evie to stay in safety. The three men, however, are all too scared to come, while Evie is equally adamant that she won’t stay behind. Not until O’Connell scoops her up in a fireman’s lift, tosses her on the bed, and locks the door on her are gender roles restored–but even then it is visibly at the price of conceding that however firmly they may thus be instantiated, the majority of the film’s characters don’t actually conform to them.

     

    Moreover, intertextual echoes may well mean that, for some members of the audience at least, even O’Connell’s position is not fully assured. When he appears long-haired and unkempt in a Cairo prison, Brendan Fraser is obviously reprising his role as the eponymous hero of the 1997 Disney film George of the Jungle, while Evie’s “What’s a nice place like this doing in a girl like me?” recalls the chat-up line George proposes to use on Ursula, “What’s a nice girl like you doing in a plane like this?” In one sense George is of course the ultimate wild man, over whom all Ursula’s girlfriends swoon when they see him running with a horse, but he does also appear in a dress and, at the outset, has indeed no concept of gender at all, referring to the hyper-feminine Ursula as a “fella.” Since Ursula dislikes her official fiancé and runs off instead with the socially unacceptable outsider George, the possible intertext with The Mummy is doubly interesting here.

     

    In The Mummy Returns, the note of uncertainty thus introduced in The Mummy is further developed, and new areas of anxiety are highlighted. The Mummy Returns opened, in Britain at least, to a barrage of distinctly lukewarm reviews that stressed the incoherence of its plot. The Independent reviewed it twice in two days and hated it both times, with Anthony Quinn demanding, “Are you following all this? I don’t think the filmmakers could care less if you do or not…. There’s nothing so old-fashioned as plot development here, just a pile-up of set-pieces.” Peter Preston in The Observer asked, “What’s going on here? Silly question, one beyond any computer’s figuring…. Summon the Raiders of the Lost Plot. Nothing in Stephen Sommers’s screenplay makes, or is intended to make, any sense,” while Xan Brooks in The Guardian more succinctly advised, “Forget trying to follow the plot.”

     

    There certainly are uncertainties about its plot. “Why?” asks Imhotep when the Scorpion King hoists up the curator, and one can think of few better questions. What is the curator’s motivation? Why does he need Imhotep to fight the Scorpion King? What happens to Evie’s previously mortal wound when she is resurrected? What is the nature of the apparent feud between Ardeth Bey and Lock-Nah? Who is Patricia Velazquez’s character before the soul of Ankh-Su-Namun takes possession of her? Is Rick really a Medjai, and if so, does it matter? Where exactly would Anubis, a jackal, wear a bracelet? Perhaps most puzzlingly, who on earth are the pygmies? The only possible explanation for them seems to come from Rick’s remark right at the beginning about the shortness of Napoleon, together with production designer Allan Cameron’s observation, in The Mummy Unwrapped, that design for the film had relied heavily on a volume of Egyptian sketches produced for Napoleon.

     

    A far deeper faultline, however, runs through the second film, and that is its representation of its characters. In the preview of The Mummy Returns included in the “ultimate edition” of The Mummy, director Stephen Sommers observes that his paramount aim in making the sequel was to retain as many of the same characters as possible, but to make their relationships “more intertwining.” He has certainly reprised for all he is worth: Cairo Museum in the first film is replaced by the British Museum in this, Alex collapses pillars in a domino-like fashion just as Evie did the bookshelves, and he can’t read the last word of the incantation just as Jonathan couldn’t in the first film (and it’s the same word). So close are the similarities, indeed, that Anthony Quinn in The Independent complained that “this didn’t look like a sequel. This looked like a remake… this is the worst case of déjà vu I’ve ever had in a cinema.” The debt to Indiana Jones, too, is not only revisited but extended, with the lamplit digging scene directly pastiching that in Raiders of the Lost Ark and the presence of Alex invoking the spinoff series Young Indiana Jones, particularly in the scene in which he runs through the ruins of a temple, with gunfire all around him, looking like a miniature version of his father in the legionnaire sequence of the first film. (This element is even more pronounced in the spinoff novelization Revenge of the Scorpion King, billed as the first of “The Mummy Chronicles,” in which Alex, now 12, bands together with Jewish refugee Rachel to prevent Hitler doing a deal with Anubis.)

     

    There are changes, though. Perhaps the most noticeable of these is that almost as strong as the influence of the Indiana Jones trilogy is that of the Star Wars films, and most particularly The Phantom Menace, which opened in the same summer as the original Mummy and was thus its direct comparator and rival. Nicholas Barber in The Independent on Sunday scathingly listed just a few of the similarities:

     

    The Phantom Menace introduced a mop-topped blond boy to the cast; The Mummy Returns does the same. The Phantom Menace used racial caricatures; The Mummy Returns has dozens of desert-folk machine-gunned and burned alive. And just as Star Wars had an archetypal fairy-tale clarity that was subsequently obscured by portentous back-story and pseudo-spiritual mumbo jumbo, The Mummy Returns is clogged up with complicated exposition and flashbacks that serve no purpose except to lay foundations for another sequel. It even blabs on about the sacred “Medjai” warriors – couldn’t Sommers have come up with a name that didn’t share four letters with Jedi?

     

    Other elements of similarity between the two films could also be pointed out. The final battle of The Mummy Returns, where the warriors of Anubis disappear on the death of the Scorpion King, clearly echoes the final fight of The Phantom Menace, where the droids drop when the mother ship is disabled (and in each case the large-scale fight is taking place in the open air while the crucial smaller one is in a confined space). When the first vision generated by the bracelet of Anubis fades away, there is a noise just like that of a light sabre. There are also echoes of the earlier Star Wars films. The new character Izzy closely parallels Lando Calrissian from The Empire Strikes Back: both are black (something to which Izzy draws attention by referring to Rick as “the white boy”), both are introduced by the hero to the heroine as an old acquaintance but immediately react in an apparently hostile way, and both supply an aircraft. Thus Rick, having started his career in the first film as Harrison Ford in the Indiana Jones trilogy, seems now to have been reinvented as Harrison Ford in the Star Wars trilogy, a parallel made even clearer when Ardeth, having identified him as a Medjai and Evelyn as the reincarnation of Nefertiri, tells him that it is his preordained role to protect a royal woman just as Han Solo protects Princess Leia.

     

    Most significantly, the incorporation of motifs and borrowings from the Star Wars series has helped The Mummy Returns become something which The Mummy, by and large, was not: Gothic. This is an element clearly present in Star Wars, where the ostensible opposition of Darth Vader and Luke Skywalker rapidly gives place to a paired and conflicted relationship in which the one sees the other in the mirror. In The Mummy, however, oppositions stay, by and large, opposed. There are one or two moments of doubling–Imhotep staring after his own soul-self as it is borne away to hell, the twinned books, Beni facing the mummy for the first time with matching expressions on their faces–but in general the film occupies a terrain in which the bad are simply bad and the good are simply good.

     

    In the second film, however, identities and affiliations prove much less stable: it is after all, as Max Allan Collins’s novelization declares, an expedition for Evie “to discover not the history of the pharaohs, but the meaning of her own dreams” (16-17). We may, for instance, be disconcerted to find Ardeth Bay in the company of the baddies, and although we may guess that his motive is to keep an eye on them, Rick’s first response is to smash him against the wall and demand to know where Evie is. Most notably, although actions are directly repeated from the first film, as with the reading of the incantation and the demolishing of the pillars, they are not performed by the same person, as though identities are shifting. There are also other doublings and pairings. We learn for the first time that Evie was Nefertiri in a previous life (a doubling strongly reminiscent of that of Margaret and Tera in Stoker’s The Jewel of Seven Stars). Similarly, Meela is Ankh-Su-Namun reincarnated and Rick’s tattoo seems to identify him as one of the Medjai. (Though this, unless it is leading up to a further sequel, proves to be a bit of a narrative red herring and is also complicated by the fact that the novelization for children describes the tattoo as proving that he is “a Masonic Templar” [Whitman 63] and the novelization for adults calls him a “Knight Templar” [Collins, Mummy Returns 96], even though common elements to both which do not appear in the film clearly indicate that both were based on the shooting script.)

     

    The most notable instance of these doublings and slippages takes us back to Margaret Thatcher’s joke. When Evie goes with Imhotep in the first film, she turns back to Rick and says, “If he makes me into a mummy, you’re the first one I’m coming after.” In one way, the meaning of this remark and of the surrounding sequence is obvious: she loves Rick and is hoping he will rescue her before Imhotep can kill her. But it is also shadowed by other meanings. In the first place, what would she be “coming after” Rick for–because she loves him, or because, having been made into a monster herself, she would seek him as prey? There would certainly be a direct Stokerian precedent here in a precisely parallel situation: Lucy’s attempted vamping of Arthur. More troublingly, from the first time he sees her, Imhotep has identified Evie with his lost love, Ankh-Su-Namun. Every time he has met her subsequently, he has tried to kiss her (and on one occasion has succeeded). He has therefore clearly been established as an alternative suitor. Of course, there might well seem to be no contest: O’Connell is dashing, handsome, honorable, and alive, whereas Imhotep passes through a variety of stages of decay and proposes to kill Evie. Nevertheless, a different interpretation is offered in Max Allan Collins’s novelization of the film.

     

    Collins–who, suggestively, also directed and novelized Mommy (1995) and Mommy’s Day (1997), in which an apparently perfect mother is revealed to be evil–seems several times to incriminate Evie. He develops the idea sketched in the sequence where she tells O’Connell and the Americans, “Let’s be nice, children. If we’re going to play together we must learn to share,” by having her think, “Men were such children” (142). He also makes Jonathan ask the Americans after the blinding of Burns, “Going back home to mummy?” (166). Again this develops a much fainter hint in the film, when Jonathan explains to Rick the meaning of a preparation chamber–“Mummies, my good son. This is where they made the mummies”–where sons and mothers are forced briefly but uneasily into conjunction. Most suggestively, Collins invents for the sleeping Evie a dream sequence in which she is having

     

    nearly delirious images of herself and O’Connell fleeing from the mummy across the ruins of the City of the Dead, only at times she was fleeing from Rick and holding on to the mummy’s hand… it was all very troubling, which was why she was moaning, even crying out in her fitful sleep. (188)

     

    For Collins, Imhotep here is less a monster than the handsome prince awakening Snow White (189). And after all, Rick has already had to demand of Evie, “You dream about dead guys?”

     

    Can this really be true? When Evie says to O’Connell, “if he makes me into a mummy, you’re the first one I’m coming after,” can her words, at any level, really be gesturing at an alternative possibility in which it is Imhotep who becomes her successful suitor, going so far as to impregnate her, and O’Connell whom she would seek to destroy? On the level of common sense, this is patently absurd. But on the darker levels of the subconscious, perhaps the film does not find its heroine so biddable as it might like–it is certainly not hard to read her slamming of the suitcase on Rick’s hands as a snapping vagina dentata, while the scarabs which emerge from mouths clearly recall the Alien films, with their clear interest in the monstrous-feminine–nor is its mummy quite so repellent as one might expect. In The Mummy Unwrapped, producer Sean Daniel refers to Imhotep as “an extremely dangerous and extremely handsome man,” and Pete Hammond, whose role as “film analyst” introduces an interesting ambiguity, opines that “people want to believe in a life after death situation,” and thus sees the figure of the mummy as representing, however bizarrely, a wish fulfilment rather than a threat. Certainly when Ardeth and Dr. Bey explain that Imhotep must still love Ankh-Su-Namun after three thousand years, Evie observes, “that’s very romantic,” and in one sense, so it is. It is of course unusual for a mummy fiction to include a romance element at all. (Though it is true that both The Jewel of Seven Stars and the 1932 Mummy do, both are nugatory.) We might thus expect the initial concentration on the romance of Imhotep and Ankh-Su-Namun to continue to be the focus of interest and to be viewed more sympathetically than ultimately it is. We certainly could not predict at that stage that the initial kiss between Imhotep and Ankh-Su-Namun would ultimately be replaced by that between Rick and Evie at the close, and though Ardeth Bay obviously regards Imhotep as evil, we are not necessarily inclined to take his word for it since, in the first place, others of the Medjai have already tried to stab Evie, and, in the second, Ardeth Bey was actually the alias used by Imhotep himself in the 1932 Mummy. And it is also noticeable that The Mummy Returns seems to find Imhotep so insufficiently scary that it feels obliged to supplement the menace he offers with that provided by the Scorpion King (who, in another instance of these films’ perverse ability to find their villains rather than their hero attractive, in fact upstages Imhotep so much that he is now set to star in his own spinoff, The Scorpion King, due for release in 2002).

     

    In one way, however, the Scorpion King proves unnecessary, because there is already an extra threat present in the second film, and it comes from Evie. However faint the hint of menace playing over her in the first film, it is far more clearly marked in the second. (The menace was also there in the 1932 Mummy, where Helen Grosvenor, pathologized from the outset by being under the care of the doctor, fed bromide when she puts on her make-up and tries to join Imhotep, and explicitly associated with the adulterous temptress Helen of Troy, is a reincarnation of Ankh-Su-Namun.) Indeed, while the treatment of O’Connell in The Mummy Returns is much as it was in The Mummy, the characterization of Evie has been fundamentally reconceived. Despite her hopelessness during the boxing lesson in the first film, where she displayed an inability to cope so profound that she even had to ask a blind man for help, she is now a superbly accomplished fighter and rescues Jonathan from Ankh-Su-Namun. She no longer needs her glasses, and she wears trousers. Most strikingly, toward the end of The Mummy Returns, there is an entirely unprepared-for narrative twist: Ankh-Su-Namun, on her way into the temple, turns and stabs Evie in the stomach, from which Evie shortly after dies, only to be restored to life by Alex reading the incantation from the Book of Amun-Ra. Since Evie’s death proves to be only temporary, the event may seem to have little narrative significance, but its thematic resonances are great. In particular, it is the first time that her son Alex, rather than O’Connell, rescues her. For him, at least, Evie is the mummy who returns.

     

    Is she for the rest of us? Is Evie, in some bizarre sense, the monster we most fear? Ankh-Su-Namun’s choice of the stomach as the site of attack is certainly suggestive. (Rick, by contrast, is habitually attacked in the neck: the botched hanging at a Cairo prison, the Medjai grabbing him round the neck on the burning ship, Imhotep’s attempt to throttle him–almost as though he were the victim of a vampire.) In the first film, both Imhotep and Ankh-Su-Namun herself die from precisely similar wounds to the stomach (in Ankh-Su-Namun’s case twice), so that Evie is thus linked with them, as she also is when she is seen as Nefertiri wearing a mask just as Imhotep does before he is fully regenerated, and when Ankh-Su-Namun pacifies a group of gun-wielding men just as Evie herself did in the first film. Moreover, Meela adopts pseudo-maternal behavior toward Alex, and Max Allan Collins’s novelization even suggests that Imhotep does so too:

     

    And Imhotep, grinning, almost as if proud of the boy, wagged a finger down at Alex.

     

    “Naughty, naughty,” he said, and held out his hand.

     

    Swallowing, reluctant, Alex got to his feet, brushed off his short pants, and took the mummy’s hand. (169)

     

    A mummy thus merges with a mummy (and we might note that when Meela stabbed herself in the stomach and was then revived, she came back with a completely different personality, which could suggest that Evie too might do so). Ankh-Su-Namun’s thrust into Evie’s stomach can also, indeed, be read as a direct blow at the womb, with Ankh-Su-Namun, childless and with no sign of any other relatives, pitted deliberately against Evie, who is a wife, a mother, a sister, and a daughter both to Seti and to her Carnahan parents (with the name, according to the novelization, deliberately invoking a blend of Carter and Carnarvon; the first name of Evie’s father is specifically given in the book as Howard, and he is said to have discovered the tomb of Tutankhamun). It would be easy to see this as motivated primarily by the childless woman’s envy of the mother, while it would be equally possible to see it as also configured by the fact that, in the story as it is now told, Ankh-Su-Namun is also the replacement for Evie/Nefertiri’s mother, who is never mentioned and is thus her stepmother. (O’Connell too is now identified as motherless: both the children’s and the adult novelizations have him referring to having received his tattoo in an orphanage in Hong Kong, though in the movie itself he appears to say “Cairo,” while Revenge of the Scorpion King is equally the revenge of Rachel for the death of her mother at the hands of the Nazis, and immediately after the revelation of this Alex uncovers a cache of weapons and shouts, “We’ve hit the mother lode!” [Wolverton 71, 72].)

     

    But though Ankh-Su-Namun’s attack on Evie could be read as the rage of a childless woman against a mother, it is by no means clear that the film as a whole does regard motherhood as an enviable state. “Run, you sons of bitches!” screams Henderson in The Mummy to O’Connell and Jonathan, casually indicting all mothers as he flees. “Mother!” screams the Cockney lackey in The Mummy Returns when he first sees Imhotep. “Mummies!” says Rick in the first film disgustedly, adding, “I hate mummies!” in the second. This is unfortunate, since Evie’s dying words, “Look after Alex…. I love you,” in a sense constitute him as a mummy. Moreover, Rick is at first prostrated by grief at Evie’s death and, though he goes to fight Imhotep and the Scorpion King, he is soon knocked to the ground again and raised only by the unexpected sound of her voice. The effect is of a resurrection from the dead, something that is repeated when Evie pulls him up from the abyss: in one sense, then, it is now he who has returned from a symbolic grave. That his reprieve is, however, conditional is clearly indicated by the fact that the classic hand-over-the-edge shot here has the suggestive variation that Rick’s hand has a wedding ring: the suggestion is clearly that Evie comes and pulls him up because they are properly married, whereas Ankh-Su-Namun leaves Imhotep to die because they aren’t.

     

    Rick’s survival, then, is contingent on his status as a family man. But, as he himself says, “Sometimes it’s hard being a dad,” and the film does indeed make us clearly aware of the pressures of having children (not least since Jonathan, to whom Rick says sternly, “I thought I said no more wild parties?,” in effect functions as a substitute teenager, while Collins’s novelization makes quite clear the extent to which the pygmy mummies are also conceived of as hideously threatening children [228]). Indeed, the very casting of Brendan Fraser as Rick creates ripples, since two years before The Mummy he had appeared in Ross Marks’s Twilight of the Golds (another film with a highly conflicted view of Jewishness), playing a gay man whose sister is appalled to discover that the son she is carrying is likely to share his sexuality: in the end, she keeps the child, but the decision breaks up her marriage. (Not to mention Fraser’s even more recent appearance as Ian McKellen’s lust object in Bill Condon’s 1998 Gods and Monsters, where he once again sports a tattoo which allows another man to guess his past and appears too with Kevin J. O’Connor, who was to play Beni in The Mummy.) In The Mummy Returns, Alex’s repeated “Are we there yet?” seems only partly parodic; he and Jonathan both groan whenever Rick and Evie kiss (and it is also during a kiss that Alex manages to get himself kidnapped), and it is in fact only when Rick and Evie are without Alex that they are actually able to reprise the first film. The first two dangers Rick faces in the film come from his own family: Alex creeps up behind him, and Evie throws a snake just as he enters. Most notably, although the second film seems to be deliberately less frightening than the first, it still received a 12 certificate in the U.K., so that if you actually have a child like Alex, you can’t go to see it without a babysitter. Gothic is often predicated on the loss of a parent; here, though, the ultimate, darkest fantasy may well be the loss of a child. It is played out in safety (you can of course retrieve your own offspring from the babysitter later), but, just briefly, you can acknowledge that the role of mummy is the enemy, and kill it.

     

    Works Cited

     

    • Ancient Evil: Scream of the Mummy. Dir. David DeCoteau. Perf. Jeff Peterson, Trent Latta, Ariauna Albright. Amsell, 2000.
    • The Awakening. Dir. Mike Newell. Perf. Charlton Heston, Susannah York. Orion Pictures/Warner Bros, 1980.
    • Barber, Nicholas. “Never Invest in Pyramid Sales.” Rev. of The Mummy Returns. The Independent 20 May 2002 <http://www.independent.co.uk/story.jsp?story=73724>.
    • Blood from the Mummy’s Tomb. Dir. Michael Carreras, Seth Holt. Perf. Andrew Keir, Valerie Leon. Hammer Films, 1971.
    • Bram Stoker’s Legend of the Mummy. Dir. Jeffrey Obrow. Perf. Louis Gossett Jr., Amy Locane. Unapix Films, 1997.
    • Brooks, Xan. Rev. of The Mummy Returns. The Guardian 18 May 2002 <http://www.guardian.co.uk/Archive/Article/0,4273,4188668,00.html>.
    • Collins, Max Allan. The Mummy. London: Ebury Press, 1999.
    • —. The Mummy Returns. New York: Berkley Boulevard, 2002
    • The Empire Strikes Back. Dir. Irvin Kershner. Perf. Mark Hamill, Harrison Ford, Carrie Fisher. Lucasfilm, 1980.
    • George of the Jungle. Dir. Sam Weisman. Perf. Brendan Fraser, Leslie Mann, John Cleese. Disney, 1997.
    • Glover, Jerry. “Jerry Glover’s Nearly Top Ten Mummy Movies.” The Mummy Souvenir Program. 1999. 30-31.
    • Grice, Andrew. “Europe: The Single Issue that Left Hague to Take a Pounding.” The Independent 9 Jun. 2002: 2 <http://www.independent.co.uk/story.jsp?story=77078>.
    • Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade. Dir. Stephen Spielberg. Perf. Harrison Ford, Sean Connery. Paramount, 1989.
    • Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom. Dir. Stephen Spielberg. Perf. Harrison Ford, Kate Capshaw. Paramount, 1984.
    • MacAskill, Ewen. “Tory Matriarch Goes On Stage and Off Message.” The Guardian 23 May 2002: 1 <http://www.guardian.co.uk/Archive/Article/0,4273,4191057,00.html>.
    • The Mummy. Dir. Karl Freund, Perf. Boris Karloff, Zita Johann. Universal, 1932.
    • The Mummy. Dir. Stephen Sommers. Perf. Brendan Fraser, Rachel Weisz, Arnold Vosloo. MCA/Universal, 1999.
    • The Mummy Souvenir Program. 1999.
    • The Mummy Unwrapped. Dir. Christopher Sliney. Perf. Rachel Weisz, Brendan Fraser, Stephen Sommers. Universal, 1999.
    • Quinn, Anthony. “You Can’t Say Pharaoh Than That.” Rev. of The Mummy Returns. The Independent 18 May 2002 <http://www.independent.co.uk/story.jsp?story=73090>.
    • The Phantom Menace. Dir. George Lucas. Perf. Liam Neeson, Ewan McGregor, Natalie Portman. Lucasfilm, 1999.
    • Preston, Peter. “Mummy, What’s Anthea Doing on the Floor?” Rev. of The Mummy Returns. The Observer 20 May 2002 <http://www.guardian.co.uk/Archive/Article/0,4273,4189085,00.html>.
    • Raiders of the Lost Ark. Dir. Stephen Spielberg. Perf. Harrison Ford, Karen Allen. Paramount, 1981.
    • Stoker, Bram. Dracula. Ed. A. N. Wilson. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1983.
    • Stoker, Bram. The Jewel of Seven Stars. Intr. David Glover. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1996.
    • Whitman, John. The Mummy Returns. London: Bantam Books, 2002.
    • Wolverton, Dave. Revenge of the Scorpion King. London: Bantam, 2002.

     

  • Solvent Abuse: Irvine Welsh and Scotland

    Matthew Hart

    Department of English
    University of Pennsylvania
    matthart@english.upenn.edu

     

    Review of: Irvine Welsh, Glue.New York: Norton, 2002.

     

    There’s a passage in Bill Buford’s celebrated account of football violence, Among the Thugs, that is relevant to the question of Irvine Welsh’s Scottishness. Buford is on the Italian island of Sardinia, amidst a rioting crowd of hooligan inglesi, fleeing from the police in the aftermath of a 1990 World Cup match between England and Holland:

     

    Then I collided with the people near me. Someone had brought the crowd to a stop. I didn’t understand why: the police were behind us; they would appear at any moment. Someone then shouted that we were all English. Why were we running? The English don’t run…. And so it went on. Having fled in panic, some of the supporters would then remember that they were English and that this was important, and they would remind the others that they too were English, and that this was also important, and, with a renewed sense of national identity, they would come abruptly to a halt, turn around, and charge the Italian police. (Buford 296)

     

    Questions of national identity are at the center of Buford’s book. An American, writing about British football, he observes that hooliganism runs through concentric circles of club, city, caste, and country. But given that the ne plus ultra of football violence is the foreign campaign–the “taking” of a Continental city–Buford’s analysis necessarily privileges the great circle of nationalism: “The effect was immediate: these were no longer supporters of Manchester United; they were now defenders of the English nation. They had ceased to be Mancunians; in an instant, their origins had, blotterlike, spread from one dot on the map of the country to the entire map itself” (38-9). Hooliganism has been described as “the English disease.” And so, in Among the Thugs, football violence becomes the privileged sociological lens through which to view the post-industrial unmaking of the English working class: “a highly mannered suburban society stripped of culture and sophistication and living only for its affectations: a bloated code of maleness, an exaggerated, embarrassing patriotism, a violent nationalism, an array of bankrupt social habits” (262).

     

    Substitute “Scotland” for “England” and Buford’s dystopic sociology will serve as a fair entrance-point to the world of Irvine Welsh’s Glue, a novel with much to say about football, violence, “codes of maleness,” and the fate of four working-class men as they come to adulthood during the 1980s and ’90s. Of course, it would be foolish to link Buford and Welsh without some strong sense of the difference between Scottish and English class and sporting cultures.1 What is more significant, however, is that both Glue and Among the Thugs are texts trapped endlessly between national and “post-national” interpretive and structural imperatives. For if Buford’s Manchester United fans fill out their identities, “blotterlike,” to color the entire map of England, then it is also true that this is a nationalism subject to some of the most profoundly internationalizing forces in the contemporary world. The plots of both texts depend fundamentally on mass international travel: budget airlines, the package tour, and the Continental “weekender.” Both texts are written under the sign of the 1992 Maastricht treaty, which abolished immigration and labor controls between most European countries, creating a class of “Eurotrash” itinerants–both poor and wealthy–and giving fits to Continental policemen, struggling to separate law-abiding vacationers from an impossible-to-define “hooligan element.” Finally, both hooligans and literary cognoscenti revel in the recent unprecedented expansion in European and international cultural events, whether Glasgow Celtic vs. Juventus of Torino or a city-break to the new Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao. This last phenomenon gets great comic treatment in Glue, when Welsh’s protagonists–in Munich for the Oktoberfest beer festival–crash a cultural reception of the “Munich-Edinburgh Twin Cities Committee.”

     

    Though he barely addresses it outright, the Europeanization of England is the ever-present determining context for Buford’s narratives. The single market is a political economy that his motley crew of electricians and skinheads struggles to comprehend, yet knows intimately: “I thought: this is a parody of the holiday abroad. Except that it wasn’t a parody. This was the holiday abroad. Their dads, they kept telling me, never had a chance to see the world like this” (Buford 54). For Welsh, and Glue, the tensions between nation and post-nation are more complicated, in part because of the long struggle between Scottish nationalists and an Anglocentric cultural and political elite; for whereas the “Other” of English nationalism has usually been found across the Channel, the Scottish have always found their antagonists closer to home.2 But such tensions are also due to Welsh’s increasingly certain status as a representative Scottish author–a celebrity of Scottishness whose every character, setting, and incident will be put through the mincer of a cultural media which demands authentic national types even as it writes endless obituaries for the idea of the nation itself.

     

    The worldwide success of J. K. Rowling’s Harry Potter series means that Welsh is no longer the best-selling novelist identified with Edinburgh but, adolescent wizards aside, no other Scottish writer has equivalent celebrity and none has gone so far to upset common perceptions of Scotland as a land of heather and history. Welsh has often appeared in the major newspapers and magazines as an avatar of a new, harsh, and dole-queue-glamorous Scottishness. He is a twofold prophet, national and international at once: a spokesperson for post-Thatcherite parochial youth culture, buoyed up by the global success of the scene that he documents and promotes. Welsh upsets the genteel notions of tartan traditionalists yet, inevitably, the new Scotland he has anatomized over the last decade is immediately marketable as a new national type, his vision of a growing but underrepresented subculture coming to dominate, for a while, the calcified history of Old Caledonia. The irony is that Trainspotting, a novel that scorns “ninety minute patriotism”–the duration of an international football match–survives in the popular mind as a portable symbol of Scotland. What price Renton’s (self-)loathing for a nation that let itself be “colonized by wankers”?

     

    Glue is the first Welsh novel since the frankly awful Filth. Its main advance over that abortive satire on the police is that Welsh has toned down some of the overly psychologized experiments in typography and narrative form that worked well in the short stories of The Acid House but never synthesized with the claustrophobic character-study at the heart of Filth. Glue has all the drugs-‘n-sex-‘n-violence of any Welsh tome, but tries less hard to be obviously literary. It is the longest Welsh novel, yet little is wasted; it has generational ambitions–being the life story of four men, set in Scotland, Germany and Australia–but never loses sight of its roots in tribal, parochial, friendships. Welsh is very much a popular author, in literary as well as commercial terms. Besides being full of black-hearted belly laughs, the great strength of Welsh’s best stories is that they bring the traditional values of narrative prose–revealing character through action and dialogue–to a proletarian and pop-cultural scene badly in need of the kind of unsanctimonious comedy and pathos at which he excels. Here’s Gally, the tragic anti-hero of Glue, in bed with Sharon, having recently discovered that he’s HIV-positive:

     

    When she started kissing ays deeply ah thoat for ah while ah wis somebody else. Then it came back tae ays exactly who ah wis. Ah telt her she wis hingin aboot wi rubbish, n ah included maself in that, n told her she wis better thin that and she should sort it oot. (192)

     

    Gally is the misfit, the bad luck charm; contracting HIV is not even the end of his Job-like litany of misfortune. There’s something unbelievable–melodramatic and formulaic–about so much misery and mischance: Gally is the original scapegoat, the communal raw nerve. But there’s also real pathos in his story and narration: a tenderness and insight that are rarely mawkish and which derive in large part from Welsh’s suturing of idiom and consciousness. When Sharon finally understands why Gally won’t have sex with her, she reveals her own secret:

     

    Her sweaty face pulled away fae mines and came intae view.–It’s awright… disnae matter. Ah sortay guessed. Ah thoat ye kent: ah’m like that n aw, she told me with a mischievous wee smile.

     

    There wis no fear in her eyes. None at all. It was like she was talkin aboot bein in the fuckin Masons or something. It put the shits up me. Ah goat up, went through, and sat cross-legged in the chair, lookin at ma crossbow oan the waw. (193)

     

    Gally has only ever wanted to be “somebody else” and the last thing he desires is to hear the words “ah’m like that n aw.” Such a blank and fearless statement of affinity can only ever “put the shits” up a man with such depths of self-loathing and denial. Still, there’s time for a joke at the expense of Masons–and so, by extension, all Protestants and fans of Glasgow Rangers F.C. Reading these passages, it helps to link the paradox of Welsh’s Scots to the paradox of Gally’s mind. Both are decidedly parochial, forged out of a restricted vocabulary. But they are also surprisingly rich, endlessly comic and pathetic–mined from some cosmic source of narrative rogues and dialect one-liners.

     

    Welsh is not the only Scottish author writing in vernacular language, but he’s among the very few with anything like a mass audience. It’s difficult to know whether non-Scottish readers come to Welsh because of his Scots, or in spite of it. It is a problem that bothers the American media in particular.3 Here’s a comical exchange from a 1998 Time interview with Welsh; the question of language bleeds, inevitably, into the question of audience and sales:

     

    Q: Are you afraid that you have fewer American readers than you would if you didn’t write in Scottish dialect?
    A: Yeah, I’m doing a reading tonight, and nobody’s going to understand a word.
    Q: I haven’t understood anything you’ve said. I’m going to have to make most of it up. Oh, well, thanks anyway. (Stein)

     

    Either way, Welsh’s work draws attention to its Scottishness as a matter of language; as always, writing in Scots begs very basic questions of writing itself. Is using the “national” tongue a necessarily nationalist gesture? Is Anglophone Scottish writing a contradiction in terms? And in Scotland, which is the national tongue anyway? Is it Scots, the traditional language of the Lowlands, derived from Northumbrian Anglo-Saxon? And if so, shall we prefer Welsh’s Edinburgh vernacular to, say, the Glasgow Scots of James Kelman’s Booker-winning How Late It Was How Late? If we privilege longevity over popularity, shall we fasten on the Scottish Gaelic of the Highlands and western islands? And there are other alternatives, ancient and modern: Hugh MacDiarmid fused medieval Scots and contemporary coinage with the fruits of 19th-century etymological research, creating a literary language of a mobile and synthetic kind; Robert Alan Jamieson has written a series of novels and short stories which collectively mine and record the mixed Scandic-Scots vernacular of Sanni communities in the Shetland Isles of the far north.

     

    And what of English, that thousand-pound gorilla? Almost every Scottish author since the Reformation has written in English, to greater or lesser degree–and usually greater. Linguists can identify multiple dialects of Scottish English, including a Scottish Standard English to set against the dialect of the southern metropolis; English has been the language of church, court, and school for over 400 years; and so for every writer who talks of escaping the shadow of Anglophone cultural authority, there’s another who’ll celebrate the wholesale Scottishing of British English–a language confidently mastered and manipulated by Scottish writers from Burns (Robbie) to Burns (Gordon). It’s a sociological fact one can trace through the Scottish education system, where a side-effect of programmatic Anglophonization was a level of popular literacy far higher than in the linguistically homogeneous south. Scottish intellectuals likewise take pride in the fact that the academic study of English language and literature was pioneered in Scotland’s ancient universities. In the twentieth century these Scottish universities blazed a trail in the revivification of Scottish literature; in the eighteenth, they gave witness to “The Scottish Invention of English Literature.”4

     

    There are solid historical reasons for this duality. Cairns Craig, the general editor of the standard multi-volume history of Scottish literature, talks of Scottish literature existing “between cultures rather than within a culture” (3). Scottish writing necessarily partakes of the postcolonial politics that propels African writers like Ngugi wa Thiong’o to reject the language of Empire. But the Scottish situation is peculiar because “Scotland was an active partner in the extension of Empire that made English a world language, while at the same time, in its own linguistic experience, it shared the experience of the colonised” (Craig 5). This is a reality that Welsh recognizes: “I really like standard English but it is an administrative language, an imperialist language.” Nevertheless, his abandonment of the standard-English first drafts of Trainspotting is a decision he justifies in aesthetic, rather than wholeheartedly political terms: “It’s not very funky” (O’Shea and Shapiro). While the sometimes-hostile press reaction to Welsh’s Scots reminds him of his political affinity with a vernacular writer like Kelman, this is one more author who wants to have his Anglophone cake and eat it too.

     

    Welsh’s decision to write much of his fiction in the argot of the Edinburgh streets and schemes resurrects these historical and linguistic questions, now spun and counter-spun by the political economics of market globalization.5 More than anything, his commercial success testifies to the groundbreaking work done since MacDiarmid inaugurated the modernist “Scottish Renaissance” program of revivifying the vernacular in the 1920s. But what of Welsh’s Scots? What are its literary qualities? In the first place, his use of Edinburgh Scots is not especially innovative. His dialogue has a satirical bite missing from the late Romantic-era novels of James Hogg and Walter Scott, but doesn’t add much more to their technical example, using Scots largely as an indicator of social standing. Instead of the literate shepherd who betrays his peasant origins when he opens his mouth, meet the Pilton schemie, his Edinburgh accent flashing through the neutral English narration of “The Acid House”:

     

    Then the rain came: at first a few warning spits, followed by a hollow explosion of thunder in the sky. Coco saw a flash of lightning where his glowing vision had been and although unnerved in a different way, he breathed a sigh of relief that his strange sighting had been superseded by more earthly phenomena. Ah wis crazy tae drop that second tab ay acid. The visuals ur something else. (Welsh, Acid House 153)

     

    In “The Acid House” working class characters speak Edinburgh Scots, while the narrator takes on the standard English of the bourgeois citizens who have, through a coincidence of lightning and LSD, given birth to a baby with the mind of a football hooligan: “This is fuckin too radge, man, Andy conceded,–cannae handle aw this shite, eh” (167). Throughout Welsh’s writing, Scots is identified with spoken language–if not dialogue then interior monologue, the speech of the thinking mind. More often than not, the two registers are drawn together. In the opening of Glue, a man is leaving his wife and family, nervous during this last public outing as a nuclear unit:

     

    Henry Lawson shuffled around to check who’d heard. Met one nosy gape with a hard stare until it averted. Two old fuckers, a couple. Interfering auld bastards. Speaking through his teeth, in a strained whisper he said to her,–Ah’ve telt ye, they’ll be well looked eftir. Ah’ve fuckin well telt ye that. Ma ain fuckin bairns, he snapped at her, the tendons in his neck taut. (6)

     

    The narrative slides toward Scots as it moves toward Henry’s speech. The passage opens with two relatively standard English sentences, plainly descriptive; but by the third sentence the narrative point-of-view is Henry’s–though we remain in standard English, there’s no doubt about who’s calling whom an “old fucker.” The next sentence even more plainly belongs to Henry; and as we move closer to his next vocalized thought, the English word “old” mutates into the Scottish “auld.” The narrator needs just one more descriptive connector before Henry’s self-justifying rage can be given full throttle in the vernacular. As in much purportedly vernacular fiction, third-person omniscience requires the (seeming) authority and (seeming) transparency of administrative English, while Scots marks a register that is simultaneously social and subjective.

     

    It would be a mistake, however, to confuse the innately realist signifying-effect of Scots dialogue with a similar commitment to naturalist realism–telling it like it is, in the words of the street. According to The Guardian newspaper, the 2002 Edinburgh Book Festival saw Ronald Frame lump Welsh’s writing among the “cliched brand of novels celebrating such dark subjects as cannibalism, necrophilia and sado-masochism.” Frame has been joined in the attack by the poet Kenneth White, who accuses Welsh of serving-up the “remains of last night’s fish supper, sauced up with sordid naturalism.” But this is sour-faced and misplaced criticism. Welsh is no “dirty realist” after the fashion of Americans like Raymond Carver, still less some sort of S&M Zola. As he says in response to Frame and White, “I’ve never thought of myself as a realist. I don’t think that talking tapeworms and squirrels is all that realistic” (qtd. in Gibbons). Judging by his published remarks, Welsh’s chosen American precursor is William S. Burroughs, another prophet of chemical communities; but Welsh’s writing is most fully in the tradition of the “Caledonian Antisyzygy,” as identified by G. Gregory Smith in 1919. According to Smith, Scottish literature is marked by one overweening characteristic: the union of opposites such as the known and unknown, quotidian and fantastic, standard and vernacular, genteel and vulgar. This involves a linguistic, stylistic, and generic commitment to existing–as MacDiarmid put it–“Whaur extremes meet” (87). Welsh’s writing is nothing if not extreme: an always raw collage of generic mixing, surrealist fantasy, everyday bother, and hallucinatory black humor.6

     

    And yet, despite the omnipresent excesses of Welsh’s prose, Glue is largely constructed around friendships and human encounters. It boasts no talking tapeworms and its realism is interrupted not so much by fantasy and hallucination but by the sense that we’ve heard these stories before. The main characters are novel versions of familiar types: Gally, the victim of a schoolyard code of Omerta that he upholds but never controls; Billy, the loner who finds success and single-mindedness in sports and business; Juice Terry, hapless burglar, incorrigible dole-ite, and awesomely successful Don Juan; and Carl, a dreamer, lost in music and the excesses of life as an international DJ. As in most coming-of-age narratives, these are lives we can chart on mirror-image x/y graphs: a rising line on the graph marking social standing almost inevitably implies a fall in the chart that grades happiness, contentment, and the good feelings of friends left behind. It’s not that Glue is unoriginal but that its familiarity moves it in the direction of urban folklore, so that even the novel’s more improbable moments, like Terry’s night out with an American R-‘n’-B star, read like excursions into a well-established narrative sociology. In the case of the Sherman chanteuse,7 the thematics of high versus low cultures is a direct repeat from the brilliant short story “Where the Debris Meets the Sea.” In that ironic set-piece, Kim Basinger, Madonna, Kylie Minogue and Victoria Principal lust over magazines stuffed full with working-class Edinburgh man-meat: “A pile of glossy magazines lay on a large black coffee table. They bore such titles as Wide-o, Scheme Scene and Bevvy Merchants. Madonna flicked idly through the magazine called Radge, coming to an abrupt halt as her eyes fastened on the pallid figure of Deek Prentice, resplendent in purple, aqua and black shell-suit.” This abrupt reversal in the sexual economy of pop culture is cemented by Welsh’s decision to make his Hollywood stars speak broad Scots: “‘We’ll nivir go tae fuckin’ Leith!’ Kim said, in a tone of scornful dismissal. ‘Yous are fuckin’ dreamin’” (Welsh, Acid House 87-88, 92).

     

    Some reviewers have interpreted such echoes as evidence of repetition. Tired of tales told from nightclubs and housing schemes, reviewers have begun to dismiss Welsh as a one-trick pony. I generally enjoy the folkloric repetition that is increasingly a part of Welsh’s fiction–fans of serial fiction will be pleased to hear that he is penning a sequel to Trainspotting–and despite all the excess of a book like Glue the pleasures it gives are ultimately ones of recognition, as when the protagonists of earlier novels show up in cameo roles. Glue‘s argot and setting are familiar by now. The individual lives of the four friends are given structure by their similar movement out-and-back–an actual or metaphorical journey away, and the journey home. Glue ends with homecomings, both literal and symbolic, where an Oedipal politics of masculinity and maturation tries to crowd-out the vicissitudes of the nation. It closes with the death of one character’s father, shared grief mending damaged friendships. The dead man was the symbolic father of the group, an apologist for youth and the author of their childhood code of silence and loyalty. By closing with this death, Glue‘s narrative takes on a generational and patrilineal shape.

     

    One can see Welsh, and perhaps his audience, getting older. More seriously, we can see how the strength of Welsh’s fiction, and perhaps the source of its greatest popular appeal, is its study of the formation and deformation of tribal groups, as familial, musical, and pharmacological subcultures come to dominate–and now find some accommodation–in their struggle with (and within) traditional allegiances of class and nation. Trainspotting, for instance, is much more than days-in-the-life of a group of smack addicts: it documents the breakdown of the social and cultural bonds made by shared experiences of childhood, drugs, city, and nation. Like the middle section of Glue, its narrative charts the movement from punk rock and heroin to techno and MDMA. This cultural movement is itself predicated on a simultaneous physical movement away from the symbolic geography of the Scottish nation. Renton escapes first to London and the burgeoning club scene, then finally into European anonymity, flush with the drug money he stole from his friends, heading for a life outside of Scotland and the provinciality of its capital city. One can, it should be admitted, read even Renton’s narrative as a national allegory–Welsh’s use of Scots makes that almost inevitable. And despite its ultimately Oedipal structure, it’s clear that Welsh also sees Glue as an allegory of the nation–one that, this time, ends happily in New Caledonia, friends gathered round the big multi-cultural mixing desk of devolutionary Scotland.

     

    Welsh wants to have it both ways; Scotland, that antisyzygetical nation, insists on it. The Scotland that we see in Glue is both newly confident and newly irrelevant. Welsh’s characters are unabashed national stereotypes, yet we see them abroad in both mind and place, drawn to the international affinities of music, sport, and pharmaceuticals. Welsh has so far shown no sign of wanting to escape the triple Scottishness of language, setting, and type; but the Scotland he portrays is unimaginable without other criss-crossing elective affinities, running counter to the claims of the nation. In Glue, the nation is non-negotiable: a monument to modernity that postmodern chancers can neither overcome nor gainsay. A book like Glue, so full of the contradictions of international culture, nevertheless appears as a local affirmation of Tom Nairn’s global formula: “Blessing and curse together, nationality is simply the fate of modernity” (199).8 Scotland, its languages, its unknown destiny in the marketplace of nations and ethnicities, is a fundamental ingredient in the “glue” that holds these characters, and these pages, together. That we come to know such stickiness by watching its interaction with various global solvents shouldn’t surprise us. Didn’t the kids invent huffing? Didn’t they know what they were doing?

     

    Notes

     

    1. For example, Scottish football fans are very proud of their public difference from English supporters, especially when traveling abroad for international matches. While domestic Scottish games have seen their fair share of violence (witness Welsh’s many pages on the über-hooligans of Edinburgh’s Hibernian FC) traveling fans of the Scottish national team have styled themselves as the drunken but ultimately avuncular “Tartan Army.” The booze and military metaphors remain the same, but the relations between fans, police, foreign and local governments, and national public sentiment are quite different.

     

    2. Contrast, for instance, the different stances of English and Scottish political nationalists toward the question of E.U. federation. For Scottish nationalists, the slogan “Independence in Europe” represents the desire to root small-nation autarky within transnational (constitutional, cultural, and economic) structures and institutions. Current English nationalism is, on the contrary, largely of the xenophobic, “Eurosceptic” kind. This contemporary phenomenon is more interesting when considered next to Linda Colley’s argument that an Anglo-Scottish “British” identity was made possible, in part, by the common threat to England and Scotland from Napoleonic and Catholic France.

     

    3. The first American edition of Trainspotting (New York: Norton, 1996) printed a glossary of Scottish phrases not included in the original UK edition (London: Minerva, 1994). This troubles an interviewer for the U.S. online magazine, Feed: “Reading Trainspotting, at first you feel sort of alienated and distanced by the phonetic spellings, but after about five pages you really get into it, the language. But when the glossary of Scottish terms came out for the American edition it almost seemed to turn that language into a gimmick for Americans.” See O’Shea and Shapiro’s “RE: Irvine Welsh: William O’Shea and Deborah Shapiro Talk to the Author of Trainspotting about Populist Literature, the Drug Novel, and Surviving the Millennium.”

     

    4. See Robert Crawford, Devolving English Literature.

     

    5. For example, Danny Boyle’s 1996 Miramax film of Trainspotting becomes an international success and a text of archetypal modern Scottishness, in part because of its use of vernacular language; but the pop culture it does so much to celebrate is marked by cosmopolitan eclecticism–equal parts Sean Connery and Iggy Pop, with seemingly no tension between them. The movie of the film gains much attention for its depiction of post-industrial Scotland, partly because of the drug use, partly because of the language. But the film’s greatest marketing push comes from its brilliantly selected soundtrack, full of English Brit-poppers, European dance music, and American punk. Despite the insistently national focus of the press, the demographic assumed by the soundtrack is definitively post-national in the question of marketing and musical taste.

     

    6. There is much to distinguish Welsh from MacDiarmid, despite their common situation as writers made famous by Scots and Scottishness; the generalized horizon of Smith’s antisyzygy no doubt obscures as much as it reveals. Nevertheless, they share a common scabrous and antinomian quality, best found perhaps in a fuller version of the above quotation. The narrator of MacDiarmid’s A Drunk Man Looks at the Thistle proudly declares that he will “ha’e nae hauf-way hoose, but aye be whaur / Extremes meet–it’s the only way I ken / To dodge the curst conceit o’ bein’ richt” (87).

     

    7. “Sherman” is one of Welsh’s favorite pieces of rhyming slang, a form of demotic that Edinburgh Scots have perfected after the Cockney example. “Sherman” means “American,” deriving from “Sherman Tank,” which rhymes, of course, with “Yank.” Welsh’s rhyming slang invariably follows this kind of abbreviation and homophonic substitution–arguably the defining characteristics of traditional rhyming slang. The beauty of this argot lies in the distance between the slang-word and its referent. Thus, “Manto” from “Mantovani,” meaning “bit of fanny.”

     

    8. For a useful critique of Nairn’s fatalistic conjunction of modernity and nationality, see Mulhern (58-61).

    Works Cited

     

    • Buford, Bill. Among the Thugs. New York: Vintage, 1993.
    • Colley, Linda. Britons: Forging the Nation, 1707-1837. New Haven, CT: Yale UP, 1992.
    • Craig, Cairns, ed. The History of Scottish Literature, Vol 4: Twentieth Century Scottish Literature. 4 Vols. Aberdeen: Aberdeen UP, 1988.
    • Crawford, Robert. Devolving English Literature. Oxford: Clarendon, 1992.
    • Gibbons, Fiachra. “Eight Years on from Trainspotting, Irvine Welsh Pens the Sequel: Porno.” The Guardian 22 Aug. 2002 <http://books.guardian.co.uk/news/articles/0,6109,540572,00.html>.
    • MacDiarmid, Hugh. Collected Poems, Vol. 1. 2 vols. Michael Grieve & W. R. Aitken, eds. London: Penguin, 1985.
    • Mulhern, Francis. “Britain After Nairn.” New Left Review 5 (Sep.-Oct. 2000): 53-66.
    • Nairn, Tom. After Britain: New Labour and the Return of Scotland. London: Granta, 2000.
    • O’Shea, William, and Deborah Shapiro. “RE: Irvine Welsh: William O’Shea and Deborah Shapiro Talk to the Author of Trainspotting about Populist Literature, the Drug Novel, and Surviving the Millennium.” Feed 3 Sep. 1999.
    • Smith, G. Gregory. Scottish Literature: Character and Influence. London: MacMillan, 1919.
    • Stein, Joel. “Irvine Welsh: The Arts/Q+A.” Time 28 Sep. 1998 <http://www.time.com/time/magazine/1998/dom/980928/the_arts.q_a.irvine_wel32a.html>.
    • Welsh, Irvine. The Acid House. New York: Norton, 1994.
    • —. Trainspotting. New York: Norton, 1996.

     

  • “What’s It Like There?”: Desultory Notes on the Representation of Sarajevo

    Jim Hicks

    English and Comparative Literature
    Smith College
    james@transpan.it

     

     

     

    Figure 1

    “What does the earth look like in the places where people commit atrocities?”

     

    — Robert D. Kaplan, Balkan Ghosts

     

    In order to begin, I’ll have to confess: what follows here will be an essay in the early sense of the term (in other words, I have no idea whatsoever how it’s going to come out).1 I’ve decided, nonetheless, to make an effort to address–or at least avoid in a somewhat more professional manner–an issue which for me, in the five or so years that I’ve been visiting Sarajevo, just won’t go away. The problem is that I continue to have no real answer to the question that my title poses, the question that, for understandable reasons, I’m asked on almost every occasion when someone finds out I’ve been spending time in postwar Bosnia-Herzegovina.

     

    To some extent, my lack of a well-considered response may be personal. I also have a great deal of trouble with word association games (“What’s the first thing that comes to your mind when I say ‘Bosnia’?”); invariably, what comes to my mind–no matter what the word is–is nothing. Faced with such questions, rather than “associate freely” (as if such a thing were possible!), I become increasingly embarrassed at not having a response, more or less in the way that insomniacs lie awake obsessed with their inability to sleep. On the other hand, such a reaction may be situational as well. Hannah Arendt long ago argued that there is essentially nothing to say about events which require our compassion. For Arendt, the problem with compassion is precisely that: it puts an end to all discussion, and hence, to any possibility for political remedy (53-110).2 (There are, of course, other opinions about the relation between compassion and expression: Clarissa, La nouvelle Héloïse, and Uncle Tom’s Cabin are all very long novels.)

     

    In any case, in conversations with friends, I found out quick enough that my problem couldn’t easily be finessed through intellectualization. Like some character from a Woody Allen film, I tried to begin my (non)responses by describing my inability to describe, cleverly attributing this inability to my complete lack of adequate representational categories. My experience, in short, was “like” nothing in the least. And without adequate categories, some would argue, we may not even have the experience at all–“a blooming, buzzing confusion” is the phrase usually evoked in such contexts. Yet, for Walter Benjamin, experience itself–at least its truest, and increasingly rarest form–may in effect only come at times like these, where we lack all preparation.

     

    Friends, since they know you, can’t be put off by such diversionary tactics, and, to be frank, I wasn’t even satisfied myself with this non-answer. But then, at some point–I don’t remember precisely when–I came up with an alternate strategy. I still began by describing my inability to describe, but now this ramble became only the preamble to my next gambit–telling a joke or two. The number, as well as the character, of the war-related jokes that I heard on my initial trip to Sarajevo no doubt prompted this idea. In retelling these jokes, I also eventually managed to convince myself that there was logic behind my strategem: where do such jokes come from, after all? why do people tell them? and wasn’t the collective voice behind them more direct, more authentic, than anything that I myself might say? At one point, I even thought about compiling a Sarajevo Joke Book, a sort of exercise in contemporary folklore. One Bosnian who heard this idea from me commented, “Sure, everyone who comes here wants to do that.”

     

    A couple of jokes, then. Here’s one that nearly everybody there knows:

     

    Q. How do they give directions in Banja Luka?

     

    A. Turn left where the mosque used to be.

     

    Too quick? Lack the relevant history? (In case you don’t already know, during the war, Bosnian Serbs dynamited the mosques in the towns they controlled; Banja Luka used to have many, including the celebrated fifteenth-century Ferhadija mosque, which is now a parking lot).3 Let me try another one:4

     

    Mujo is walking down the street, just out of the hospital after having his right arm amputated. He’s depressed to the point of desperation, crying, talking to himself, thinking about suicide. He can’t bear the thought of life without his arm. Suddenly he sees Suljo walking towards him, skipping and smiling. When he gets closer, Mujo sees that Suljo is actually laughing out loud. What is most amazing to Mujo is that Suljo is carrying on like this despite the fact that not just one, but both of his arms have been amputated.

     

    So Mujo stops Suljo, who continues to snicker and smile. Mujo says, “Suljo, I don’t understand you. I’m desperate, I’m even thinking about killing myself, all because I’ve had one arm amputated. You’ve had both your arms cut off and here you are smiling and laughing like an idiot. In your condition, how can you be so happy?”

     

    Suljo replies, “Mujo, if you’d had both of your arms cut off, like I did, and your ass was itching like crazy, like mine is, you’d be laughing too.”

     

    So you get the picture. Or at least some of the picture. Whatever these jokes are, they’re certainly not timid. Part of their impact, no doubt, comes from the particular ways in which they violate our conventions and expectations. Take a look back at the image at the beginning of this essay. How does your sense of it change when I tell you that–although the site is in fact located in Sarajevo–it is not actually war-related? It’s just an abandoned farmhouse, and it’s looked more or less as it does here for as long as any of my Bosnian friends can remember.5

     

    Actually, the first photo I took in Sarajevo was this one:

     

    Figure 2

     

    This was the view from the window of the Human Rights Coordination Center, in the Office of the High Representative, downtown Sarajevo, Mar�ala Tita Street, in early January, 1997. I like it–something about the perspective reminds me of Bruegel.6 Given the stories about Sarajevans burning furniture and books in order to heat their homes, the sight of children sledding in this wooded urban park might surprise you. (It did me, which is probably why I took the photo.) Just above the park is the central police headquarters, used by the Bosnian military during the siege. The trees, in other words, were left as cover–anyone silly enough to try and cut one down would probably have been shot. A second park survived for similar reasons, and there is also still a beautiful, tree-lined avenue next to the river (and next to the former front line as well).

     

    My next photo is an exterior shot of the building from which the sledding picture was taken:

     

    Figure 3

     

    I have a theory about this one. This is, or was, the headquarters of the Office of the High Representative (the international supervisory agency set up as part of the Dayton Accords, <http://www.ohr.int>). The High Representative has very extensive powers to enforce the implementation of the peace accords; among other things, OHR has designed Bosnia’s new currency, license plates, and flag, and the High Rep has also dismissed a fairly large number of Bosnia’s elected officials (including on two occasions, members of the Presidency). If you’ve seen Men in Black, the movie that’s being advertised in this photo, you’ll understand my suspicions: my guess is that the placement of this particular advertisement is meant as a comment on the internationals working just behind these curtains. There’s certainly no cinema in this building, or anywhere close by, and, as far as I know, no other movie was ever advertised here.7

     

    My overall point so far, with the “farmhouse” photo as with the others, is fairly simple. Pictures don’t speak for themselves, however much we may be predisposed to let them do so. But then neither do my Bosnian jokes: one thing that strikes me about the two cited here, besides their ruthlessness, is that they are both in some sense directed at the very group that is telling them. Much like Jewish anti-Semitic jokes, Bosnian humor has a long tradition of self-parody. The two amputees of my second joke are actually the stock characters, the fools, of Bosnian comedy (Mujo, by the way, is short for Mustafa, or Muhamed, and Suljo for Sulejman). A third character, Mujo’s wife Fata (short for Fatima), also makes frequent appearances. But those jokes you don’t want to hear.8

     

    You have no doubt been waiting to see a photo like this:

     

    Figure 4

     

    Actually, I would go further than that. My guess is not only that you’ve been expecting to see a photo like this: if you followed the war in the former Yugoslavia at all, I imagine that, on some level, you’ve been waiting to see this very photo. This, of course, is the Oslobodjenje building, headquarters of the Sarajevan newpaper of the same name (which means “liberation” in English).9 I haven’t heard what, if anything, is planned for this building, but I wouldn’t be surprised to see it left as it is now, as a war memorial of sorts. Which, once again, changes what it is that we’re looking at, does it not? Is it event or emblem? In a certain sense, memorials may not be seen at all; to paraphrase Robert Musil, if you want to be absolutely certain that someone is forgotten by history, build them a statue.

     

    One more photo in this vein:

     

    Figure 5

     

    I reproduced this shot for two reasons. The photo shows a government office building in the foreground and the two UNIS skyscrapers in the background. What I mean to give you here–the academics among you–is a rather unique vantage point. The shot was taken from the balcony at the end of the hall on the fourth floor of the Filozofski Fakultet, right next to the English Department offices. (Does it make you feel at home?) My second reason is explained on the back of a map which the FAMA group–a local artists collective–did to commemorate the siege (<http://www.saray.net/SurvivalMap/Index.html>). It seems that Sarajevans had nicknamed these twin towers “Momo” and “Uzeir” after a popular pair of local comedians (their names mark them as members of two different cultural groups). According to FAMA, no one knew which tower was which, and so the Bosnian Serb army had to destroy them both. Such are the stories one hears.

     

    Time for another sort of story, I think.

     

    Figure 6

     

    This one is from Miljenko Jergovic, a journalist, novelist, and poet. Jergovic wrote for Oslobodjenje during the war, and he now writes for the Feral Tribune in Zagreb. The text of his that I will examine here is, in a sense, the titular story of his first published collection, Sarajevo Marlboro. The final scene of Jergovic’s short story unwraps this pair of name-brands for his reader–but I’ll get to that in a minute.10 The tale itself, in contrast, is titled “Grob” (“The Grave”–for reasons unclear to me, his translator decided to retitle the story “The Gravedigger,” i.e., “Grobar”).

     

    When Jergovic chose his title, it is absolutely certain that the grave he had in mind was not shown in this last photo. First of all, it’s not even the right graveyard. Second, this shot, if it were published in Sarajevo today, might well appear to be Bosnian Muslim propaganda. The tombstones in front, with their Arabic inscriptions written in calligraphy said to be found only in Bosnia, are just the sort of things used to send a “nationalist” message. (There are, of course, items of this sort available for all of the so-called nationalist parties. If it’s old enough, and culturally specific enough, it will do.) Nice photo, though.

     

    Figure 7

     

    The story begins by asking us a question: “Know why you should never bury people in a valley?” (78). Jergovic’s gravedigger, a Shakespearian character in more than one sense, goes on to answer the question with a story. He tells a tale of two lovers, and two deaths, related (in the original text) by means of a single long sentence, a conversational diatribe that twists and turns at least twice as often as the lives the story traces. In high school, Rasim and Mara fell in love (again, their names are markers), his father said no, and they ran away. Rasim’s father eventually found them, but his son wouldn’t come home alone; so the couple moved in but she wasn’t allowed to leave the house by day. Eventually the father built them a home in another neighborhood, they married publicly at last, and then she died. (As the gravedigger comments, “[the dead] just happened to lose [their lives], the way some people lose a pinball [… after] having scored a hundred points a hundred times–you could have scored more, but… you didn’t” [82].)11 Rasim moved again, mourned by day and worked in his uncle’s bakery at night, and, when WWII broke out, he joined the Usta�e (the Croatian fascists); then the war ended and the Partisans arrived, who jailed him and were planning to shoot him, at which time a certain Salamon Finci appeared and convinced them that, during the war, Rasim had helped five Jewish families escape through Italy. So Rasim was freed, but nothing changed, and he continued to mourn his wife until, one day, he too was found dead, facedown in a pile of bread dough, and was brought back to his father’s house and buried “just here beneath the patch of grass you are standing on” (80).

     

    As told by the gravedigger (as opposed to the account you just heard), this story is not only an answer to the opening question, it is a demonstration of the answer. As the narration unfolds, it is filled, in line after line, with gestures toward the neighborhoods, buildings, and landmarks where the lives of Rasim and Mara are said to unfold. Its refrain is “ono ti je Bistrik… ono ti je �irokaca… ono ti je Vrbanja” (Roughly, “That’s Bistrik for you,” “That’s �irokaca for you,” etc.) In my last photo, the lower section of the Alifakovac cemetery can just be seen on the upper left; like us, though from the other side, the gravedigger looks down the Miljacka river with all of the Old City before him. His story concluded, he points to Rasim’s grave below his feet and ends by commenting, with obvious satisfaction:

     

    From this spot, it’s possible for you to review and reflect on Rasim’s whole life. Only thieves and children and people with something to hide get buried in valleys. There’s no life left in the valleys–you can’t see anything from down there. (Jergovic 64, translation modified)

     

    In an essay entitled “Dell’opaco,” Italo Calvino has described how people can sometimes be imprinted with a particular topography of the imagination, just as goslings are imprinted with a maternal form. For Calvino, that topography was his native city of San Remo, with its rugged, mountainous coastline sloping sharply down to the west, opening out expansively toward the mist-covered sea. Jergovic’s gravedigger carries a different template, but his principles are those of Calvino.

     

    And there may be more. As we are painstakingly shown, Rasim’s life, with and without Mara, stitches together most of old Sarajevo, geographically and topographically (and hence, we may conclude, socially and culturally as well). We are even told that Mara’s distraught husband “blamed each of the local districts… for her death” (79), and that he responded by moving to Vrbanja. Now I don’t know what Vrbanja looked like before WWII, but I can show it to you on the FAMA Survival Map.

     

    Figure 8

     

    There it is, at the start of the modern city, where the Parliament building is, and where most major social protests in Sarajevo begin. It’s also where, on April 6, 1992, Radovan Karadzic’s men–from a position atop the Holiday Inn (the yellow building, circled in red)–started firing at a crowd of antiwar protesters. Serb paramilitaries had already killed one young student during similar demonstrations the previous day, on the bridge right at the bottom of the image. The bridge is also called Vrbanja.12

     

    However relevant such commentary may–or may not–be to the Jergovic story, it still leaves unmentioned that narrative’s central connection to the essay at hand. As it turns out, about half of “Grob” actually relates a second anecdote, one that speaks of the living rather than the dead. Immediately after his comment that “There’s no life left in the valleys,” the gravedigger begins telling a more recent tale, one that recounts the unpleasant experience of being interviewed by an American journalist:

     

    Perhaps he’d heard that I lived in California for a while, and had seen the world, spoke languages and knew important people. But now I was working as a gravedigger again, so perhaps he thought that I might be able to explain to him what had happened to the people of Sarajevo. (80)

     

     

    The journalist claims that “he wants to know everything” (81); in order to respond to his questions, however, Jergovic’s narrator has either to ask for clarifications or resist the terms in which the questions are put. Asked to speak indiscriminately of both the living and the dead, the gravedigger replies that such a task is impossible, “because the dead have their lives behind them while the living don’t know what’s just around the corner” (81); asked if he’s sorry, after all his travels, to have “ended up” in besieged Sarajevo, the narrator corrects his interrogator, commenting that, “I didn’t end up here. I was born here” (81). Then, when “the idiot” reporter asks if the gravedigger is ready to die now in Sarajevo, the latter replies, “I’ve thought up hundreds of ways to stay alive, and I like all of them” (82). Moreover, when the gravedigger does respond to the questions, his philosophizing appears to be of little interest: “I can tell that he doesn’t understand or even care what I’m saying, but I don’t take offense” (81).

     

    In short, Jergovic’s second anecdote relates an account of failed communication. This failure, we should know, is a specific sort, one probably common in such interviews. The central difficulty involves what might even be a familiar trope of journalistic performance, if readers and viewers were sufficiently aware of the tricks of the trade. At the risk of losing my own audience, I’ll venture to call this particular sleight of hand “Live Puppet Ventriloquism” (and I’m thinking here, analogically, of the “Live Organ Donors” scene from the Monty Python film, The Meaning of Life).

     

    As far as Balkanist writings go, the classic work for illustrating this trope is, without a doubt, Robert D. Kaplan’s Balkan Ghosts. For those not familar with this work, let me cite Kaplan’s thesis statement (a claim which, not by coincidence, is also a perfect example of the figure in question). Here then, for your information, is the essence of the Balkans, according to Kaplan:

     

    This was a time-capsule world: a dim stage upon which people raged, spilled blood, experienced visions and ecstasies. Yet their expressions remained fixed and distant, like dusty statuary. “Here, we are completely submerged under our own histories,” Luben Gotzev, Bulgaria’s former Foreign Minister, told me. (xxi)

     

     

    The sentence that ends this quote makes its author’s thesis explicit, yet it is ostensibly not the author speaking. Live Puppet Ventriloquism.

     

    In contrast, Jergovic’s tale is meant to reveal the way that such shenanigans obstruct communication (rather than, like a chemical precipitant, giving evidence of otherwise invisible interactions). The gravedigger is extremely clear on this point. When the interview finally breaks down entirely, he comments, “I understand that he is researching the subject for his article, except he can’t write the piece because he already knows what it’s going to say” (82). The apparent paradox in this sentence’s latter half (isn’t it easier to write when we know what we will say?) is, in effect, a clever subversion of the sort of journalistic research to which its first half refers. What sort of “research” is it, after all, that aims at producing, from the lips of another, speech that you yourself have scripted? Live Puppet Ventriloquism.

     

    Unlike Jergovic’s journalist, Kaplan is overtly and insistently conscious that he–or at least his American audience–may not yet possess the necessary script. Like Jergovic’s gravedigger, moreover, Kaplan sees this issue as a problem of perspective, of obtaining the correct distance and vantage point. The very first lines of Kaplan’s prologue summon up a relevant scene: the author has chosen an “awful, predawn hour to visit the monastery of Pec in ‘Old Serbia’” (xix). Moreover, he comments, “I brought neither flashlight nor candle. Nothing focuses the will like blindness” (xix). There, while pondering the monastery’s medieval frescoes, the author has his book-generating revelation. “Fleetingly, just as the darkness began to recede, I grasped what real struggle, desperation, and hatred are all about” (xx). We should also note that Kaplan opposes this knowledge–obtained as he “shivered and groped” (xix)–to the judgments typical of “a Western mind… a mind that, in Joseph Conrad’s words, did ‘not have an hereditary and personal knowledge of the means by which an historical autocracy represses ideas, guards its power, and defends its existence’” (xx). (A mind that is also, we may assume, comfortably installed in its favorite Western easy chair, reading Balkan Ghosts.)

     

    By the end of this prologue, Kaplan is capable of answering the question that he himself posed only a few pages ago, the same question which I borrowed as an epigraph for this essay. He pictures himself again, this time while crossing the Austrian border with the former Yugoslavia.

     

    The heating, even in the first-class compartments of the train, went off. The restaurant car was decoupled. The car that replaced it was only a stand-up zinc counter for beer, plum brandy, and foul cigarettes without filters. As more stops accumulated, men with grimy fingernails crowded the counter to drink and smoke. When not shouting at each other or slugging back alcohol, they worked their way quietly through pornographic magazines. (xxx)

     

     

    Needless to say, our Western mind turns quickly away from this scene of dirt, disease, and misogyny to look outside, only to find dirt, disease, and misogyny:

     

    Snow beat upon the window. Black lignite fumes rose from brick and scrap-iron chimneys. The earth here had the harsh, exhausted face of a prostitute, cursing bitterly between coughs. The landscape of atrocities is easy to recognize… (xxxi)13

     

    At last, increasingly fed up with his interviewer, Jergovic’s gravedigger finally shuts him up:

     

    I tell him that he shouldn’t gaze into people’s faces so intently if he doesn’t understand what he sees. Perhaps he should just look at things the way I used to look at neon signs in America, in order to get a rough idea of the country. (82)

     

     

    In other words, the American journalist is told that he, like Robert Venturi, ought to “learn from Las Vegas”: anyone moving at that speed, with those sort of interests, anyone so obviously out of place, certainly shouldn’t pretend to intimacy. “When you look at advertising billboards from fifty feet away, you don’t have a clue what Sarajevo Marlboro is or isn’t” (84). Telling the story of Rasim from a vantage point overlooking the city, or even reading into that story some significance which might still be of use for the living, is one thing. Reading the faces of strangers is certainly another.

     

    Or is it? An undeniable characteristic of the stories contained in Sarajevo Marlboro is that they often read like fables or parables. It is equally obvious that, unlike some fables or parables, the moral to these stories is anything but explicit. Capturing both qualities, the final scene of “Grob” will function as a synecdoche for the book as a whole. Having despaired of direct communication, Jergovic’s gravedigger resorts once again to demonstration. He takes from his pocket an unmarked pack of cigarettes. He explains that Bosnia has no factory capable of printing brand names and logos. “I bet you think we’re poor and unhappy because we don’t even have any writing on our cigarettes” (83). Whether this particular journalist, in this instance, had this particular thought or not, it’s safe to say that some journalist nearby did. If not about cigarette packs, about something.

     

    Having snared his opponent, the gravedigger moves in for the kill. He begins to undo the packet, ready to show that it does indeed contain printing, on the inside. Sometimes movie poster paper is used, sometimes soap boxes, sometimes other forms of advertisements. What’s inside is, in the narrator’s words, “always a surprise” (83). This time, however, hidden around the corner is a joke, one played on the gravedigger himself. In this particular case, the paper used was from the old Bosnian brand of Marlboros. Hidden inside the paper of this particular cigarette pack was the paper of a pack of cigarettes: Sarajevo Marlboros.

     

    The narrator comments:

     

    Later on, I regretted that I ever opened my big mouth to the American. Why didn’t I just say that we are an unhappy and unarmed people who are being killed by Chetnik beasts, and that we’ve all gone crazy with bereavement and grief. He could have written that down, and I wouldn’t have ended up looking ridiculous in his eyes or in my own. (84)

     

    Time to sum up. Having at last recounted “Grob”‘s final anecdote, I may now also be in a position to say something further about a contradiction, or at least a confusion, in my essay thus far. How exactly does the gravedigger’s favorite point of view, the template of his imagination, differ from that of Kaplan’s “Western mind”? Both, it seems clear, are a product of distance, and both attempt to present their subjects by placing them on some sort of narrative map; furthermore, the explanations that both give are explicitly meant to be seen as products of those maps. It wouldn’t be all that unfair to say, like Rasim, that Robert D. Kaplan blames “each of the local districts” for the tragic fates of its inhabitants. Given the unexpected, and self-defeating, result of the gravedigger’s final demonstration, could it then be said that a Las Vegas blur is the only sort of vantage that remains?

     

    It seems to me that such a conclusion, or any such conclusion, is precisely what Sarajevo Marlboro resists. Let me offer some small bit of evidence, albeit indirect. Until the final paragraph of “Grob” (I checked), none of the three so-called “ethnic” or “national” labels occur, even once, in Jergovic’s story. This is not to say, of course, that this is not a tale about cultural difference–above, you will recall, I argued that it is precisely that. If forced to summarize, I’d probably say that Jergovic shows us culture as the product of many things and people as the product of many cultures: names, neighborhoods, war, family, all of these things–even “a brand of cigarettes developed by Philip Morris Inc. to suit the taste of Bosnian smokers” (83, emphasis added).

     

    One more comment. When the gravedigger points out, with great satisfaction, each key site in the life of a single Sarajevan, I am quite certain that I don’t know what it is he’s talking about. I myself never set foot in any part of the former Yugoslavia while it was still Yugoslavia, I never visited Sarajevo until after the war, and, although I read journalists, I don’t plan to become one. You, in all likelihood, have never been to Sarajevo at all. Even so, you probably understand why some people wondered whether “Mara had in fact remained Mara, or had become Fatima” (79). Some people do worry about such things; in Jergovic’s tale, however, we are also told that no one asks, and that Rasim doesn’t tell. My point is quite simple. When we hear a litany of place names in a story about Sarajevo during the siege, just what does a given place, or even its name, mean to any given Sarajevan? How could we even ask?

     

    By way of closing, however, I will relate one last anecdote of my own (a brief one, I promise). Actually, what I’d like to do, even if only in virtual space, is to take you on a nice little walk, first up above the gravedigger’s cemetery (where it says “Alifakovac”–just below the first sharp turn in the river) to a sort of two-lane highway (the yellow road below the river), and then walking east along the hillsides, following the Miljacka upstream–eventually taking you right off the Sarajevo town map, I’m afraid.

     

    Figure 9

     

    I learned about this particular itinerary on my first trip to Sarajevo, from Leah Melnick, a close friend of my sister (and an inveterate flaneuse, I was told). That’s when the following pictures were taken.

     

    Walking down the highway, after fifteen minutes or so you come to a tunnel (visible on the far right of the map above). You don’t want to go in the tunnel, not even in a car. Tunnels in Bosnia don’t have artificial lighting and they’re usually full of water and potholes (although these days at least they no longer have little surprises like an IFOR tank at the other end).14 In any case, Leah’s directions were clear–follow a little path, off to the right, up over the tunnel. You should be a bit nervous about that, and, of course, you will remember the rule: don’t walk anywhere where many, many others haven’t already walked before you. Follow footprints. Otherwise, as the public safety announcement tells you, it’s not a question of “if,” just “when” (cf. <http://www.unicef.org/newsline/super.htm>). Here, the path is in fact a very well-trodden path, and it leads surprisingly soon into a small village, one that was hidden until now by the curve of the hill in front of you. (And by me.) Here’s a part of what you find.

     

    Figure 10

     

    I haven’t got anything to say about this one. Just look at it. And imagine, if you can. (I can’t.) Then, as you continue to walk along the small, two-track path though the village, this is what you see.

     

    Figure 11

     

    And this is all you see.15 And there’s plenty more of it, above these houses too and in front of you along the path, as well.

     

    And then, at the very last house before your road starts to wind around and down to the river, there’s something different. A dog barking. Not a friendly dog. Some movement and some noise in the back corner of a yard.

     

    Figure 12

     

    It’s not much of a house, not yet at least, but it’s standing. And there’s someone there, living there perhaps, working in the yard at the moment, probably cleaning up. I have no way of telling you how glad I was to see him.16

     

    After I followed the path down toward the river, I turned back once more. Here’s that shot as well:

     

    Figure 13

     

    Now then. Leah had mentioned that eventually I would come to a bridge, so that I would be able to get across the river and walk back along the other side. (This soon after the war, a bridge wasn’t by any means a given). Here’s the bridge:

     

    Figure 14

     

    The locals call this ancient monument, this sculpture, this testament to both place and time, The Goats’ Bridge. Though I didn’t know it then, it’s traditionally thought of as the easternmost border of Sarajevo. So here’s where we turn back, walking along the river back into town. What will greet us at this end of the city is, for a couple of reasons at least, a fitting conclusion to our (or at least my) cyberramble.

     

    Figure 15

     

    This, of course, is (or was) the National Library, first built as a city hall by the Austrians at the end of the nineteenth century. If the Oslobodjenje building has any competition in the category of de facto memorials to the Sarajevo siege, this would be it. Appropriately for us, Miljenko Jergovic ends his Sarajevo Marlborocollection with a piece entitled “The Library.” Its final words are as follows:

     

    The fate of the Sarajevo University Library, its famous city hall, whose books took a whole night and day to go up in flames, will be remembered as the fire to end all fires, a last mythical celebration of ash and dust. It happened, after a whistle and an explosion, almost exactly a year ago. Perhaps even the same date that you’re reading this now. Gently stroke your books, dear strangers, and remember, they are dust. (154)

     

    Figure 16

     

    Notes

     

    1. A shifty statement, for obvious reasons. The following text was first presented on April 21, 2001 as part of the “Visible Cities” session of the annual meeting of the American Comparative Literature Association, at the University of Colorado, Boulder. Given that it investigates public, and published, modes of representation, including my own, I think it best to present the paper here more or less “as is,” or “as it was.” With the exception of minor adjustments intended to ease the shift from oral to written, all elaborations, corrections, qualifications, commentaries, and other forms of more recent speculation on my part are given in italics.

     

    The quote by Kaplan, presented here as epigraph, was not read at the conference, although I did, and do, feel that my analysis as a whole can be characterized as an attempt to understand how someone–and quite possibly anyone–could think (not to say publish) such a thought. If I have an answer to Kaplan’s question, it would be, quite simply, “Home.”

     

    2. My summary of Arendt’s argument is borrowed from Elizabeth Spelman’s Fruits of Sorrow (62-8). Another important recent work, also responding to Arendt’s views, is Luc Boltanski’s La souffrance à distance (15-21).

     

    3. This reference, for anyone following events in the region, is particularly loaded. As it turned out, a couple of weeks after the ACLA conference, a ceremony was held in Banja Luka to mark the beginning of this very mosque’s reconstruction. The event was attended by various members of the international community, including the U.S. Ambassador. It was also attended by a well-organized, well-equipped mob of Bosnian Serb nationalists, who broke up the ceremony by stoning the officials and lighting buses on fire, fatally injuring at least one Bosnian Muslim man. For more information, see the Institute for War and Peace Reporting’s “Balkan Reports,” #245 and #258, by Gordana Katana (<http://www.iwpr.net>).

     

    4. At Boulder, I had to cut the second joke to keep within (or at least close to) my allotted time.

     

    5. This may be overstated. When I double-checked my story after the conference with another Sarajevan friend of mine, one who often goes rock-climbing near there, he agreed that the house was abandoned before the war, but added that it was also damaged significantly–the roof for example–during the war. My point in introducing the photo, and introducing the essay with the photo, was to evoke a certain ready response in my audience, one that is based on some fundamental assumptions. One such assumption is, of course, our belief that we know what we’re looking at: “We’ve seen this kind of thing before.” Also prevalent is our faith in the testimony of “experts.”

     

    6. Actually, the photo shown at the conference was somewhat different. Here various smudgy areas in the snow hide (poorly, I assume, since this is my first attempt at doctoring a photo) telephone and electricity wires, as well as a garbage can.

     

    7. The question remains, however, just how far my knowledge goes. Again, on further inquiry, I found out that there was in fact a cinema–The Dubrovnik–in this building before the war and that, a year or so after this photo was taken, the space was again used to advertise a movie (in this case, of all things, Runaway Bride). Despite these ugly facts, I still like my joke; moreover, it still sounds, to my ear, sort of “Bosnian.”

     

    As in the previous note, I mean to call attention to the dogmatic character of the language used: e.g., “no other movie was ever”. By now it should be evident that I don’t really trust such statements, yet I nonetheless find myself drawn into making them–as if it somehow goes with the territory.

     

    8. This section was also cut, mostly for lack of time.

     

    9. The story of how the paper kept going throughout the siege is recorded in a book called Sarajevo Daily, by Tom Gjelten. The paper’s editor-in-chief during the war, Kemal Kurspahic, has also published an account.

     

    10. Actually I didn’t. At the conference I decided, nonetheless, to leave in this reference to my original destination. The commentary on Jergovic’s story has been extended in this version, and now does include some analysis, however brief, of the section alluded to here.

     

    Ozren Kebo, in a war diary which rivals the achievements of Sarajevo Marlboro, has commented on the branding of the Bosnian capital:

     

    Anything blessed by the media acquires exchange value. The market is blind to morality, to the fight between good and evil. This market begins just behind the Serb trenches at Kiseljak. Once the media have managed to make people sick of one product, something that they’ve robbed of its tragic character, or its greatness, or whatever, that product becomes nothing more than consumer goods. In Milan, on the 24th of December, 1993, I came across a porno video that was titled “Sarajevo.” It was on display in a black street vendor’s stall. Here, in short, was the dirty trick played on us by CNN. The cassette offered a profusion of coprophagic mischief, of copulations, of trilingus, of cunnilingus, of fellatio, but that wasn’t enough to attract buyers. The title was there in order to sell it. The black man had no idea what this eight-letter word signified. ‘It’s a really good video,’ he told me, ‘Look at the title.’

     

    Sarajevo is becoming a brand name, like Benetton, Coca-Cola and Nike. (103, my translation of the French translation)

     

    11. Time constraints.

     

    12. Laura Silber and Allan Little’s Yugoslavia: Death of a Nation gives the following account

     

    As the leaders of the procession, gathering in the Parliament forecourt, declared a ‘National Salvation Committee,’ the demonstrators swung right, over the bridge, and into Grbavica. Unwittingly, they were moving up the hill towards the beseiged police academy and into the Serb guns. Shots rang out… someone threw a hand-grenade. The crowd panicked and dispersed. Unknown to most of the demonstrators–for whom the prospect of open war still seemed preposterous–Sarajevo had suffered its first casulties of war. Suada Dilberovic, a twenty-one-year-old medical student from Dubrovnik, was the first to die. She was shot in the chest as she crossed Vrbanja Bridge and was dead on arrival at Ko�evo Hospital. (227)

     

     

    Enida Jahic, a friend and former student, after reading the conference version, added a comment about the memorial now on this site. “The Vrbanja bridge is now [itself] called Suada Deliberovic…. So I guess that the whole bridge stands for her tombstone, and it can hardly be used for propaganda. The inscription is: ‘Krv moje krvi potece, i Bosna ne presu�i’ (‘A drop of my blood was spilt, and Bosnia–i.e., the river and the country–has not become dry.’)” The inscription was written by the Bosnian poet Abdulah Sidran.

     

    13. My excerpts from the Kaplan text may perhaps be criticized in that they intentionally excise the “big idea” which it is the purpose of this scene to convey (that bourgeois democracy and prosperity, with time, make fascism impossible). He gets “the old Nazi hunter [Simon] Wiesenthal” to mouth this one for him. My point, that Kaplan’s distinction between the West and the rest is, to put it as mildly as possible, self-serving, is certainly no less true of his actual thesis. To show that both the distinction and the idea are wrong–which I also believe–would require another essay, and, I’m afraid, another essayist.

     

    14. IFOR stands for “Implementation Force,” i.e., the 60,000 troops, led by NATO, that were dispatched into Bosnia-Herzegovina as a part of the Dayton accords. The name has since been changed to “SFOR,” an abbreviation of “Stabilization Force.”

     

    15. Again, the language here (“All you see,” “it”) now strikes me as particularly coercive. Moreover, things are no longer as they were then. In the years since this photo was taken, about half of these homes were rebuilt; on the other hand, the home that I show in the next photo hasn’t changed much at all.

     

    16. When I sent this essay to my friend in Sarajevo, I added the following comment: “In reading these lines, it occurs to me how the expression is typical of sentimental writing. The person writing this doesn’t know this man, and doesn’t want to know him. What he wants is a receptacle for his own interpreting sensibility. The man himself, here portrayed as a hero, may conceivably be just the opposite. Or he could just be an ordinary human being. What do we see, if we see?”

    Works Cited

     

    • Arendt, Hannah. On Revolution. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1963.
    • Boltanski, Luc. La souffrance à distance: Morale humanitaire, médias et politique. Paris: Editions Métailié, 1993.
    • Calvino, Italo. “Dell’opaco.” La Strada di San Giovanni. Milano: Mondadori, 1990. 117-34.
    • Gjelten, Tom. Sarajevo Daily: A City and Its Newspaper Under Siege. New York: HarperCollins, 1995.
    • Jergovic, Miljenko. Sarajevo Marlboro. Trans. S. Toma�evic. London: Penguin, 1997.
    • Kaplan, Robert D. Balkan Ghosts: A Journey Through History. New York: Vintage, 1994.
    • Kebo, Ozren. Bienvenue au enfer: Sarajevo mode d’emploi. Trans. Mireille Robin. Paris: La Nuée Bleue, 1997.
    • Musil, Robert. “Monuments.” Posthumous Papers of a Living Author. Trans. Peter Wortsman. Hygiene, CO: Eridanos, 1987. 61-64.
    • Silber, Laura, and Allan Little. Yugoslavia: Death of a Nation. London: Penguin, 1997.
    • Spelman, Elizabeth V. Fruits of Sorrow: Framing Our Attention to Suffering. Boston: Beacon Press, 1997.

     

  • Marxism, Postmodernism, Zizek

    Brian Donahue

    Department of English
    Gonzaga University
    donahue@gonzaga.edu

     

    This essay begins in the midst of the ongoing dilemma posed by late-capitalist society and postmodern culture, namely, whether these remain the ultimate horizon of the contemporary world and whether efforts to resist, oppose, represent critically, or propose alternatives to the “cultural dominant” of postmodernism are merely atavistic. Below, I address some of the challenges to Marxism (as the discourse of the alternative to and the critique of capitalism par excellence) posed by the conditions of what Ernest Mandel has famously named “late capitalism” and by the theoretical discourse of what Dick Hebdige has called “the posts,”1and make a case for the continued relevance and value of Marxist theory for an ostensibly post-Marxist, would-be post-ideological period. The developments in the theory of ideology advanced in Slavoj Zizek’s work, focusing on the role of psychology in the functioning of ideology under conditions of late capitalism, are then taken as valuable criticisms and revisions of the Marxist tradition that open useful avenues for critically understanding American culture and society in recent decades.

     

    Hard Times for Marxism

     

    The zeitgeist is anti-Marxist to the same extent that it is antimodern, exhibiting what Jean-François Lyotard calls in The Postmodern Condition, in what has become one of the great slogan-definitions of postmodernism, an “incredulity toward metanarratives” (xxiv), including especially those inherited from the modern European Enlightenment tradition, such as progress and liberation. Lyotard’s argument in brief: totalizing “master narratives” no longer function to legitimate and unify knowledge; the postmodern condition is marked by heterogeneous and radically incommensurable language games; attempts to reconcile language games through the principle of consensus are “terrorist” (63). This argument is typical of postmodern neopragmatist theorizing in that it precludes the kind of large-scale analyses that would allow adequate attempts to elaborate connections between the epistemological-linguistic theory he proposes and the social, economic, and cultural forces to which he only occasionally refers. Obviously, Marxism is directly challenged in Lyotard’s analysis since it traditionally promotes both a progressive teleology and an emancipatory politics.

     

    Other specific challenges to particular Marxist concepts and protocols are widespread; for example, its utopianism, a topic much discussed by Fredric Jameson,2 often comes under fire. As Clint Burnham notes, the contemporary criticisms of utopia take two primary forms: “First, the culture doubts the possibility of some ‘better place’ than the undoubtedly excellent world of late capitalism,” a criticism that he characterizes as “‘bad,’ or negative, or ideological, or neoconservative”; and second, “that culture characterizes itself as already nonrepresentational by doubting the possibility of representationalism,” a claim that he calls the “‘good,’ or positive, or utopian, or postmodern critique of utopia” (2). In either case, a conception of radical social change toward an imagined (better) future beyond the capitalist horizon is eradicated. Other Marxist categories and concepts–everything from the labor theory of value to the claims for dialectical materialism as a “science” of inquiry3–have come under attack in various high theoretical arguments. Such writings, combined with the collapse of state socialism in Eastern Europe, have raised the question for leftist intellectuals at the start of the twenty-first century: why Marxism (still)?

     

    Burnham offers several answers to this question that are worth repeating: first, Marxism has for the past thirty years or so found its “moral legitimacy (for better or for worse)” more in the Western new social movements of “youth, ecology, feminism, antiracism” and the like and in the “Third World (from Che to postcolonialism)” than in Eastern European state socialism; second, Marxism is not a monolithic discourse, and even during the Soviet era its most significant theorists always maintained an “independent and skeptical attitude” rather than a blind allegiance to the Communist party; third, the European revolutions have demonstrated that “the masses can opt to take control of their own destinies,” invalidating fascist hopes for efficient control, even if these particular revolts were “as much about consumer goods as… about freedom”; and fourth, Marxist Third World liberation movements and Marxist critical analyses of world political-economic situations remain as relevant as ever in the post-Cold War period (4-5). Regardless of whether we wish to accept Burnham’s claims in their entirety, they certainly indicate at a minimum that Marxism should not be dismissed as casually as it often is in the current intellectual climate. For all of its demonstrable continued relevance, however, Marxism does face difficult times, not least among intellectuals, as can be seen in the debates over postmodernism in theoretical circles since the 1970s as well as in the events and developments that have prompted those debates.

     

    Postmodernism as Post-Marxism

     

    Most theoretical accounts of postmodernism have focused on various features of advanced industrialized societies since the end of the second World War, citing an array of historical transformations as signs of the birth of a new era. Such trends and events as the detonation of the first atomic bomb; the proliferation of television; the rise of rock and roll and youth culture; the first transmissions of images of the earth as seen from space; the expansion of finance capital and money markets; the attenuation of the distinction between high art and commercial popular culture; the development of sophisticated computer technology and the related nexus of information, power, and profit; the migration of the middle classes from cities to suburbs; the emergence of new social movements and political alliances unconstrained by older party affiliations; the shift in economically advanced regions away from heavy industrial manufacturing toward a service economy and consumer society, accompanied by an increased international division of labor; the rise of nationalist political independence movements; the proliferation of cynicism and suspicion of traditional narratives of legitimation; the expansion of multinational corporations; and the consolidation of reactionary fundamentalist religious and political movements have all been deemed hallmarks or inaugural moments of postmodern times.

     

    Different theorists associated with the discourse on postmodernism have taken different features as definitive and have approached the topic through different critical frameworks. Lyotard, as noted above, focuses on epistemology and aesthetics in The Postmodern Condition, addressing the crisis of legitimation in contemporary intellectual discourse and advocating the agonistics of irreconcilable language games. Jean Baudrillard, especially in his work since the late 1970s, experiments with a postmodern theoretical sociology that abandons traditional modes of critique and conceptual schemata in favor of pointed, ironic descriptions of consumer society and mass media. Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari espouse a militant philosophy of desire, championing the decentered, nomadic, postmodern subject as “schizo.” Jameson, writing on the postmodernism question from within the Marxist tradition, takes a broad historical perspective, linking postmodern culture explicitly to changes in the structure of capitalist political economy in the postwar era.4 The differences among the critical perspectives underlying these positions–in particular the differences between those that treat postmodernism as an aesthetic style, discursive problematic, or mood of schizophrenic, contradictory, conflicted subjectivity, and those that conceptualize postmodernity via a totalizing dialectical model as an overarching global, political-economic, historical reality or periodizing concept–remain significant. They are the differences that make a difference in this debate, marking a key theoretical dividing line.

     

    Slavoj Zizek discusses the implications of the way this dividing line is usually presented in contemporary theory. In a defense of dialectical totalization against the notions of dissemination and radically irreconcilable fragmentation that prevail in postmodern theory, Zizek claims that the very form of the opposition as posed in the question “gives predominance to the second term of the alternative” because it “silently assumes that every attempt at rational totalization is in advance doomed to failure” (For They 99). But this characterization misrepresents the Hegelian understanding of a rational totality, he writes, in that “the very impetus of the ‘dialectical progress’” has to do with “the possibility of ‘making a system’ out of the very series of failed totalizations, to enchain them in a rational way, to discern the strange ‘logic’ that regulates the process by means of which the breakdown of a totalization itself begets another totalization” (99). He goes on to make a similar argument with regard to the Marxist notion of the class struggle, which is widely criticized by postmodernists as “the ‘totalizing’ moment of society, its structuring principle,… a kind of ultimate guarantee authorizing us to grasp society as a rational totality” (100). Such characterizations, Zizek argues, overlook “the ultimate paradox of the notion of ‘class struggle,’” which is that

     

    society is “held together” by the very antagonism, split, that forever prevents its closure in a harmonious, transparent, rational Whole–by the very impediment that undermines every rational totalization. Although “class struggle” is nowhere directly given as a positive entity, it none the less functions, in its very absence, as the point of reference enabling us to locate every social phenomenon not by relating it to class struggle as its ultimate meaning (“transcendental signified”) but by conceiving it as an(other) attempt to conceal and “patch up” the rift of the class struggle, to efface its traces–what we have here is the typical structural-dialectical paradox of an effect which exists only in order to efface the causes of its existence; of an effect which in a way “resists” its own cause. (100)

     

    Here Zizek, like Jameson, rebuts condemnations of the maligned “closed, totalized system,” claiming that Hegelian and Marxist dialectical theory never aimed at total closure in the first place and reasserting its methodological value in the face of postmodern criticisms by arguing that those criticisms are based on a generalized and mistaken conception of Hegelian and Marxist thinking in terms of absolute, total, and unified systems. In other words, even Hegel knew that Absolute Spirit’s destiny of perfect, static self-contemplation was always already rendered impossible by the ineluctable necessity of movement, and, as Zizek writes, even Marx understood that the “‘normal’ state of capitalism is the permanent revolutionizing of its own conditions of existence,” even though he sometimes proceeded “as if he [did] not know it, by describing the very passage from capitalism to socialism in terms of… vulgar evolutionist dialectics” (Sublime 52-53). While he does defend the dialectical tradition, Zizek does not simply revert to a “vulgar” Marxism (although Jameson has recently suggested that such a move might in fact be called for in the post-Cold War era5). I develop a more thorough discussion of his work below.

     

    Returning now to the issues at stake in the postmodernism debate, I find persuasive the efforts of Jameson and Zizek to link them to a dialectical tradition that, according to their arguments, has not been “made obsolete” by the advent of postmodern theory. The concerns of this latter discourse–from problems of representation and language to concerns with history, subjectivity, aesthetics, and politics–have been and continue to be central concerns of Marxist theory, notably in the work of the critical theorists of the Frankfurt School. Thus, just as the postmodernism question–even after all the pages devoted to it over the past thirty years–still looms in the background of any contemporary Marxist criticism, so too the questions of totality, capitalism, praxis, telos, and the “properly political” must be brought to bear on any postmodern theory and criticism that avoids such topics.

     

    As for the term postmodernism itself, it has taken on multiple meanings in its various incarnations and has provoked numerous attacks and debates. The semantic widening that has occurred as the term has appeared in more and more discursive fields over the course of its popularization should not, however, according to Hebdige, be taken as reason to dismiss it as meaningless gibberish. On the contrary, following Raymond Williams’s reasoning in Keywords, he suggests that “the more complexly nuanced a word is, the more likely it is to have formed the focus for historically significant debates, to have occupied a semantic ground in which something precious and important was felt to be embedded” (182).

     

    As nonacademic writers and traditional humanist scholars have made forays into this semantic ground, the assaults against the concept of postmodernism have taken a variety of forms, including claims that the term has no clear definition, that it’s a faddish sign of changing academic fashion or an irrelevant topic for elites to ponder and debate in coded jargon, and especially recently, that the arguments surrounding the term have run their course and deserve to die out quietly. Yet each of these claims holds whatever degree of validity it may retain only to the extent that it implicitly accepts to some degree from the start the very kind of immanent, nominalist epistemology that is alleged to be the hallmark of postmodernism, an epistemology according to which the Jamesonian thesis–that postmodernity names the current historical totality of our actual global political economy (even if an exhaustive catalog of its empirical features remains properly impossible and if a selective description of such features would necessarily reveal contradictions)–is bracketed from the start. That is, it is possible to dismiss the concept of postmodernism as a “mere” fad only within an epistemological context that assumes that such fads constitute nothing more than elements of a linguistic game played by the academic “discourse community” and that they have relevance only to the extent that they, for example, provide fodder for conversations, presentations, and publications without ever “touching ground.” In this sense, conservative intellectuals who call for a return to essential Western values, the great classics, moral authority, and foundational principles and who simultaneously dismiss theories of postmodernism out of hand as fashionably relativistic nihilism are trying to have it both ways: they want foundationalism, but they want to insist at the same time that in the case of the concept of postmodernism, there is no foundation, as if with a vigorous enough rhetorical flourish they could make it–and what it signifies–disappear.

     

    In other words, there is a call to a reflection model of language in the conservative position, yet the idea that the sign postmodernism might refer to or reflect an actual “reality” is dismissed (and therefore the sign is deemed meaningless). Of course, one of the key features of postmodern theory–insofar as its lineage includes structuralist linguistics and the application of the linguistic model across the full range of theoretical discourse and cultural practices (and even the critique of the binary coding of this model in the poststructuralist moment)–is its questioning of the strict distinction between the “real world” and (linguistic) representation. As Derrida put it, “From the moment there is meaning there are nothing but signs” (50). But then at another level, mimesis reintroduces itself because such a theory may be held to “reflect” a certain virtualization, spectacularization, and intensified semioticization of the “real world” itself in the era of mass media and computerization and of the movement of scientific research toward what Lyotard calls “postmodern science” (53-60).6

     

    In any case, the conservative criticism wants to refuse both postmodern theory itself and the possibility that the theory may indicate that something “really has changed” about the world conceived and described in the discourses of modernity. Any tendencies in intellectual and cultural discourse that have emphasized the role of language and cultural forms in constructing social reality are therefore deemed suspect and potentially dangerous in that they allegedly put the cart of language and culture before the horse of the reality they reflect. Examples would include the aesthetic and cultural politics of the modernist avant-garde, who understood their work to be ahead of its time and who emphasized the autonomy of art and its consequent role in shaping rather than reflecting social reality; the Nietzschean-Heideggerian-Derridean philosophical lineage that emphasizes language as a kind of inescapable horizon circumscribing reality, history, experience, and consciousness; the Althusserian structuralist-Marxist emphasis on “ideological state apparatuses” as determinants of subjectivity; the propensity within literary criticism after the rise of semiotic theory to see signs everywhere, even where–the conservative critic would want to say–we used to see things; and the Lacanian psychoanalytic focus on the linguistic structure of the unconscious and the determining role of language in the formation of subjectivity. All of these very different critical approaches would be considered a departure from “common sense” realism and traditional foundational premises.

     

    The reflection or mimetic model of language and representation is also, however, a simplified version of a certain line of anti-poststructuralist Marxist critique. That is, as a counter to the tendency in poststructuralism to insist on the omnipresence of textuality, a traditional Marxist theoretical response insists on the determination of the cultural superstructure in the last instance by the economic base even if that “last instance” functions as a limit that is never actually reached and even if such determinations are mediated in multiple complex ways. So a kind of affinity can be seen between conservative and Marxist arguments against extreme versions of poststructuralism, but that shared criticism is where the similarity generally ends. The conservative argument is usually made in the name of an idealized conception of intellectual history as “great men who wrote great books.” Thus the critical-materialist dimension of Marxism is at odds with it. But there is a contending discourse, to which I have already referred, that offers a dialectical critical theory also strictly at odds with extreme versions of postmodern theory yet at the same time apparently comfortably “post”-Marxist and therefore (more of) a puzzle (than humanist liberalism or conservatism) for anyone claiming allegiance to traditional or “vulgar” Marxist materialism.

     

    Zizek, Defender of the Dialectic

     

    Among the most celebrated academic celebrities of the nineties, Slavoj Zizek is a prolific and authoritative writer who explains philosophical and psychoanalytic concepts through references to popular culture, jokes, and political ideologies. His work has done much to advance a psychoanalytic theory of ideology, offering a combined Lacanian-Hegelian model as a counter to both traditional Marxist ideology critique and more recent poststructuralist discourse analysis. His style is often breezy, associative, enjoyable, and hyperbolic, to the extent that it is not until one finishes reading that one begins to feel that he has been repeating the same idea throughout the various short segments of the text. This observation is not meant to imply that he is literally repeating himself but to suggest that the form of his arguments often appears the same even if the content shifts restlessly. From a certain distance, he appears to be an entertainer who can quickly and cleverly make Moebius strips out of every kind of material he encounters. Nonetheless, much of his work seems to capture perfectly the workings of ideology in our “post-ideological” times.

     

    To take one example, in The Sublime Object of Ideology Zizek revisits Pascal’s argument about the real effectivity of material practice, regardless of what one takes to be one’s subjective beliefs (33-40). The simplified version of Pascal’s approach to this topic is, “Kneel, and you will believe.” In other words, the ritualized practice of regulated bodily movements in particular religious settings, accompanied by specific physical sensations over time in a regular pattern, is enough to “induce” belief in a doubter. Zizek is careful to stress, however, the distinction between this materialism of “custom” and the simplistic concept of brainwashing or “insipid behaviorist wisdom (‘the content of your belief is conditioned by your factual behavior’)” (40), a distinction based on “the paradoxical status of a belief before belief“:

     

    By following a custom, the subject believes without knowing it, so that the final conversion is merely a formal act by means of which we recognize what we have already believed. In other words, what the behaviorist reading of Pascalian “custom” misses is the crucial fact that the external custom is always a material support for the subject’s unconscious. (40)

     

    Zizek applies this argument about the “automatism of the signifier” to a variety of homologous situations, such as the spinning of Tibetan prayer wheels and the practice in some cultures of hiring “weepers” to grieve on one’s behalf. He draws from these various examples the general lesson that external, material factors play an important though paradoxical role in producing, which is to say enabling retrospective recognition of, what are usually taken to be internal, spiritual-ideological states. This process thus demonstrates “the objectivity of belief”: the ritualized behavior “does the believing” for the doubter and induces/allows acknowledgment of “real” belief; the spinning wheels carrying written prayers effectively “do the praying” for whoever spins them; the hired mourners “do the grieving” for the relative of the deceased. As further examples, Zizek cites Lacan’s comments on the Chorus in Greek tragedy, which does “our duty of compassion for the heroes” even if we are “just drowsily watching the show,” as well as the familiar current example of canned laughter and applause on the soundtracks of television shows, sounds that perform the same function as the classical Chorus: “the Other–embodied in the television set–is relieving us even of our duty to laugh–is laughing instead of us” (35).

     

    Developing this idea in specifically Marxist terms, Zizek emphasizes the point that commodity fetishism is a property not of consciousness but of objective behavior and that belief in the fetish is always ascribed to a “subject presumed to believe.” Thus in their actual socioeconomic behavior, in their everyday activity, people fetishize commodities, even though consciously, they are perfectly aware that the “relations between things” mask “relations between people” (“Supposed” 41). In such a context, Zizek points out, the task for theory is not to “demonstrate how the original human belief was transposed onto things”; on the contrary, “displacement is original and constitutive” (“Supposed” 41). No one consciously acknowledges that he or she believes in the magical properties of commodities; rather, this belief is attributed always to an Other, in this case, to the uncritical consumer who is duped by the messages of advertising, ignorantly seeking happiness through the consumption of commodities:

     

    There are some beliefs, the most fundamental ones, which are from the very outset “decentered,” beliefs of the Other; the phenomenon of the “subject supposed to believe” is thus universal and structurally necessary…. All concrete versions of this “subject supposed to believe” (from the small kids for whose sake their parents pretend to believe in Santa Claus to the “ordinary working people” for whose sake communist intellectuals pretend to believe in socialism) are stand-ins for the big Other. So the answer to the conservative platitude according to which every honest man has a profound need to believe in something is that every honest man has a profound need to find another subject who would believe in his place. (“Supposed” 41-42)

     

    After summarizing this argument about the psychological displacement of belief that characterizes the subject’s relation to commodities in capitalist society, Zizek specifies the appropriate Marxist response, which is not to perform a kind of primary-level ideology critique, since the bourgeois subject is already consciously critical:

     

    What the fetish objectivizes is “my true belief,” the way things “truly seem to me,” although I never effectively experience them this way…. So when a critical Marxist encounters a bourgeois subject immersed in commodity fetishism, the Marxist’s reproach to him is not “Commodity may seem to you a magical object endowed with special powers, but it really is just a reified expression of relations between people”; the actual Marxist’s reproach is rather “You may think that the commodity appears to you as a simple embodiment of social relations (that, for example, money is just a kind of voucher entitling you to a part of the social product), but this is not how things really seem to you–in your social reality, by means of your participation in social exchange, you bear witness to the uncanny fact that a commodity really appears to you as a magical object endowed with special powers.” (“Supposed” 54)

     

    In other words, bourgeois subjects think they see through the veil of the commodity form and rest comfortably in that critical knowledge of socioeconomic relations; but in reality, they behave as if they believe differently from what they know, and their relation to commodities is the objective illustration of this disavowed belief.

     

    This line of reasoning, then, locates ideology not in consciousness but in real activity. Zizek cites the formula for contemporary cynical ideology proposed in Peter Sloterdijk’s Critique of Cynical Reason: as opposed to the traditional Marxist notion, according to which people are “duped” into believing the ruling ideology and thus “do not know what they are doing” when they effectively participate in their own subjugation, contemporary popular cynicism forces us to consider the notion of an “enlightened false consciousness” whereby “they know very well what they are doing, but still, they are doing it” (Sublime 29).

     

    Like most analyses of subjectivity in contemporary theory, this version disrupts radically the notion of a fully self-present subject: the grain of material practice in time is always already altering all ideological symbolization. To use Zizek’s Lacanian language: the irreducible “hard kernel” of the Real remains unassimilated into the Symbolic order. One can, for example, have a self-conception as an ironic, critical viewer who watches TV comedies as kitsch or as the detritus of the culture industry, but according to Zizek’s version of externalized ideology, as long as one sits and watches–whether laughing idiotically or making ironic, cynical comments–objectively, one is doing one’s duty to “enjoy the show.” This notion has significant implications for theories of both ideology and subjectivity. For example, the determining effect of objective activity regardless of subjective intention can be read as another way of stating the existentialist slogan that there is no “dress rehearsal” for life: at each moment actions are final and decisive, even if one believes oneself to be, for example, merely “performing a role” temporarily before returning to some other “real life.” That real life is being determined at each instant by numerous material factors in the face of which a concept like “personal choice” loses the certainty of its suggestion of direct action in pursuit of clearly understood interests.

     

    This Lacanian “hard kernel” that appears prominently in Zizek’s work can have varying political valences. Its value for radical politics derives from its affirmation of the Lacanian notion of the inherent lack enabling subjectivity: the subject is constituted through, yet simultaneously split by, the object-cause of desire such that the “it” is always already there before the “I” can be recognized. This focus on that which cannot be made consciously transparent to the subject through linguistic symbolization counters a prevailing current of contemporary mainstream U.S. culture that denies or derides the unconscious as an invention of psychoanalysis in the same way that it denies or derides class struggle as an invention of Marxism, both treated as entirely discredited projects. The idea that rational linguistic processes can never achieve transparency and that subjects are unable to know fully their own motivations is corrosive to the basic assumptions of liberalism. If rational discourse is subtended by an unassimilable, extradiscursive Real, then the model of liberal politics–free, rational subjects representing their interests through transparent communication in an effort to achieve consensus–is called into question. “Freedom,” “rationality,” and “transparency” are shown to be ideological fictions draped over the Real, which is never fully covered by them. Such a model poses problems for, among other projects, the Habermasian social-democratic ideal of rational intersubjective communication as well as the American liberal neopragmatism promoted by Richard Rorty.7

     

    For all the ground it gains in destabilizing liberal politics, the “hard kernel of the Real” also raises problems for radical politics. To the extent that it can be understood as a zone of absolute, prediscursive otherness beyond criticism, the Real can function as a naturalized, ahistorical alibi that assures in advance the failure of systemic critique and future-oriented political projects by fetishizing the moment at which we must throw up our hands and admit ignorance and the failure of representation. This insistence on the Real as radically foreclosed from symbolization thus effectively serves existing hegemonic relations by reinforcing the lines of inclusion and exclusion that determine the relative power accorded to various subject positions as inevitable effects of an invariant law of the Real. This is essentially Judith Butler’s critique of Zizek along feminist-poststructuralist lines.8

     

    Another common criticism of Zizek holds that he ultimately takes no position on the ideological issues he addresses. The problem is related to that Moebius strip quality mentioned above: Zizek consistently performs stunning critical analyses, but the question of where they are supposed to lead is not always answered, especially in The Sublime Object of Ideology, his first book published in English. Indeed, at the 1999 MLA convention, Teresa Ebert criticized Zizek from a strictly traditional Marxist standpoint, characterizing him as a contemporary cynic trapped in the dead-end of “enlightened false consciousness,” and arguing that despite his self-presentation as a critic who exposes the workings of contemporary popular-cynical ideology, Zizek himself assumes what amounts to a meta-cynical posture that does not free him from the charge of cynicism.

     

    Perhaps as a result of criticisms that his work avoids adopting clear and consistent political stances, Zizek has made some of his “ideological” positions more explicit in his recent writing.9 These recent essays directly address contemporary ideological issues, undermining critical comments such as the following by Sean Homer:

     

    His work never really moves to that second moment, whereby a consideration of what ideology returns to us may facilitate the formulation of oppositional ideologies and the space of politics proper. I always remain unclear, for example, what Zizek is actually arguing for. Moreover, for Zizek, this is not really a legitimate question; it is somehow to miss the point. (par. 12)

     

    In a similar gesture, Denise Gigante has made this characterization of Zizek’s work as apolitical or “undecidable” the central point of her recent article on him: “But where Zizek is unique, and where he makes his radical break with other literary theorists who take up a position, any position at all that pretends to some notional content, is the fact that he fundamentally has no position” (153).

     

    This conception of Zizek as a political cipher is perhaps understandable on a first reading of a text like Looking Awry or even The Sublime Object of Ideology and on a hasty categorization of him as a “poststructuralist psychoanalytic theorist” (a categorization that would require considerable elaboration). But in light of careful analysis of a wide selection of his writings, it would be difficult to insist on Zizek’s political inscrutability. On the contrary, his work evinces a general ideological commitment to a radical democracy that is critical of both the globalizing capitalism of the present and the bureaucratic state socialism of the recent past. Thus, he advocates an (admittedly somewhat nebulous) “third way” for the future while acknowledging the need for nation-states in the present as a counter both to the increasing transnationalism of capital and to the dialectically co-determined phenomenon of increasing ethnic and religious “fundamentalist” violence and racism. While Zizek does not frequently perform detailed analysis of specific policy issues, he does write consistently from within the broad ideological framework I have described above–contrary to the effort of Gigante to build an entire argument on the premise that Zizek’s “subjective transparency is precisely his point” (154) and of Homer to chastise him for failing to draw connections between his critical writing and the political sphere. Indeed, the following passage provides a clear statement of his ideas about at least one major topic of recent political philosophy, the “civil society” of late capitalism:

     

    People have this ethics of the bad state and good civic, independent structures. But sorry, in Slovenia I am for the state and against civil society! In Slovenia, civil society is equal to the right-wingers. In America, after the Oklahoma bombing, they suddenly discovered that there are hundreds of thousands of jerks. Civil society is not this nice social movement but a network of moral majority conservatives and nationalist pressure groups, against abortion, for religious education in schools: a real pressure from below. (“Japan,” par. 24)

     

    As for his stance with respect to political economy, it is clear that a major aim of Zizek’s work is a critique of capitalism in an effort to contribute to the building of an anti-capitalist agenda in the realm of the political, where struggles for hegemony are constantly engaged and renewed. Following the general thrust of post-Gramscian Marxism, he stresses that this hegemonizing process of “winning consent” is always at work, even at the supposedly objective level of the economy. Thus he argues, for example, that warnings from financial experts about the dangers of certain economic reform measures, even when such warnings are backed up by citations of crises “caused” by similar policies in other situations, should not be understood as neutral descriptions of “objective” economic causality:

     

    The fact that, if one does not obey the limits set by Capital, a crisis “really follows,” in no way “proves” that the necessity of these limits is an objective necessity of economic life. It should rather be conceived as proof of the privileged position Capital holds in the economic and political struggle, as in the situation where a stronger partner threatens that if you do X, you will be punished by Y, and then, upon your doing X, Y effectively ensues. (“Multiculturalism” 35)

     

    While this is a recent and fairly direct comment on the dynamics of multinational capitalist economic policy, his work has always exhibited an engagement with Marxist theory and has always been implicitly and often explicitly grounded in the project of a critique of capitalist social relations and ideology, especially as these are connected with questions of subjectivity. Numerous other examples could be cited in addition to the two passages above, each a rebuke to the attempt to represent Zizek as an apolitical ironist, resistant “to being born into any critical stance,” as Gigante characterizes him (160).

     

    In any case, many of Zizek’s arguments and concepts seem “intuitively” accurate in the contemporary world: representation does fail; evil does show itself; rational discourse does break down; motivations for behavior are not always explicable; ideology does seem to function through enjoyment at some level; ironic distance and cynicism, far from being subversive, do seem to be built into hegemonic discourse today. The relevance of these issues can be seen in recent episodes of violence in U.S. schools. It is possible to string the shootings together and interpret their meaning, drawing rational conclusions of various ideological shadings: the events are a sign of the moral bankruptcy of our secular society, an aftereffect of the permissive, anti-establishment counterculture of the sixties, which has left young people without a consistent moral code and ex-hippie adults with no authority to enforce such a code if it did exist. Conversely, one can argue that the violence is a sign of the growing alienation of youth in an increasingly competitive late-capitalist socioeconomic system in which all value has been translated into market value, a situation that sends parents to work for more hours of the week and leaves children to be surrogate-parented by television and other forms of commercial mass culture, which merely replicate and augment the alienation of the adult world, cynically positioning them solely as consumers representing market segments. Zizek’s work seems to suggest that neither the moralistic-conservative nor the Marxist-radical analysis (nor even the liberal reformer’s argument for gun control and educational prevention programs) will ultimately touch the “hard kernel of the Real” that emerges in all these cases of youth violence. Indeed, notwithstanding broad characterizations of contemporary theory as “antimetaphysical,” something like a theological conception of primal evil seems to be operating here and in work by theorists like Baudrillard, who argues in The Transparency of Evil that all the effort at eliminating evil from contemporary discourse (the various constructive engagement policies, win-win scenarios, conflict resolution programs, self-esteem workshops, and up-with-people organizations) cannot eradicate it, even if that evil is hidden and denied, or more accurately, is desymbolized:

     

    The world is so full of positive feelings, naive sentimentality, self-important rectitude and sycophancy that irony, mockery, and the subjective energy of evil are always in the weaker position. At this rate every last negative sentiment will soon be forced into a clandestine existence. (107-08)

     

    Another passage in the same text seems to forecast the logic of the school-violence outbursts of recent years:

     

    In a society which seeks–by prophylactic measures, by annihilating its own natural referents, by whitewashing violence, by exterminating all germs and all of the accursed share, by performing cosmetic surgery on the negative–to concern itself solely with quantified management and with the discourse of the Good, in a society where it is no longer possible to speak of Evil, Evil has metamorphosed into all the viral and terroristic forms that obsess us. (81)

     

    Thus evil erupts in any number of instances of the return of the repressed, among which the school shootings would no doubt be deemed exemplary, 10 as would the plot of their precursor text, Michael Lehmann’s film Heathers (1989), a dark comedy about the class structure of a “typical” suburban high school (an especially relevant reference in light of media reports about the clique-resentment that at least in part fueled the April 1999 killings at a “typical” suburban high school in Colorado). In this film the narrator, who at first tries to become accepted by the dominant group of girls (all named Heather), is eventually drawn by her sociopathic boyfriend into unknowingly helping him murder their popular-girl and jock-boy classmates, passing off the incidents as suicides, an explanation that the adults and other students are exceedingly willing to accept. The point for Baudrillard, following Bataille, is that the “accursed share” cannot be extricated from any economy: the “bad subject” may eventually try to blow up the school during the pep rally. This analysis essentially repeats a formula that Zizek frequently quotes from Lacan’s Third Seminar, Les Psychoses: “What is refused in the Symbolic order returns in the Real.”

     

    But we should not let this “theological” reading of contemporary evil stand without further elaboration since neither Zizek nor Baudrillard grounds his comments in Christian theology or calls for a stricter adherence to traditional moral codes as a “solution.” For Zizek this would be no solution at all, since morality operates in Symbolic reality while the particular kind of evil that he diagnoses in, for example, racist violence, skinhead beatings, and school shootings has roots in the non-symbolized Real of jouissance.

     

    Simulacrum, Superego, Lacanian Ethics, and the Problem of Evil

     

    According to Zizek, theorists of postmodern society who make much of the usurpation of the Real by the simulacrum either long nostalgically for the lost distinction between them or announce the final overcoming of the “metaphysical obsession with authentic Being,” or both (he mentions Paul Virilio and Gianni Vattimo, and we might add Baudrillard to the list). In either case they “miss the distinction between simulacrum and appearance”:

     

    What gets lost in today’s plague of simulations is not the firm, true, nonsimulated Real, but appearance itself. To put it in Lacanian terms: the simulacrum is imaginary (illusion), while appearance is symbolic (fiction); when the specific dimension of symbolic appearance starts to disintegrate, imaginary and real become more and more indistinguishable…. And, in sociopolitical terms, this domain of appearance (that is, symbolic fiction) is none other than that of politics…. The old conservative motto of keeping up appearances thus today obtains a new twist:… [it] stands for the effort to save the properly political space. (“Leftist” 995-96)

     

    Making the same argument about a slightly different version of this problem, Zizek writes that the standard reading of “outbursts of ‘irrational’ violence” in the postmodern “society of the spectacle” is that “our perception of reality is mediated by aestheticized media manipulations to such an extent that it is no longer possible for us to distinguish reality from its media image” (Metastases 75). Violent outbursts in this context are thus seen as “desperate attempts to draw a distinction between fiction and reality… [and] to dispel the cobweb of the aestheticized pseudo-reality” (75). Again with reference to the Lacanian triad of Imaginary-Symbolic-Real, Zizek argues that this analysis is “right for the wrong reasons“:

     

    What is missing from it is the crucial distinction between imaginary order and symbolic fiction.

     

    The problem of contemporary media resides not in their enticing us to confound fiction with reality but, rather, in their “hyperrealist” character by means of which they saturate the void that keeps open the space for symbolic fiction. (75)

     

    A society of proliferating, promiscuous images is thus not overly fictionalized but is, on the contrary, not “fictionalized” enough in the sense that the basis for making valid statements, the structure guaranteeing intersubjective communication, the order permitting shared narratives and, to use Jameson’s term, “cognitive mapping”11–in short, the realm of the Symbolic–is short-circuited by an incessant flow of images, which solicit not analysis and the powers of thought but rather nothing more than blank, unreflective enjoyment.

     

    The kind of subjectivity that corresponds to this hyperreal, spectacularized society without a stable Symbolic order is what Zizek calls in Looking Awry the “pathological narcissist” (102). That is, following the predominance of the “‘autonomous’ individual of the Protestant ethic” and the “heteronomous ‘organization man’” who finds satisfaction through “the feeling of loyalty to the group”–the two models of subjectivity corresponding to previous stages of capitalist society–today’s media-spectacle-consumer society is marked by the rise of the “pathological narcissist,” a subjective structure that breaks with the “underlying frame of the ego-ideal common to the first two forms” (102). The first two forms involved inverted versions of each other: one either strove to remain true to oneself (that is, to a “paternal ego-ideal”) or looked at oneself “through the eyes of the group,” which functioned as an “externalized” ego-ideal, and sought “to merit its love and esteem” (102). With the stage of the “pathological narcissist,” however, the ego-ideal itself is dissolved:

     

    Instead of the integration of a symbolic law, we have a multitude of rules to follow–rules of accommodation telling us “how to succeed.” The narcissistic subject knows only the “rules of the (social) game” enabling him to manipulate others; social relations constitute for him a playing field in which he assumes “roles,” not proper symbolic mandates; he stays clear of any kind of binding commitment that would imply a proper symbolic identification. He is a radical conformist who paradoxically experiences himself as an outlaw. (102)

     

    Thus the “permissive” society of the last decades of the twentieth century, marked by the often-noted “decline of paternal authority,” turns out not to be more liberating than earlier social formations after all; in fact, Zizek writes, “this disintegration of the ego-ideal entails the installation of a ‘maternal’ superego that does not prohibit enjoyment but, on the contrary, imposes it and punishes ‘social failure’ in a far more cruel and severe way, through an unbearable and self-destructive anxiety” (103).

     

    While its generalized form may be more recent, the effects of this overbearing presence of the maternal superego are already evident in Orson Welles’s Citizen Kane (1941).12 The film offers viewers a fairly simple “psychological” reading of the title character’s dying utterance, “Rosebud”: we learn at the end of the narrative that this was the name of Kane’s childhood sled; thus we surmise that Kane’s saying the word as he dies indicates his nostalgic longing for his idyllic Colorado childhood. The word evokes the period before Kane was separated from his parents–at a time when he was not yet mature enough (still a “rosebud”) to make decisions for himself–and was inserted into a position of wealth and power that he never sought and in which he could not, after all, find true happiness. But this reading overlooks the fact that it is Kane’s mother who initiates the tragic progression of her son’s future through her desire that Charles should have a “better life” than was possible in their rural home. It also overlooks the related fact that she does so over the impotent objections of Kane’s ineffectual father, a man who is without power because he is without property: the deed to the mine that has become the source of the family’s sudden wealth belongs to Mrs. Kane alone.

     

    Kane’s acts of youthful rebellion against his despised guardian-father Thatcher, which include transgressions that get him expelled from various elite colleges, and his decision to enter adult public life as the publisher of a sensationalistic, populist, anti-big-business newspaper because running a newspaper might be “fun,” as he tells Thatcher, appear at first to be attempts to break free of the restrictive “law of the father” embodied in the stern and humorless banker, who predictably disapproves of Kane’s activities and decisions. But Thatcher is merely a substitute-father put in place to enact the desire of Kane’s mother that Charles should grow up to be someone important, a situation that Kane never shows any awareness of in his defiance. As Kane’s friend Jed Leland, thinking back on their relationship, comments about Kane, “He loved Charlie Kane, of course, very dearly; and his mother–I guess he always loved her.” Kane’s explicit rebellion, then, is directed against the world of sober responsibility as law-of-the-father and thus takes the form of his “enjoying himself,” “having fun,” and “championing the cause of the common man,” behavior that he experiences as transgressive but that actually involves his acting out the paradoxical injunction to enjoy imposed by the maternal superego.

     

    As for Kane’s fight for “the common man,” it is ambiguous at best and seems to be motivated initially by the enjoyment that he derives from defying Thatcher and promoting causes antithetical to his interests. His “convictions” are sustained thereafter by his enjoyment of the support and adulation of friends and voters during his political campaign. Significantly, it is just when it appears inevitable, according to polls, that Kane will win the election and become governor–that is, just when he will have to make good on his attested convictions and assume the symbolic position of paternal authority as embodiment of Law–that he initiates an extramarital affair, which, when exposed, leads to his defeat on election day. This pathological pattern is continued later in the film as he begins wasting money by making wildly irrational expenditures on useless objects to fill his “fantasy palace,” Xanadu, violating the paternal laws of utility and economy and evading the “reality principle”: he remains trapped in a cycle of compulsive repetition on a narcissistic quest for enjoyment that can never be achieved precisely because it is demanded by the maternal superego, which determines his actions despite his properly egotistical claims that only he himself decides what he will do.

     

    On the night when he first meets his mistress and second wife Susan Alexander while on the way to a warehouse where his deceased mother’s possessions are stored, Kane learns that Alexander’s mother always wanted Susan to be an opera singer. As if by command, he immediately asks her to sing for him that evening and soon begins the process of training her for an opera career, fulfilling the desire of her mother regardless of Susan’s own desire and thereby taking on the role that Thatcher played for Kane himself as a youth. As both Kane’s and Susan’s misery demonstrate, however, avoiding the law of the father by fulfilling the desire of the mother is hardly an advisable course of action.13 As Leland remarks, directly contradicting the affected ethical resolution of Kane’s “declaration of principles,” which Kane signs with a flourish in front of Leland and publishes in his newspaper early in the film, Kane “never believed in anything except Charlie Kane; he never had a conviction except Charlie Kane in his life”–precisely the definition of the “pathological narcissist.” This subjective structure is figured near the end of the film in the famous shot of Kane walking past a mirrored mirror, producing a brief infinite regression of images of himself. Inasmuch as his “self” of infinite narcissistic images and his own private (blocked) enjoyment mark the limits of his “care,” Kane has remained under the command of the maternal superego and never acceded to symbolic law.

     

    Zizek specifies this crucial opposition between symbolic law and superego explicitly in terms of the movement from permission to obligation, from possibility based on clearly defined universal prohibition to necessity based on radical contingency. Paradoxically, in the absence of prohibition, where one might expect the free flow of libidinal energy, superego intervenes to require what is already permitted:

     

    Law is the agency of prohibition which regulates the distribution of enjoyment on the basis of a common, shared renunciation (the “symbolic castration”), whereas superego marks a point at which permitted enjoyment, freedom-to-enjoy, is reversed into obligation to enjoy–which, one must add, is the most effective way to block access to enjoyment. (For They 237)

     

    It is because of this obscene, harsh, punitive quality of the superego that the subject can never settle accounts with it. There is always more that can be sacrificed, Zizek explains, which is why Lacanian psychoanalytic ethics is based explicitly on opposing the coercion of the superego, in contrast to the ordinary association of superego with “conscience” or the moral sense guiding ethical behavior:

     

    Lacan’s maxim of the ethics of psychoanalysis (“not to compromise one’s desire”) is not to be confounded with the pressure of the superego…. Lacan takes seriously and literally the Freudian “economical paradox” of the superego–that is, the vicious cycle that characterizes the superego: the more we submit ourselves to the superego imperative, the greater its pressure, the more we feel guilty. According to Lacan, this “feeling of guilt” is not a self-deception to be dispelled in the course of the psychoanalytic cure–we really are guilty: superego draws the energy of the pressure it exerts upon the subject from the fact that the subject was not faithful to his desire, that he gave it up. Our sacrificing to the superego, our paying tribute to it, only corroborates our guilt. For that reason our debt to the superego is unredeemable: the more we pay it off, the more we owe. (Metastases 67-68)

     

    Indeed, Lacan’s ethical imperative must be taken as explicitly opposed to the concept of conventional morality with its focus on maximizing the Good, which functions as the arbiter of all action, since this model ultimately leads to a psychological paralysis arising from infinite consideration of ramifications, a process that turns the subject into a perpetual Hamlet, standing behind Claudius but unable to decide whether killing him or not killing him would be the better option. The interminable process of trying to decide which course of action leads to the “greater Good” entails its own kind of choice (that is, to “compromise one’s desire” by default) with its own kind of psychic consequences for the subject. Zizek explains this ethical-moral distinction through a Greimasian semiotic square based on the four possible arrangements of the positive and negative versions of these terms and the figures corresponding to the four pairings–moral, ethical (Saint); immoral, unethical (Scoundrel); immoral, ethical (Hero); and moral, unethical (superego)–and endorses the Lacanian championing of Hero over superego (Metastases 67).

     

    Zizek also anticipates the anxious objection that this Lacanian ethical attitude is too radical in its practical implications: is it reasonable to propose that everyone unrelentingly pursue his or her own desire and renounce all other considerations? Don’t “ordinary” people need an “ethics of the ‘common Good,’… despicable as it may appear in the eyes of the suicidal heroic ethics advocated by Lacan?” (Metastases 69). But he concludes that this concern–“What if everyone were to do the same as me?”–is simply another way of introducing the “pathological consideration of the consequences of our act in reality” and therefore functions as a way of imposing superego injunctions, restraints, and cycles of guilt through the insistence that we renounce our desire precisely because it cannot be universalized (69).

     

    From these comments on the Lacanian ethics of desire, Zizek moves, understandably, into a section on the unavoidable corollary to such an ethics, that is, the problem of evil, which has prompted the present discussion. Zizek identifies three kinds of evil, categorized according to the Freudian scheme of Ego, Superego, and Id. Ego-Evil is the most common kind: “behavior motivated by selfish calculation and greed”; Superego-Evil is the kind attributed to “fundamentalist fanatics,” that is, “Evil accomplished in the name of fanatical devotion to some ideological ideal”; finally, there is Id-Evil, “structured and motivated by the most elementary imbalance in the relationship between the Ich and jouissance, by the tension between pleasure and the foreign body of jouissance at the very heart of it” (Metastases 70-71). In other words, Id-Evil involves a kind of pure, irrational enjoyment in the evil act. The skinheads who beat up foreigners because it “feels good” to do so, the white racists who killed an African-American man by dragging him from a chain tied behind their pickup truck because the mere presence of a black man “bothered” them, the adolescents who committed the shooting sprees in U.S. schools over the past several years: all of these cases involve “violence not grounded in utilitarian or ideological reasons” (“Leftist” 998) but rather raw outbreaks of the Real of jouissance:

     

    The psychotic passage à l’acte is to be conceived of as a desperate attempt of the subject to evict objet a from reality by force, and thus gain access to reality. (The psychotic “loss of reality” does not arise when something is missing in reality, but, on the contrary, when there is too much of a Thing in reality.) (Metastases 77)

     

    Of course, what is most disturbing about such instances of the psychotic passage à l’acte is the often-reported “desensitization” of the subject toward the violent acts that he performs. The reports about the Columbine High School shooting incident, for example, included witnesses’ recollections of some details of the two killers’ comments as they walked around shooting their classmates. It was reported that they were laughing and saying, “We’ve been wanting to do this for years,” and commenting to each other about how “cool” it looked to see blood and pieces of victims’ bodies “fly” when they shot them. This last statement precisely illustrates Zizek’s diagnosis of the breakdown of the distinction between the Imaginary and the Real in a society marked by the attenuation of the Symbolic: the Real, the actual spraying of blood, is experienced as Imaginary, as a “cool” image or effect, a purely aesthetic phenomenon, while the Symbolic identity of the victim (someone with a name, a family, a “story,” a network of intersubjective connections) is not considered or recognized.

     

    Violence, Evil, and Late Capitalism at the Movies

     

    Such cases of “desensitization” toward violence and desymbolization of victims’ identities are widespread in contemporary film, as conservative politicians, desperate to locate in the culture industry the “causes” of violent crime (while impeding legislative efforts to curb easy access to guns), are quick to mention. But limited claims for causality (bad movies, bad parenting, bad guns) begin within a positivist framework that, as discussed above, misses the eruption of the Real in these cases of Id-Evil and that fails to account for the socioeconomic, historical context of multinational capitalism within which such eruptions take place. Even broader claims for causality based on the notion of a widespread “culture of death”–encompassing media violence, the prevalence of guns, drug abuse, as well as legalized abortion, euthanasia, and other indicators of an alleged rejection of belief in the “sanctity of human life”–fail to address the ways in which the structural demands of capitalism have contributed to the unwelcome social and cultural transformations since the “good old days” (usually meaning anytime before the 1960s).

     

    These criticisms, in both narrow and broad versions, are underwritten by the belief that with the correct combination of policy reforms to excise the diseased elements of the social body we might return to the “normal” state of society, having eliminated its anomalous, disruptive features. This belief, however, itself depends on ignoring the dialectical logic of the symptom, which Zizek, following Lacan, reminds us was “invented” by Marx:

     

    Marx’s great achievement was to demonstrate how all phenomena which appear to everyday bourgeois consciousness as simple deviations, contingent deformations and degenerations of the “normal” functioning of society (economic crises, wars, and so on), and as such abolishable through amelioration of the system, are necessary products of the system itself–the points at which the “truth,” the immanent antagonistic character of the system, erupts. (Sublime 128)

     

    Thus if many U.S. adolescents feel isolated and desperate, see no future for themselves that they would want to occupy, feel no symbolic identification with any entity beyond themselves (nation, community, family), resent their “well-adjusted” peers, expect little from others or themselves, and shift among affective states of manic euphoria, defensive denial, and depressive anomie, and if some of these adolescents realize their abject frustration in acts of violence, those acts are not to be understood as anomalies that might be “fixed” with appropriate reform measures but rather as symptomatic eruptions of the “truth” of the current capitalist world system. In other words, the explanation for these violent outbursts has more to do with what Zizek has assessed as the attenuation of the Symbolic order under conditions of globalizing media-technology-consumer capitalism and the concomitant rise of the “pathological narcissist” as a dominant mode of subjectivity than with any isolated individual “causes” upon which empirical studies may be (and will be) performed.

     

    Still, a brief examination of late-capitalist film violence is worthwhile, not as a direct cause behind actual violent incidents but as a symptom of rationalized systemic violence and also (sometimes) as a critical representation of it. For examples of the former, we need look no further than action-adventure genre films, as well as the video games based on this genre, and their often-noted uncritical, “gratuitous” violence, which may certainly be characterized as “symptomatic” of late capitalism to the extent that it functions within hyper-masculine fantasy scenarios.14 While such cultural products may encode a justifiable desire for an alternative to the “managed society” of “soft” liberalism, that alternative is usually figured in terms of a fascistic emphasis on law and order brought about through the exercise of violent masculine power and domination.

     

    But then other films present violent situations in ways that challenge prevailing genre conventions and invite critical reflection on the meaning of the violence depicted. Perhaps the most relevant case of the latter in recent years is Quentin Tarantino’s Pulp Fiction (1994), especially the famous scene in which John Travolta’s working-man gangster character Vincent Vega, gesturing with his gun, accidentally shoots the character Marvin in the face when the car they are riding in goes over a bump. The incident is treated as an irritating inconvenience, prompting arguments between Vincent and Samuel Jackson’s Jules Winnfield character over Vincent’s carelessness, the potential for being seen by cops, and the general disruption in the smooth routine of their day. Cleaning the car and disposing of the body are regarded as chores to be dealt with as efficiently as possible. In fact, “The Wolf” (Harvey Keitel), a specialist who “fixes things,” is called in to manage the clean-up operation. He, like Jules and Vincent, wears a black business suit.

     

    First, it should be noted that many features of the film, including the business suits, combine to create what looks like an allegory of contemporary capitalism: Vincent and Jules are, after all, hit-men working for Ving Rhames’s black-market entrepreneur character Marsellus Wallace, and their sudden, unpredictable violence is the truth of a system whose purpose is to rationalize and manage that violence and its perpetual threat efficiently in order to ensure the continuation of exchange and profit. The Wolf is a free-agent consultant called in when business “difficulties” arise. The “postmodern” quality of the representation of capitalism here is evident by contrast with earlier generations of crime films, in which the criminal enterprise is justified by reference to some ideological principle, such as “beating the system” by sticking together in bonds of friendship and allegiance to the “old neighborhood,” as in William Wellman’s Public Enemy (1931) and Michael Curtiz’s Angels with Dirty Faces (1938), or maintaining the “old way of life” associated with family and ethnic heritage, as in Francis Ford Coppola’s Godfather trilogy (1972, 1974, 1990).

     

    Pulp Fiction “reflects” the late capitalist moment in that its “post-ideological” criminals have no commitment to anything but getting their own “piece of the action”: the performativity of the system is its own justification; no metanarrative is needed for ideological legitimation. Other features of the film are also consistent with late capitalism and contrast with earlier crime genre films: the structure of the criminal operation appears to be decentralized and “flexible”; the dividing line between criminal and non-criminal is blurry at best; the criminals maintain loose, diversified connections across a wide range of social strata, covering the decentered space of greater Los Angeles’s urban sprawl; and the idea of an alternative way of life–what might have appeared as the position of the “good citizen” in an earlier crime story–can be figured only by reference to a possibility that is never shown.

     

    This alternative possibility is raised hypothetically in Jules and Vincent’s conversations about miracles and the gangster life. After he and Vincent are fired upon multiple times in a surprise attack from across a room without being hurt–an experience that Jules interprets as a miracle–Jules raises the idea of giving up “the life” to “walk the earth” as a kind of modern-day religious mendicant. Dismissing Jules’s interpretation of what he considers a “freak occurrence,” Vincent scoffs and tells Jules that there is a name for people who do what he has proposed: “they’re called bums.” A typical contemporary “pathological narcissist,” Vincent mocks the suggestion that he and Jules have experienced a miracle. As a skeptical nominalist, he is living in what he takes to be, for better or worse, the “best of all possible worlds” and cannot accept even the possibility of singularity or transcendence or of a utopian potential beyond “the life.” Significantly, Vincent is killed on his next job for Marsellus, after Jules has quit, and the fact that his death has been shown out of chronological sequence earlier in the plot adds dramatic impact to the conversation in which Jules decides to quit and Vincent ridicules him. We know already as they leave the diner at the end of the film what their respective fates are–or at least we know Vincent’s; we never learn what happens to Jules. That reference to the alternative–the desire to “walk the earth,” to live outside the paranoid circuits of power without participating in rationalized violence and exploitation–suggests the utopian (and non-representable) dimension of the film: the continuation of Jules’s story cannot be shown precisely because it gestures beyond the limits of contemporary capitalist society. Any actual content provided for this future story would restrict and trivialize the utopian desire suggested by his speculations.

     

    Just as the violent incidents in Pulp Fiction in the context of the film as a whole estrange the violence of the “normal,” smooth, everyday functioning of contemporary capitalism, inviting critical reflection, so too the jarring suddenness of the violence when Vincent shoots Marvin, and in other scenes (and in other Tarantino films), disrupts the smooth operation of ordinary narrative film form, in which climactic, redemptive violent moments are usually cued through narrative suspense, music, editing, lighting, and other techniques. The unexpected intrusion of violence into scenes of witty hipster banter among likable characters forces us to confront these characters as agents of the violent system in which they participate, even when they do not intend to use violence, that is, even when someone like Marvin is killed “accidentally” as opposed to someone who “had it coming.”

     

    In other words, the ethical-political lesson is Zizekian: actions speak louder than words; the material actuality of practice overrides intention. Vincent cannot guarantee that the Real will not intrude on his rationalized, mundane, and solipsistic Ego-Evil. His participation in the criminal life would be justified from his perspective in terms of self-interest: as a contemporary cynic, he would reason that if the entire capitalist system is just a large-scale criminal racket, then his work as a gangster is the only intelligent response–he might as well enjoy the high life instead of working like a sucker to line the pockets of the corporate bosses in the legitimate economy. At the allegorical level, then, this reading suggests that smart, hip cynics like Vincent are actually the dutiful foot soldiers of contemporary capitalism. Justifying any action in terms of “enlightened” cynical reason, such a person is, as Zizek puts it in another context, a “crook who tries to sell as honesty the open admission of his crookedness,” effectively functioning as a “conformist who takes the mere existence of the given order as an argument for it” (“Leftist” 1004-05).

     

    Two final and related points deserve to be made, via Zizek, about Jules and Vincent and their relationship to the event that only Jules takes to be a miracle. First, their difference in interpretation perfectly exemplifies Zizek’s argument about the strict separation between belief and knowledge:

     

    Belief can only thrive in the shadowy domain between outright falsity and positive truth. The Jansenist notion of miracle bears witness to the fact that they were fully aware of this paradox: an event which has the quality of a miracle only in the eyes of the believer–to the commonsense eyes of an infidel, it appears as a purely natural coincidence. (“Supposed” 44)

     

    This precise relationship is enacted in the conversation in which Jules and Vincent argue over their respective interpretations of the event: no amount of convincing will cause the other to abandon his interpretation because logical proofs and rhetorical appeals operate in the realm of knowledge, which will not touch belief. As Zizek puts it, “the miracle is inherently linked to the fact of belief–there is no neutral miracle to convince cynical infidels” (“Supposed” 44).

     

    The other point is that this argument also takes place in the somewhat different register of class consciousness and subjectivity. Perhaps stretching the allegorical reading of the Jules and Vincent story in Pulp Fiction to its limit, I would suggest that Jules’s “conversion” experience might as easily be read in Marxist as in religious terms. (And for the reasons cited above, the Marxist reading is not without justification.) Thus allegorically, if Vincent clings to his egocentric and effectively neoconservative cynicism, Jules’s experience of the miracle amounts to his interpellation as a proletarian subject, or at least (since his story ends after his testament of faith) to a protopolitical baptism. This moment of divergence in the trajectories of the stories of two (until then) similar characters illustrates what Zizek identifies as the crucial importance of class consciousness as distinct from objective class position in the class struggle:

     

    From a truly radical Marxist perspective, although there is a link between the working class as a social group and the proletariat as the position of the militant fighting for universal Truth, this link is not a determining causal connection, and the two levels are to be strictly distinguished. To be proletarian involves assuming a certain subjective stance (of class struggle destined to achieve redemption through revolution) that, in principle, can occur to any individual; to put it in religious terms, irrespective of his (good) works, any individual can be touched by grace and interpellated as a proletarian subject. The limit that separates the two opposed sides in the class struggle is thus not objective, not the limit separating two positive social groups, but ultimately radically subjective; it involves the position individuals assume towards the Event of universal Truth. (“Leftist” 1003)

     

    Thus a long line of conversion stories–from the sudden, terrible hailing of Saul of Tarsus through the more gradual radicalization of American literary proletarians like Tom Joad and Biff Loman (whose relationship to his brother Happy, despite numerous differences in detail, including especially the absence of cynicism in Death of a Salesman, is nonetheless homologous with that of Jules to Vincent after the disputed event)–become enmeshed in the sociohistorical narrative of the formation of revolutionary subjectivity. Zizek’s commentary explains, among other things, how class traitors are possible, since the class struggle, as he puts it,

     

    mobilizes… not the division between two well-defined social groups but the division, which runs “diagonally” to the social division in the Order of Being, between those who recognize themselves in the call of the Truth-Event, becoming its followers, and those who deny or ignore it. (“Leftist” 1003)

     

    The impetus behind this recognition and conversion need not, of course, be a brush with violent death, as in the case of Jules. In principle, the negative motivation for conversion is available everywhere in capitalist society. As for positive or utopian “calls to conversion,” these can be found in unexpected spaces occasionally wrested free from the demands of the vast commerical strip mall of contemporary U.S. culture.

     

    Conclusion: Zizek as Late Marxist

     

    The title of this essay may be read to imply a progression of the type thesis, antithesis, synthesis. Such a progression is not my intention. I certainly do not wish to give the impression that I take Zizek’s work to be the culminating synthesis of the problematic of Marxism and postmodernism. Nonetheless, I do regard his work, which responds with dialectical thoroughness (and with humor, and with perceptive references to popular culture, and with brilliant on-the-run insights) to new problems of ideology and subjectivity in late capitalism, as a valuable critical contribution to the tradition of Marxist theory, despite Ebert’s (and others’) criticisms characterizing him as a cynical “post-Marxist.” If anything, his explicit appropriation of Hegel would perhaps better qualify him for the critical label “pre-Marxist.” But even such a half-serious appellation would fail to account for the variety of careful analyses, explanations, and criticisms appearing throughout his work that can be characterized only as Marxist without a prefix. Or, if a prefix is needed, then Jameson’s term late Marxist would perhaps actually be the most accurate for Zizek’s work.

     

    Jameson has the following to say about the term late Marxism in his 1990 book of that title:

     

    I find it helpful above all for a sharpening of the implication I developed above: namely, that Marxism, like other cultural phenomena, varies according to its socioeconomic context. There should be nothing scandalous about the proposition that the Marxism required by Third World countries will have different emphases from the one that speaks to already receding socialism, let alone to the “advanced” countries of multinational capitalism. (11)

     

    Thus late Marxism’s “big tent,” according to this conception, would have room for a revival of a Freudian-Marxist theory of ideology by way of Lacan and Hegel in the socioeconomic context of defeated state socialisms in the former Eastern bloc and in the context of a triumphal, expanding multinational capitalism based in the “advanced” capitalist countries. If this version of Marxism is among those “required” for critically understanding the dynamics of capitalist society and culture in this context, then it belongs alongside the other Marxisms speaking to other contexts of the late-capitalist world system.

     

    The more narrow context for Zizek’s project of a revived psychoanalytic Marxism is, as he puts it in the abstract opposite the title pages of books in the Wo Es War series that he edits, “the twin rule of pragmatic-relativist New Sophists and New Age obscurantists” in critical writing. Commenting more specifically on the state of theory and criticism in the age of globalizing capitalism and dominant market ideology, Zizek writes:

     

    It is effectively as if, since the horizon of social imagination no longer allows us to entertain the idea of an eventual demise of capitalism–since, as we might put it, everybody silently accepts that capitalism is here to stay–critical energy has found a substitute outlet in fighting for cultural differences which leave the basic homogeneity of the capitalist world-system intact. (“Multiculturalism” 46)

     

    If we accept these descriptions of the socioeconomic and critical contexts into which Zizek intervenes, then the revival of dialectical models of criticism that are capable of addressing systemic problems at a level of sufficient generality and of drawing connections between “local” objects and the “totality” of their relations is indeed precisely what is needed. In any case, efforts to purge or discredit Zizek from an assumed position of orthodoxy are not especially helpful to the Marxist cause in either of the above contexts.

     

    Marxist and Freudian theory are parallel and privileged theoretical discourses, according to Zizek, in part because the relationship of each to theory itself is one aspect of its domain of inquiry. This contentious reflexivity makes error a structurally necessary element of the theory, as opposed to the case of positivist sciences:

     

    In both cases we are dealing with a field of knowledge that is inherently antagonistic: errors are not simply external to the true knowledge…. In Marxism, as in psychoanalysis, truth literally emerges through error, which is why in both cases the struggle with “revisionism” is an inherent part of the theory itself…. The “object” of Marxism is society, yet “class struggle in theory” means that the ultimate theme of Marxism is the “material force of ideas”–that is, the way Marxism itself qua revolutionary theory transforms its object (brings about the emergence of the revolutionary subject, etc.). This is analogous to psychoanalysis, which is also not simply a theory of its “object” (the unconscious) but a theory whose inherent mode of existence involves the transformation of its object (via interpretation in the psychoanalytic cure). (Metastases 181-82)

     

    Each theory, in short, “acknowledges the short circuit between the theoretical frame and an element within this frame: theory itself is a moment of the totality that is its ‘object’” (Metastases 182). Such a process, Zizek insists, is not to be confused with a “comfortable evolutionary position,” which, “from a safe distance,” seeks “to relativize every determinate form of knowledge” (Metastases 182-83). On the contrary, each tradition is characterized by what he calls a “thought that endeavors to grasp its own limitation and dependence” even as it proceeds, and this perpetual critical interrogation of its own “position of enunciation” enables whatever claims to truth it may make: “Marxism and psychoanalysis are ‘infallible’ at the level of enunciated content, precisely insofar as they continually question the very place from which they speak” (Metastases 182-83).

     

    I cite these comments in order to defend Zizek’s Marxist credentials against charges of post-Marxist cynicism. But I also recognize that his welding of Lacanian psychoanalysis onto Marxism is not seamless: irreducible traditional antagonisms between the two discourses can easily seem to disappear because of Zizek’s deft handling of both. Nonetheless, his writing offers fresh and cogent criticism of contemporary culture and society and opens avenues for further critical reflection, as I hope the preceding analyses have shown. His Marxism is “late” not in the sense of “fading fast” or even “already deceased” but rather in the Jamesonian sense cited above. It is “recent” and addresses current socioeconomic and critical contexts. In other words, Zizek’s Marxism is only as late as what it proposes to criticize–the late capitalism so named in the somewhat hopeful title of Ernest Mandel’s 1978 book. Whatever label is attached to it, Zizek’s work fulfills one of the primary goals of Marxist theory, that is, to harness the “material force of ideas” in an effort to expose and criticize the workings of capitalism.

    Notes

     

    1. Hebdige uses this abbreviated term to accommodate the various “post” terms and discourses that have emerged in theoretical writing since the late 1960s, especially postmodernism/postmodernity. See Hiding in the Light, Chapter 8, “Staking out the Posts.”

     

    2. See especially Jameson’s essay “Reification and Utopia in Mass Culture,” Social Text 1 (1979), reprinted as Chapter 1 of Signatures of the Visible.

     

    3. Jean Baudrillard’s writing in the late 1960s and 1970s offers a critique of the production-oriented labor theory of value in favor of a consumption-oriented model of sign value; see Selected Writings, especially Chapters 1-4. The implicit and explicit critique of dialectical method and teleology can be seen in many versions of postmodern theory; Lyotard’s Postmodern Condition is exemplary, especially the discussions of postmodern science and paralogy in Chapters 13 and 14. The generally critical stance of “French poststructuralists” toward Marxism may be explained partly as a reaction against the influential role of Communist parties in European intellectual debates of the 1950s and 1960s, as Burnham suggests:

     

    Lyotard’s critique, based as it is on a certain causal relationship between grand narratives and local actions, is more suited to a culture of powerful communist parties and unexamined Stalinism than the less rigorous Marxism to be found in the Anglo-American tradition…. An important flaw in Lyotard’s analysis is that he overestimates the aforementioned causality. (13)

     

    4. See Lyotard, The Postmodern Condition; Baudrillard’s recent apocalyptic and impressionistic essays can be found in America, Cool Memories, and The Transparency of Evil; Deleuze and Guattari develop their project of “schizoanalysis” in Anti-Oedipus, especially Section 4; Jameson presents his extended critique of postmodern culture in Postmodernism.

     

    5. Commenting on the ongoing globalization of capital and the accompanying triumphalist discourse of neoliberal market economists, Jameson writes:

     

    Now that, following master thinkers like Hayek, it has become customary to identify political freedom with market freedom, the motivations behind ideology no longer seem to need an elaborate machinery of decoding and hermeneutic reinterpretation; and the guiding thread of all contemporary politics seems much easier to grasp, namely, that the rich want their taxes lowered. This means that an older vulgar Marxism may once again be more relevant to our situation than the newer models. (“Culture” 247)

     

    6. The notion of a historical transformation of the “real world” into semiotic spectacle is the thesis of Guy Debord’s critique of media-consumer capitalism in Society of the Spectacle: “everything that was directly lived has moved away into a representation” (par. 1). Debord, however, has no patience for the structuralist effort to interpret all phenomena in terms of differential sign-systems, a project that he sees as the philosophical corollary to spectacular society: “Structuralism is the thought guaranteed by the State which regards the present conditions of spectacular ‘communication’ as an absolute” (par. 202). My citation of Derrida in this context should by no means be taken as an effort to characterize his work as part of this “thought guaranteed by the State,” merely uncritically reflecting prevailing semio-capitalist society. On the contrary, the opening pages of the first chapter of Of Grammatology indicate an acute critical awareness of the historical determination of the meditation on writing undertaken in that text: beyond his general emphasis on the historical dimension of the problem, Derrida mentions specifically the “death of the civilization of the book” and the rise of cybernetic theory and the DNA-coding paradigm in biology, among other historically recent developments, as catalysts for a theory of generalized writing (6-10).

     

    7. See Habermas’s Theory of Communicative Action and Rorty’s Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity, among other texts by these authors.

     

    8. See Butler, Chapter 7, “Arguing with the Real,” in Bodies That Matter.

     

    9. See Zizek’s essays “Multiculturalism, or, the Cultural Logic of Multinational Capitalism” and “A Leftist Plea for ‘Eurocentrism,’” as well as the interview “Japan through a Slovenian Looking Glass.”

     

    10. For an analysis–via Bataille and Baudrillard–of the Columbine High School shooting incident in Colorado in terms of a heterological politics of the unassimilable, see Wernick.

     

    11. For discussion of this term, see Jameson’s essay “Cognitive Mapping” as well as the last segment of Chapter 1 of Postmodernism (45-54).

     

    12. My reading of a “darker” truth behind the film’s overt suggestion of nostalgia for lost childhood as an explanation for Kane’s downfall is based on Marshall Deutelbaum’s article “‘Rosebud’ and the Illusion of Childhood Innocence in Citizen Kane.” Zizek includes Citizen Kane among those films in which, he claims, Welles depicts a “larger-than-life” individual with an “ambiguous relationship to morals” but a nonetheless heroic ethical nature (Metastases 66). My reading suggests a rejection of this notion that Kane’s “acts irradiate a deeper ‘ethics of Life itself’” (66).

     

    13. A useful contrast to this case of oppressive desire of the mother is raised in the following passage in which Zizek discusses Lacan’s determination of Name-of-the-Father as the “metaphoric substitute of the desire of the mother” (For They 135). Zizek explains this relationship in terms of the scene from Hitchcock’s North by Northwest in which Roger Thornhill–certainly also a “pathological narcissist,” but one whose story ends “happily”–is “‘mistakenly identified’ as the mysterious ‘George Kaplan’ and thus hooked on his Name-of-the-Father, his Master-Signifier.” The precise instant of the mistaken identification, Zizek writes,

     

    is the very moment when he raises his hand in order to comply with his mother’s desire by phoning her…. North by Northwest thus presents a case of “successful” substitution of the paternal metaphor for the mother’s desire. (For They 135)

     

    14. See Susan Jeffords’s analysis of Hollywood masculine-fantasy narratives and the New Right in Hard Bodies.

    Works Cited

     

    • Althusser, Louis. “Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses.” Lenin and Philosophy. Trans. Ben Brewster. New York: Monthly Review, 1971. 127-86.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. America. Trans. Chris Turner. London: Verso, 1989.
    • —. Cool Memories, 1980-1985. Trans. Chris Turner. London: Verso, 1990.
    • —. Selected Writings. Ed. Mark Poster. Stanford, CA: Stanford UP, 1988.
    • —. The Transparency of Evil: Essays on Extreme Phenomena. 1990. Trans. James Benedict. London: Verso, 1993.
    • Burnham, Clint. The Jamesonian Unconscious: The Aesthetics of Marxist Theory. Durham, NC: Duke UP, 1995.
    • Butler, Judith. Bodies That Matter: On the Discursive Limits of “Sex.” New York: Routledge, 1993.
    • Citizen Kane. Dir. Orson Welles. Perf. Orson Welles, Joseph Cotton, Dorothy Comingore. RKO, 1941.
    • Debord, Guy. Society of the Spectacle. 1967. Detroit: Black and Red, 1983.
    • Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. 1977. Trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1983.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Of Grammatology. Trans. Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins UP, 1974.
    • Deutelbaum, Marshall. “‘Rosebud’ and the Illusion of Childhood Innocence in Citizen Kane.The Kingdom of Dreams: Selected Papers from the Tenth Florida State University Conference on Literature and Film. Ed. Douglas Fowler. Tallahassee: Florida State UP, 1986. 46-61.
    • Ebert, Teresa L. “Beyond ‘Enlightened False Consciousness’ and for a Red Theory.” Div. on Sociological Approaches to Literature, MLA Convention. Chicago, IL. 28 Dec. 1999.
    • Gigante, Denise. “Toward a Notion of Critical Self-Creation: Slavoj Zizek and the ‘Vortex of Madness.’” New Literary History 29 (1998): 153-68.
    • Habermas, Jürgen. The Theory of Communicative Action. Trans. Thomas McCarthy. Boston: Beacon, 1984.
    • Hebdige, Dick. Hiding in the Light: On Images and Things. New York: Routledge, 1988.
    • Homer, Sean. “Psychoanalysis, Representation, Politics: On the (Im)possibility of a Psychoanalytic Theory of Ideology?” University of Sheffield, Centre for Psychotherapeutic Studies (1995): 16 pars. <http://www.shef.ac.uk/uni/academic/N-Q/psysc/staff/sihomer/prp.html>.
    • Jameson, Fredric. “Cognitive Mapping.” Cultural Studies. Ed. Lawrence Grossberg, Cary Nelson, and Paula A. Treichler. New York: Routledge, 1992. 347-57.
    • —. “Culture and Finance Capital.” Critical Inquiry 24 (1997): 246-65.
    • —. Late Marxism: Adorno, or, The Persistence of the Dialectic. London: Verso, 1990.
    • —. Postmodernism, or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke UP, 1991.
    • —. Signatures of the Visible. New York: Routledge, 1992.
    • Jeffords, Susan. Hard Bodies: Hollywood Masculinity in the Reagan Era. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers UP, 1994.
    • Lacan, Jacques. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book III: The Psychoses. Trans. Russell Grigg. Ed. Jacques-Alain Miller. New York: Norton, 1993.
    • Lyotard, Jean-François. The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Trans. Geoff Bennington and Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P. 1984.
    • Mandel, Ernest. Late Capitalism. Trans. Joris DeBres. London: Verso, 1978.
    • Pulp Fiction. Dir. Quentin Tarantino. Perf. John Travolta, Samuel L. Jackson, Uma Thurman. Miramax, 1994.
    • Rorty, Richard. Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity. New York: Cambridge UP, 1989.
    • Sloterdijk, Peter. Critique of Cynical Reason. Trans. Michael Eldred. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1987.
    • Wernick, Andrew. “Bataille’s Columbine: The Sacred Space of Hate.” Ctheory (3 Nov. 1999): 43 pars. <http://www.ctheory.net/text_file.asp?pick=119>.
    • Williams, Raymond. Keywords: A Vocabulary of Culture and Society. 1983. New York: Oxford UP, 1985.
    • Zizek, Slavoj. For They Know Not What They Do: Enjoyment as a Political Factor. London: Verso, 1991.
    • —. “Japan through a Slovenian Looking Glass: Reflections of Media and Politics and Cinema.” Interview. InterCommunication 14 (1995): 40 pars. <http://www.ntticc.or.jp/pub/ic_mag/ic014/zizek/zizek_e.html>.
    • —. “A Leftist Plea for ‘Eurocentrism.’” Critical Inquiry 24 (1998): 988-1009.
    • —. Looking Awry: An Introduction to Jacques Lacan through Popular Culture. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1991.
    • —. The Metastases of Enjoyment: Six Essays on Woman and Causality. London: Verso, 1994.
    • —. “Multiculturalism, Or, the Cultural Logic of Multinational Capitalism.” New Left Review 225 (1997): 28-51.
    • —. The Sublime Object of Ideology. London: Verso, 1989.
    • —. “The Supposed Subjects of Ideology.” Critical Quarterly 39.2 (1997): 39-59.

     

  • Inhuman Love: Jane Campion’s The Piano

    Samir Dayal

    English Department
    Bentley College
    sdayal@bentley.edu

    Introduction: What Does the Woman Want?

     

    The release of Jane Campion’s The Piano (1993) was almost an epochal event. It arrived to mark the zenith of a phase of extraordinary creativity in Australian cinema in the 1970s and 1980s with films such as Picnic at Hanging Rock, My Brilliant Career, The Lighthorsemen, Breaker Morant, and Gallipoli. In the following decade, close on the heels of Strictly Ballroom, Romper Stomper, and The Adventures of Priscilla, Queen of the Desert, Campion’s film won the Palm D’Or at Cannes and three Academy Awards (see Orr 151, Coombs and Gemmell, “Preface” vii). Highly successful at the box office, the film elicited praise and stirred much passionate debate among critics and ordinary filmgoers. Neither were audiences oblivious to its sheer ambition in cinematic technique.1 That ambition foregrounds itself here in virtuoso camera movement, as when the camera seems to enter a character’s pocket, and there in an homage to a grand auteur, as when a close-up of Ada McGrath’s (Holly Hunter’s) hair tied in a tight spiral knot, in evoking an ocular vertigo, invites comparison to an emblematic shot in Hitchcock’s Vertigo and with equal point, for in this gesture the camera in each case indexes the female object of its fascinated gaze.2 Inviting attention to its own gaze, the camera elevates the piano to the level almost of a character in the film, even a gendered character, as Felicity Coombs argues (85). And if the music “made” by the piano is in some ways the real voice of the speechless protagonist, her voiceover also functions as a kind of spectral extradiegetic intrusion, particularly in a crucial scene when Ada becomes the victim of savage violence at the hands of Stewart, her husband. Ada’s haunting voice-over, however, is not just a trick: it functions at the ideological level as a counter to the customary “othering” of the feminine voice in cinema, and at the representational level to problematize the real versus the symbolic. The visual language of the film is frequently as telling. In one scene, for instance, an important and mischievous point about Ada’s second husband’s twisted libido is made by the camera. Stewart is voyeuristically spying on his wife and her lover, whose face is buried in her skirts. As he watches, her lover’s pet dog, possibly this man’s only (or best) friend, licks Stewart’s open palm.

     

    Above all, the film was, and remains, thought provoking. It became the focus of intense debates about the postcolonial critique of New Zealand’s–and Australia’s–colonial past (and, by implication, their neocolonial present and their multicultural future); about feminine desire and its institutional containment within marriage; and about the psychological perplexities of human relationships, particularly love, that are the film’s main subject. These debates raise issues that remain vital in contemporary cultural studies–the inarticulacy of what enables women’s agency, the possibility of alternative forms of desire and human intercourse, the quandaries of aspirations to a meaningful postcolonial or ethnic citizenship that does not slip into the quagmire of racial and identity politics. However, when reviewing these central debates focused on feminine agency in the film, one has a strange sense of irresolution, as though some of the major issues were being abandoned without being fully developed, let alone resolved. The crux of these debates has to do with this question: what does Ada want? In this essay I offer a contribution to the debate that seeks to reinterpret this as a question not only about what Ada wants from love, but as a question about what drives her beyond love–a question about the structure of that drive.

     

    Love, after all, is the telos of melodrama, which is itself the focus of one important trend in the film’s reception. The nineteenth century saw the rise of melodrama in an age where traditional anchors of society in organized religion and hierarchical authority were on the wane. Into the vacuum came the private individual as the locus of meaning. This individual, however, was defined primarily by his or her role within the nuclear family (Vasudevan 310), and needless to say, the role assigned to the woman within the bourgeois family was particularly narrow, restricting the orbit of her desire and imagination. Indeed, where the modernist work of art in the West was coded as an autonomous, “masculine,” form (see Huyssen), the mass cultural form of melodrama was itself coded as “feminine” and addressed to women as those who were subjugated or even rendered voiceless by that masculinist discourse. This view is in line with Peter Brooks’s The Melodramatic Imagination (1976), which provides an important formal schematization of the silencing that is constitutive of melodrama, although since the publication of Brooks’s work, melodrama has come to be regarded as having as much claim to facilitating the democratic revolution as realism (Prasad 56).3 If Brooks offered a formal account of melodrama, then an important feminist advance in theorizing melodrama was achieved by Mary Ann Doane, who is credited with the most widely cited claim about the way in which classical women’s melodrama portrays the suppression of women’s agency by patriarchal structures of society (The Desire to Desire).

     

    As melodrama came more and more to be addressed to women it gave rise in the Hollywood of the 1950s to a “women’s melodrama.” In the age of classical Hollywood cinema, as Neil Robinson notes, women’s melodrama “tells the story of a woman who attempts to resolve the tensions between her own subjectivity and erotic desire, and the patriarchal world in which she lives” and in doing so the melodrama seeks to “[re]define the contours of… community” (19). The Piano is, in these terms, a women’s film (see Barcan and Fogarty). But what is often missed in such a claim about this film is precisely that The Piano‘s spin on melodrama is not to posit the goal of reintegration into community as in traditional melodrama. It is not even a “critique [of] the false either/or choices which patriarchy offers to both women and men” as Robinson puts it (20), for that too implies a desire to be reintegrated into a regenerated community. Doane was criticized for being too pessimistic to recognize melodrama’s potential for enabling feminine agency: “the woman’s film,” she concluded, “does not provide us with an access to a pure and authentic female subjectivity, much as we might like it to do so” (4). Whatever the merits of this criticism, perhaps we should not make of melodrama a Procrustean bed, simply in order to cut Campion’s film down to size so that it will fit the structure of melodrama, as Robinson does when he writes that “Patriarchy is a nightmare from which Ada is trying to awake, and her near death [near the end of the film] demonstrates that only by the narrowest of margins does she escape its prohibitions against female desire” (37). Similarly, Bridget Orr, an otherwise astute reader of the film, can only conclude that “it seems curious that Ada’s resistance… [at the end of the film] should be rewarded by her establishment in white picket contentment” (158). If we read The Piano as merely one more women’s melodrama, even what Richard Allen describes as a “gothic melodrama” (44-45), we might fail to see something crucial about the ending. I argue below that it is structured around a darker intensity, a jouissance that constitutes a deformation of melodrama and betrays no wish to be so reintegrated. This deformation involves a kind of radical exceptionalism and implies an erotics that is better described, as I argue at the acknowledged risk of overinterpreting the film, in terms of courtly love as a negation of romantic love.

     

    Campion does offer, in this “women’s film,” an oppositional structure of desire, or at least of a woman’s desire, that counters both the tepid agency that is freed up for women in women’s melodrama and the more realist script of restrictive bourgeois domesticity with an alternative erotic structure. This is a structure that Bruce Fink specifices as a “feminine structure,” namely a “position or stance with respect to (an experience of) jouissance” (Lacanian Subject 117). That oppositional structure of desire is homologous, I suggest, to the structure of courtly love in that it respects both the erotic attachment familiar to anyone who has been in love or has desired another body and the “impossibility” of the sexual relation, as Jacques Lacan has insistently theorized it. The sexual relation is “impossible” because sexual difference is enigmatic, because it is as though feminine desire and masculine desire were not speaking the same tongue. But beyond this always failing love is something else that we can trace, an inhuman love.

     

    The Structure of the Essay

     

    In the light of what has been said above, the essay is structured in three sections of unequal length:

     

    Section I:

     

    In the first section, the shortest because it treats themes given relatively lower prominence by the film, I discuss the colonial context of the film, describing the significance of its setting in New Zealand and developing its critique of colonialism. It is as easy to offer a reductive reading of such a film as to claim too great a sophistication for it. Still, I suggest that the film is informed by the insights of postcolonialism and is sensitive to postcolonialism’s own reinscription of the advances of poststructuralist discourse.

     

    Section II:

     

    In the second section I discuss Campion’s exploration of feminine desire, or at least of Ada’s irregular desire within the context of her relationship to Baines–and therefore to romantic love. This is a way not only of critiquing received ideas about love but of revisiting related issues: choice of sexual object, desire as a support of subjectivity, and femininity as an epistemological category. It is equally a way of asking about masculine desire, when it exceeds the bounds of normative sexuality. Just as Campion critiques the structuring of (colonial) racial minorities and women, she is also sensitive to the class differentiations among women as a group, and she is committed to the destabilization of pieties about sexual relations and social institutions. This section of course is intimately linked to the first and the third, and in this section I discuss what I see as the surface of the film: its narrative of a woman’s struggle to connect with her “dark talent.”

     

    Section III:

     

    In the final and necessarily densest section, I come to Ada’s radical, psychoanalytically suggestive, and intriguing psychic structure. I employ here a Lacanian terminology of desire and drive because I believe Campion is interested in exploring a particular psychic structure that captures Ada’s desire, a desire that transgresses the melodrama of bourgeois domesticity and is outside the ken of patriarchal discourse.4 While I invoke a Lacanian paradigm in order to highlight this transgressive excess, I am not unaware of the accusation (leveled by Judith Butler in Antigone’s Claim, for instance) that Lacanian psychoanalysis lends itself to a support of a patriarchal status quo. Insensitivity to this accusation would be especially egregious in my generally appreciative reading of Campion’s film, a reading that is aligned with feminist approaches. I am not appealing to the Lacan who has been construed as ultimately tethered to a defence of a patriarchal, phallic order, in which a woman of course has no real agency, no real voice. But neither do I preoccupy myself here with an exposé of Lacan’s patriarchal blind spots by way of noticing how woman’s voice is indeed suppressed. It would be a real disservice to Campion to turn her exquisitely complex portrayal of Ada into merely a representation of this muteness. I turn instead to another Lacan who, even if his oeuvre betrays him as a man of his era and a creature of a patriarchal worldview, offers a useful vocabulary that moves beyond pat, dismissive accounts of his theoretical advances.

     

    A couple of further clarifications seem in order at this juncture. First, many contemporary critics (particularly feminists) have rightly discredited the thesis of the autonomy of the aesthetic, removed from the political, the linguistic, the cultural, or the psychoanalytic. Therefore it is appropriate to present a “cultural studies” approach to the film, not only to read the film as aesthetic object but to see it as presenting a politicized representation of a psychic problematic. Second, my suggestion is that Lacan offers a particularly useful vocabulary of drive, of courtly love, of the “real” body, of “das Ding,” of the partial object, of desubjectivation or acephalous subjectivity. As I develop my argument, the significance of this difficult terminology will, I hope, become evident. I don’t want to detain the reader by a long excursus on definitions. But let me say here that one of the most important features of Ada’s structure as it is represented in filmic language is a kind of excess. I propose that the secret to her desire is this excess, and my essay furthermore tracks the relationship between her and George Baines (Harvey Keitel) as anchored to their mutual, but differently inflected, gendered orientation to excess.

     

    Ada’s excess is synecdochically, if ironically, represented by her darkly eloquent, voluntary muteness. If the Lacanian paradigm of subject formation is customarily understood in film studies to propose that the advent of the subject is coeval with the moment of entry into the symbolic, we should note that Ada’s elective muteness may not contradict this mechanically reproduced truism of that conventional application of Lacanian theory to film studies. But neither does it lend itself unproblematically to the kind of recuperative utopian narrative of a Tania Modleski, whose “project,” in the words of Ruth Barcan and Madeleine Fogarty, is “to save the possibility of referential language for a feminist future when the traditionally mute body, the mother, will be given the same access to the names–language and speech–that men have enjoyed” (5). It marks instead an inverse trajectory whereby Ada’s silence signals her withdrawal from a conventional individualization within the bourgeois patriarchal narratives into which she has been interpellated, first as the daughter of a father who practically sells her into marriage, and then as the wife of a man whom she has not chosen, never met, and can never love. The film projects her straining to move beyond the straitjacket of the identity positions sanctioned for her within the patriarchal symbolic. Yet, and this is a diacritic of my approach, many readings of Ada-as-subject limit themselves to a narrow interpretation of “symbolic” identity. Lacanian discourse, in elaborating the beyond of the symbolic (in other words, the realm of the “real” associated with the drive), better approximates Ada’s–and Baines’s–psychic structures.

     

    For the purposes of structural contrast between normative heterosexual coupling and the odd (even strange) couple of Ada and Baines, I have recourse late in the essay to the structure of “courtly love.” Beyond the banalized “symbolic” interpretation of subject-formation that has bedeviled some readings of the film, Lacan’s elaboration of the structure of courtly love helps explain the excess of Woman, what Lacan terms the “not All,” over and above romantic love and the sexual relation. I maintain that this ostensibly archaic structure, as it is reappropriated by Lacan (and glossed by Slavoj Zizek and Renata Salecl), helps us appreciate Ada’s relinquishment of romantic love and what I call her instrumentalization of sexuality. The Lacanian reading of courtly love as a psychic structure also permits a perspectivization of the strange arrangement, or structure, of her relationship with her lover, George Baines, and of Baines’s own equally irregular desire. In spelling out what I have called their mutual orientation to excess of enjoyment, I refer to the vocabulary of the “subject of drive” oriented to jouissance, as opposed to the subject of (the Other’s) desire. As I understand it–and this understanding is substantiated by the fastidious exegeses of Bruce Fink–desire and drive are ultimately along the same continuum, but desire belongs to the realm of the symbolic, while drive circulates in the (Lacanian) real (see A Clinical Introduction). The real, and this is a fundamental distinction in Lacan, is distinguished from quotidian reality. And jouissance, which is itself associated with drive, not desire, is as much about pain as it is about pure pleasure. Jouissance indeed also indexes what must be protected against, if the subject is to be maintained: falling into jouissance entails desubjectivation.

     

    The alternative structure of courtly love is of course to be read in terms of a filmic code in this instance, rather than as “straight” psychoanalysis. It is in the interaction of the visual, narrative, and sound elements of the film that Ada’s desire is represented, and here Lacanian psychoanalysis functions as no more than an aid in understanding the workings of Ada’s desire and drive–it helps us understand the representation of Ada as a subject constituted by conscious desire and unconscious drive.

     

    Section I:
    Nature Denaturalized; Or, Postcolonial Critique in The Piano

     

    Ada has been married off by her father and sent to join her new and as yet unseen husband, Stewart, in New Zealand in the 1850s. Accompanying Ada on this journey from a satellite of the former imperial center, Scotland, to New Zealand is Flora (Anna Paquin), her daughter from an earlier marriage. Stewart is a pakeha pioneer (neither truly “European” nor accepted as one of the local Maori natives). Sam Neill describes Stewart as rendered vulnerable by his unrequitable love/lust for a woman who happens to be his wife but remains truly strange to him: he is “a man who has lost all his skin” (qtd. in Bilborough 147). Campion takes great pains to portray Stewart’s utterly benighted attitude to the land, which he can only see as property. He wants to buy Maori land, which they don’t “use” but hold sacred, and he asks Baines, “What do they want it for?” and “How do they even know it’s theirs?” In fact the land has always been sacred to Maori, and more recently has been a major bone of contention between Maori and the Pakeha. Stewart is marooned within the colony as a pakeha and within heteronormative conventionality as an unfulfilled man in desperate need of a wife–he is so uptight about his sexuality that Maori call him “Old dry balls.” Ada rejects him in all but name as husband. But Ada is a misfit too. An elective mute from age six, she relies mainly on Flora for communication. To the spectator she speaks in voiceover–in her “mind’s voice,” as she says. A newcomer to the settler postcolony, she is no less a border figure than Stewart.

     

    The film’s postcolonialist representation of colonial New Zealand raises the question of the significance of the lush colonial setting. Is this only an aesthetic convention? Richard Allen rightly suggests that the setting is not arbitrary: he observes that Campion has filmed the bush as “a muddy, glutinous, fecund landscape, a kind of primal swamp that is filmed in a luminous aquamarine. In Campion’s naturalist vision, the bush is a feminine landscape, boldly celebrated as an antidote to the denaturing of the land enacted by a patriarchal colonialism” (46-47).

     

    The film’s treatment of landscape, in other words, is construed as informed by a progressive politics. I would argue that it is more, and it is less. It is more than a critique of the “colonial narrative of origin… as the appropriation and enclosure of landscape as the first and only expression of civilisation” (Coombs and Gemmell, “Preface” ix). It is “a liminal zone,” as Laurence Simmons observes, “of beaches of encounter and boundary fences between self and savagery”–the topos of a landscape of liminality is crucial to the film (132), but I argue here that landscape, particularly the ocean itself, is also a liminal zone in that it metaphorically suggests a porous border between the realms of the symbolic and the real. Campion herself has intimated the psychic allegory subtended by the film’s re-presentation of the natural: “The bush has got an enchanted, complex, even frightening quality to it, unlike anything that you see anywhere else…. I was after the vivid, subconscious imagery of the bush, its dark, inner world” (qtd. in Bilborough 139). It is the “dark continent,” the psychic landscape of unconscious desire and (death) drive modulated as opposition to the life force represented in the physical landscape, that the film seeks to fathom. Precisely because an examination or problematization of subject construction within a colonial context is a central project of the film, the “beautiful” as a category of audience reception is problematized by making this beautiful setting the context for the territorial violence of the colonial expropriation of Maori land, as well as for sexual violence.

     

    The film presents a strange love story, but a love story set in a specific location, and in a specific historical, socio-political, and discursive context; moreover it is a love story that undoes itself. Ostensibly, Ada’s struggle is to achieve agency–faithfulness to her own desire–in a social and physical environment that hinders it. Noting some of the complicating subtexts of this struggle, Bridget Orr observes that “arguably, The Piano‘s feminocentric narrative seeks to recentre its female protagonist by writing her out of history into romance; to absolve her from settler guilt by linking her through an erotic economy to Maori” (149).

     

    There is evidently much contemporary appeal in this emancipatory narrative of gender as tied to the representation of nature. However, in articulating the natural environment and the national romance, Campion ironically invites the question whether her representation of the relationships among landscape and racial hierarchy and material conditions is not somewhat unreconstructed. In this sense, the film’s treatment of landscape is less than politically progressive. Anna Neill has rightly noted that “despite, or more precisely, because of the way the film’s luscious footage of remote bush trades in the exotic, it brings New Zealand right into the global economic arena, offering its hardly touched landscape up to the tourist’s (or foreign investor’s) eye” (137). However, Campion is aware that nature, as the “first” world of Maori culture, cannot be simply counterposed to pakeha or colonial civilization.

     

    Whether representing social arrangements such as marriage or expressions of the body such as desire, the film refuses to participate in the simple opposition of nature and culture. Thus the life force represented by the lush natural environment is contrasted not only with the deadening conformity of a dislocated European culture, but also with Ada’s “dark talent” for self-annihilation, which her father had presciently identified as fundamental to her being. This opposition of the death drive and life force is repeated in the mother-daughter pairing of the austere and “driven” Ada with the aptly named Flora, as a young girl full of life and as much at home in the landscape as Maori children.

     

    Denaturalization, I would suggest, is an overdetermined figure for the film: the denaturalization of identitarian and libidinal, as well as ontological, social, or epistemological objects. If landscape has often functioned to territorialize the imagined national identity, this denaturalization has a critical function. The liminal space of the colony is an appropriate context in which to dramatize the destabilizations of subject-position: Campion’s film works to destabilize identities or subject positions with regard to race and gender or sexual position in order to interrogate the relations between pakehas and Maoris, and to suggest that a colonial structure depends on the subordination and “feminization” or queering of Maoris, as well as on the subordination of women in a hierarchical structure. Colonialism is about racial and sexual oppression. The postcolonial setting of The Piano emphasizes that Stewart is a placeholder for bourgeois postcolonial white masculinity in New Zealand, an identity that is specifically in crisis.

     

    The political and economic inflections of this crisis are muted in the film, but it is clear that the location is not incidental. Linda Dyson has argued that the film “re-presents the story of colonization in New Zealand as a narrative of reconciliation.” Here in the periphery of the former empire, argues Dyson, “the film addresses the concerns of the dominant white majority… providing a textual palliative for postcolonial anxieties generated by the contemporary struggles over the nation’s past” (267). Dyson remarks that “the critical acclaim surrounding the film constructed The Piano as a feminist exploration of nineteenth-century sexuality and tended to ignore the way in which ‘race’ is embedded in the text” (267). The film rehearses a familiar Orientalist trope: Maoris are once again on the wrong side of the nature/culture, primitive/modern divide. They are “on the margins of the film as the repositories of an authentic, unchanging and simple way of life”–a paradise or “New Jerusalem” which could become the site for the self-regenerative project of the whites “energized by the utopian fantasy of building a society free of the political and economic divisions and inequalities of Europe” (268). The British Crown in 1840 actually signed the Treaty of Waitangi with five hundred Maori tribal leaders acquiring land from Maori, who in return could see this moment as marking their achievement of sovereign national status. The Crown did not honor the treaty, and Maori have frequently had to fight over the issue of land acquisition. The treaty has become a rallying point for a bicultural Maori Renaissance, but today, despite the worldwide recognition of Maori claims, they remain a peripheral people in political and social terms (269-70).

     

    Near the film’s conclusion, the relocation of Ada and Baines to a house in Nelson, because it is a landscape of apparent contentment, has misled some critics to conclude, reading the film’s own narrative too literally, that Ada has chosen “life” at the end of the film. Felicity Coombs and Suzanne Gemmell, the editors of what they themselves describe as “an authoritative collection” of criticism on the film (x), venture the editorial generalization that the film “establish[es]” a “colonial narrative” only to “disrupt” it “via the narrative machinations of romance, whereby desire transcends the unequal relations of power and, albeit violently, the colony releases the heroine to pursue her fortunes with her lover. Such an ending is a testament to the problematic terrain that the film must negotiate in order to resolve the converging post-colonial themes it employs en route” (viii-ix). Even critics who do not, against the evidence of the film’s ending, endorse a sentimental narrative of the integration of Ada within a completely fulfilling marriage to Baines in Nelson–and Dyson is a good example–undertheorize the film’s conclusion with regard to Ada herself. Dyson fails to underscore what I would argue is crucial–the imbrication of the sexual with the sociopolitical and postcolonial registers. I don’t wish to single out Dyson but to point up a blockage in the body of criticism of the film: that it inadequately conceptualizes the interlinkages even when it takes the trouble to mention them. The result is a substantial underinterpretation or a partial understanding. This essay demonstrates that such readings miss an important dimenson of irresolution: the crucial trajectory of the drive that retains, at least as fantasy, Ada’s passages to jouissance against the semblance of happy matrimony.

     

    Section II:
    A Beautiful Relationship or a Perverse Couple?

     

    In this section I discuss the film’s representation of Ada as desiring subject, a subject that also seeks access to the freedom to pursue an “other” satisfaction than the one she is officially granted within the family romance. My intention is to raise the question of why Ada seeks something beyond the limits of what looks like the best human love can offer: a relationship that grows into a non-exploitative, mutually respectful, and erotically complete arrangement, one that culminates in an apparently happy marriage with room for growth. This, as I indicated at the outset, is an issue around which the most vigorous debates about the film have raged: What does Ada want? What other satisfaction does she seek if she rejects marriage? Could marital bliss with a man who comes to love her be really all that she desires–and does the film’s power not lie in its unmasking of the power relations undergirding the institution of conventional marriage? Why does Ada consent to the “bargain” Baines proposes, which as he himself observes as the relationship develops, makes a “whore” out of her, if she is a figure on whom so many viewers have projected (cathected?) a passionate resistance to patriarchal relations? I will discuss these important issues. But first I want to re-emphasize here that ultimately it is the relationship with Baines that allows us to recognize Ada’s access to that satisfaction, so a consideration of Baines must be a part of any analysis of Ada’s dark talent, her drive toward satisfaction.

     

    The film received a great deal of attention as a riveting and profoundly disturbing portrait of a woman’s self-assertion. It has less frequently been discussed as an equally powerful representation of the remaking of masculinity in the postcolony. Many critics, while offering illuminating, complex, and even confessedly ambivalent and multiple readings of Ada (Barcan and Fogarty, for instance), underestimate the role of Ada’s partner, Baines, as though his desire were beneath serious consideration. Dyson, in an essay that is in many ways solid and helpful, focuses almost exclusively on Ada, missing a crucial dimension of the film by underestimating the significance of Baines’s borderline subjectivity and unorthodox libidinal impulses–although admittedly Campion herself cannot sustain the oddity of Baines’s “love” and too quickly contains it in a more conventional, tranquil domesticity, as if he had suddenly relinquished his journey toward going native and had become a respectable burgher in colonial garb, embracing a new domesticity in Nelson with Ada. Many other persuasive readings, such as Bridget Orr’s, that purport to be attentive to the “speaking subjectivity” and “accession to agency” of Ada as a resistant and “desiring subject,” underestimate the importance of Baines’s desiring subjectivity. Orr’s interpretation cannot go beyond noticing the film’s “final wish-fulfilling retreat from the ‘frontier,’ the back-blocks site of pioneer endeavour, to the gentility of Nelson, [which] concludes a process by which Baines is transformed into the sentimental hero of female desire, while Stewart is left alone in the bush” (149). The film in such accounts appears little more than a narrative, albeit an admittedly complex one, of a white man saved from going native by a process of something like embourgeoisement–a return to the settler colonial fold and a return to domesticity.

     

    I want to redirect exclusive attention from Ada onto her relationship with Baines, the perplexities of which are precisely the source of the puzzlement of even friendly feminist spectators with whom I align myself.5 I propose that a signal contribution of The Piano lies in its representation of the erotic attachment and detachment that constitute this relationship. The film is certainly gripping, but it is also unusual (and this is insufficiently emphasized in the critical reception of the film) in that here in the settler postcolony it is the white male subject (whiteness being the presumptively invisible marker of race)–represented by Stewart–who is represented as being in crisis. It is the white man in the film who, emerging from the nightmare of colonialism, seems in need of therapeutic transformation, not the distressed colonial black- or brown-skinned subject. But Baines too is a subject in crisis–except that he is in transition toward going native, as indicated by the unfinished moko on his face. So in a sense he is in a quite different psychosocial place from Stewart.

     

    There is a noticeable effort on the part of the filmmaker to point the way to the redemption of the white male colonial subject in the case of Baines. As the third element in the love triangle with Ada and Stewart, Baines is a pivotal figure whom Ada first resists as an “oaf” but gradually warms to when he turns out to have unsounded depths. In addition to transgressing the border of sexual identification, he also crosses cultural barriers, as Harvey Keitel states: “Baines has given up his culture–he’s not a pakeha and he’s not a Maori. He’s nowhere, looking for a place to be” (qtd. in Bilborough 143). If Baines is culturally borderline he is, even more intriguingly, sexually liminal. This is visually indicated in an early scene in which both a Maori woman and a young man “dressed as a woman” (Campion 53) make sexual overtures to him: clearly he appeals to both men and women, and this already introduces a degree of doubt about his desire, a doubt that is encouraged by the fact that he is living apart from his wife, who never appears in the film. But this visual index of his ambiguous sexuality does scant justice to the radically “border” status of Baines’s eroticized body in the film, and in some ways is really a red herring if it suggests a latent homosexuality: I argue that in his own way Baines wants “something else” too, like Ada.

     

    The need to complicate the structure of what Baines really wants as a subject is indicated in the screenplay of the film where Campion repeatedly describes Baines as a kind of radically innocent or culturally naive voluptuary, who desires neither an ordinary relationship of the kind consecrated in marriage nor a kind of crude sexual encounter, however sustained. Baines, I would argue, wants in some way to “suffer”–and to enjoy through the suffering, which is precisely the meaning of jouissance–the body of the other in this subjective sense. In her own screenplay directions, Campion repeatedly emphasizes Baines’s “odd sensual pleasure-taking” (Campion 61). When he has secured his “bargain” with Ada, we see an indication of what he really wants: “Twice he closes his eyes and breathes deeply. BAINES is experiencing an unpractised sense of appreciation and lust” (Campion 56; emphasis added). The discordant yoking together of “appreciation and lust” is an index of Campion’s struggle to demarcate the psychic territory of drive that she is trying to map–the territory one might say of a kind of “perverse couple.”6 She is entirely uninterested in either the hydraulics of sex or the soap operas of romance.

     

    Contrary to what some commentators insist, even the infamous “bargain” for the piano is something more or less than sexual harassment; and it is not simply rape (see Barcan and Fogarty 7). One reviewer, Kerryn Goldsworthy, even suggests the compact is of a kind that “doesn’t really have a name” (qtd. in Barcan and Fogarty 10). For one thing, Ada herself is actively bartering for her piano from the very beginning of the film, even before Baines says that he wants to “touch” her as she plays. Certainly it is Ada who approaches Baines to arrange for the piano to be retrieved from the beach, so that one could say that it is she who endows the piano with its commodity character (exchange value) as well as its symbolic value for her. Yet it is Stewart who, at the suggestion of Baines, barters piano lessons from Ada in exchange for land–and Baines approaches Stewart first with his proposal. At this initial phase Ada has little say in the bargain. Stewart has a key role, and he and Baines both treat her at least initially as a tradeable commodity–woman as a means of exchange between men. This homosociality complicates the bargain Ada and Baines strike together for the piano itself. Ada does not or cannot refuse the lessons, but neither does she communicate, even in writing to Stewart, how Baines queers the barter.

     

    A crucial turning point in the relationship is marked by the moment when she comes to find the mere fulfilling of the bargain without the erotic component unsatisfactory to her. By this time Baines has practically given the piano to her to his own disadvantage, so for Ada it is no longer just about winning back the piano, at least in the later stages of the game. As Neil Robinson correctly notices, Baines gives her the piano because he too has come to feel that the body cannot be enjoyed unless affect is also invested in it (31). Yet this is not to say that it is simply a matter of Ada and Baines growing fonder (in the sense of romantic love) of each other despite the “ugliness” of the barter–nothing makes this point more indisputable than the actual ending of the film, and this ending is emphatically not the scene of happy matrimony as so many have suggested. It is the frankly erotic nature of the terms that fuels their “love.” I would add that the apparent domestication, or taming, of Baines’s specific libidinal drive suggests a failure of energy or nerve on the part of the filmmaker–Campion’s interest in sustaining the symmetry of Baines’s drive appears to flag in comparison with her pointed concern to retain Ada’s exorbitant drive, which courses well beyond the boundary of bourgeois domesticity, as I argue below. Surely we have here a relationship that is more than the enforced prostitution of a desperate woman without choices by a sexually predatory male, even though there are elements of both prostitution and predation in play?

     

    I suggest that what is “more” is precisely the excess that I am trying to trace, particularly in Section III of the essay. It has to be acknowledged that the relationship grows as the story develops, but there is something about the ending of the film that suggests that ordinary bourgeois domesticity, no matter how emancipated the partners, does not speak the language of the drive, which is so crucial in fathoming Ada’s continuing urge to tarry with the negative even when she has available to her the sunny positive of married life in Nelson. It is an excess of the drive speaking through the body–the real body, and not just the fleshly. Explicitly and self-consciously, Campion plumbs the unconscious or extraconscious intelligence of the body:

     

    My exploration can be a lot more sexual [than if she had been writing in the nineteenth century], a lot more investigative of the power of eroticism, which can add another dimension. Because then you get involved in the actual bodyscape of it as well, because the body has certain effects, like a drug almost, certain desires for erotic satisfaction which are very strong forces too. (qtd. in Bilborough 140)

     

    Campion’s epigraph to the screenplay unwittingly captures something of this excess, although she elects a banal vocabulary: “the romantic impulse is in all of us,” she writes, “but it’s not part of a sensible way of living. It’s a heroic path and it generally ends dangerously. I treasure it in the sense that I believe it’s a path of great courage. It can also be the path of the foolhardy and the compulsive” (7). Campion’s monitory tone echoes Lacan’s account of the attraction of transgression. But the “romantic impulse” as conceived within the bourgeois ideal of happiness is a lure; for Lacan, love requires moving beyond a limit. Whatever Campion says, the film itself has complex resonances for a reader of Lacan.

     

    It would be perverse to suggest that Baines, and masculine sexuality, are more important in the film than the issue of feminine sexuality, or to focus on his desire to the exclusion of female desire in the film. And of course there are other women in the film besides Ada, and a discussion of the sexual economy in this colonial context cannot ignore the structural position of those other women within it. They help us to see Ada’s desire more clearly, if only by contrast. But they also complicate our understanding of Ada’s structural positioning in settler colonial society. Many of the other white women in the film are presented in rather complex hierarchies of race and class. One of the white women, Nessie, who has designs on Baines as in effect a bachelor (he is separated from his wife), is presented as infantile and a creature of petty jealousies and dreams. But even the white matriarch, Aunt Morag, is presented as gullible and controlling, hardly an attractive figure. Her gullibility is only redoubled when one recognizes to what extent she has incorporated settler colonial ideology. The native women have a natural vitality, but they and their men remain even more gullible than Morag and Nessie (as when the Maori in the audience are taken in by the shadow play performance of Bluebeard wielding an ax, in a foreshadowing of Stewart’s own act of chopping off Ada’s finger; the whites in the audience do not have the same reaction). In effect, Maori remain relegated to the natural world, outside of “culture,” that is to say opposed to the “civilized” world of the colonial white man. Under the colonial regime, natives and whites cannot occupy the same cultural space except as divided from each other. Baines straddles the border between the races, at least in the first half of the film, but ultimately he cannot bring it down, even in himself, which perhaps is why our final view of him is of him dressed again in white settler clothes. There is, in short, much that is troubling about the way Maori are presented in the film, although one does not have to go as far as a 1993 newsletter of the Coalition against Sexual Violence, which reviewed The Piano as a racist and even sexist film (Barcan and Fogarty 7).

     

    Campion is not entirely insensitive to race and class concerns. At some level the film also makes the white female colonial subject exorbitant to the colonial economy, since the film’s theme is resistance and agency. Ada and her daughter are able in the worst circumstances to carve out a zone of intensely private fulfillment and therefore an empowerment; this empowerment is not commensurate with the empowerment that would be available in the public sphere to women. The film also subtly ironizes the claims of Western modernity and civilization, suggesting that the white male postcolonial subject may redeem himself not by a return to the former metropolitan center but by way of a self-deconstruction. The film’s double project, then, is to trace the unmaking of postcolonial subjectivity and to imagine a radical reconceptualization of love–between subjects that are no longer merely subjects of desire. The film does give fresh meaning to the cliché that love requires the dissolution of the self by provocatively exploring the contours of an “inhuman” love as a constitutive contradiction of ordinary romantic love. Perhaps no film could fully succeed in such a project.

     

    The film works hard to save Baines from heteronormative conventionality as a subject. Unlike Stewart, whose desire for Ada is conventional and desperate, Baines’s desire for Ada appears tepid to a casual viewer. But if his desire seems attenuated, he is psychically driven by a lust for an “other satisfaction” that also drives Ada. Campion herself emphasizes the word “satisfaction” in this connection (qtd. in Bilborough 140) and explicitly indicates her interest in something like the drive as associated with satisfaction: “We grow up with so many expectations around [sex], that it’s almost like the pure sexual erotic impulse is lost to us” (qtd. in Bilborough 138). The film also eroticizes Baines’s body. In one charged scene, the nude Baines caresses Ada’s piano, while Campion’s camera’s gaze in turn “caresses” his buttocks, at eye level. Sue Gillett’s observation here is that “jealously [Baines] wishes to be the piano, to be the receiver of such rapturous touching,… to have such haunting music evoked in and through his own body, to tremble under the powerful cadences of [Ada’s] transcendence” (278-9). Yet Gillett says little about the nature of Ada’s transcendence or Baines’s wish to “be the piano.” The “other satisfaction,” according to Lacan’s formulae of sexuation, is available only to Woman. But Baines’s desire to “tremble,” the transcendence Baines “really wants,” is to enjoy and be enjoyed as Woman.

     

    Campion’s own notation is suggestive of Baines’s unusual orientation to jouissance: in the direction to a scene when Ada is playing contrary to Baines’s wishes, she writes, “Ada starts playing again; Baines feels powerless. He no longer admires her absorption with the piano, he is jealous of it” (67). In the notes to the scene in which Baines caresses the piano Campion hints at Baines’s aspiration to a kind of ec-stasy, or transcendence of the body: “As he wipes the smooth wood he becomes aware of his nakedness. His movements become slower until he is no longer cleaning, but caressing the piano” (49). And the film’s transgressive momentum lies in its ability to tease us into a beyond where even an inhuman love could be conceived as affording an other satisfaction, where “being played like the piano” might function as a figure for the play of the drive through the real body enjoying jouissance beyond the reach of “speaking being.” My attempt is to resituate that inhuman love at the heart of the film.

     

    The trajectory of Campion’s project involves a deconstruction and reconstruction of masculinity, as well as the deformation and retexturing of racialized postcolonial subjectivity. If the film has a purpose in refashioning postcolonial masculinity, it is precisely to offer an alternative to the violence (epistemological, existential, sexual, emotional), not only of colonialism but of conventional love. In his relations with Ada, the film seems to present Baines as being redeemed as a “sensitive” (“non-masculine”) man, a fool for love, in short the regenerate man of women’s melodrama. But this is an inadequate description. It turns out that his “hysterical” desire is not so much to love or have sex with Ada as to be loved. In Gillett’s words, “contravening the Oedipal logic of desire, Baines comes to the realization that his desire, crucially, has the passive aim ‘normally’ allotted to woman. His desire is for her desire” (282). His passivized–one might even call it masochistic–masculinity is a major theme of the film, in stark contrast to the violent and stereotypical phallic masculinity of Stewart. He rises out of the confines of his raced and gendered body, as well as beyond the confines of the Oedipal structure. I had earlier quoted a comment by Harvey Keitel to the effect that Baines is “looking for a place to be, and he finds it through his ability to suffer” (qtd in Bilborough 143). I want to read Baines’s desire to suffer as a desire to enjoy the body of the other through suffering–which is precisely the meaning of jouissance.

     

    Stewart’s entrapment in the melodramatic orthodoxy of bourgeois love, within the parameters of which he is condemned to being uncomplicatedly masculine, is understandable in terms of the arc of desire. But Baines’s fantasmatic ambition is clearly of another order, and the film fascinatingly makes us distinguish between Stewart’s and Baines’s dispositions to desire, by first soliciting the viewer’s identification with Stewart, followed by a disidentification, and therefore a return of the look to Baines’s strange positioning as a subject.7 The difference between these two pakeha men is also clear in that Stewart is much more anxious to retain some anchor for his endangered postcolonial masculinity, much more anxious not to open himself to feminization than is Baines. Stewart is defensive about all the markers of European superiority in matters of society and sexuality. By contrast, Baines is presented in the position of eroticized object, part of the film’s tactic (noted by Barcan and Fogarty) of offering female viewers opportunities for erotic identification that are rare in contemporary mainstream cinema (7). Stewart is anerotic; Baines becomes an erotic object not only for Ada but for the (female) viewer. But my point is not so much to dwell on the contrast between the two men, to condemn one and praise the other, as to mark the subtle way the film explores an alternative to the melodrama of love.

     

    More than being increasingly drawn to Baines (which is partly true), Ada finds herself increasingly drawn by Baines’s desire to be loved by her: “I want you to love me, but you can’t,” he says. This is in proportion to the degree to which she is repulsed by Stewart’s desperate and violent desire to possess her. Stewart’s desperation (metonymic of the pakeha‘s desperate confrontation with the fact of his own impotent interstitiality in the postcolony) is not lost on the Maori. Baines offers her the promise of a love that an ordinary (violent) man could never offer her. It is this promise, the film seems to suggest, that draws the elective mute out of her silence and her death wish–for it is clear that the typical heterosexual domesticity, marriage, or love she had previously been offered were among the aspects of a woman’s fate Ada was declining through her exorbitant silence.

     

    But it is precisely here that many astute observers and commentators, such as Gillett and Gordon, tend to turn the film into an exploration of issues of consent, rape, and Ada’s progression toward a sentimental love, even a love contained within the paradigm of bourgeois domesticity (see Gordon 197). But such interpretations, I have argued, make the film seem a rather simpler artifact than it is, set the viewer up for “disappointment” and, worse, obliterate a crucial “remainder” or “excess,” a conatus of negativity to which Ada cleaves and to which cleaves the sentimental narrative. The excess seems to be minimized even by those who, like Dyson, register Ada’s resistant performative. Dyson focuses on the presumed choice of “life” that Ada makes, ultimately undertheorizing both the excess as well as the issue of postcolonial masculinity that she also recognizes is at the heart of the film: “At the end of the film, Ada chooses ‘life’ after jumping overboard with her piano. She leaves the instrument (the symbol of European bourgeois culture) at the bottom of the ocean, thus severing her connection with the imperial centre and begins her life anew with her man who has already ‘gone native’” (268).

     

    On the contrary, I would suggest that if she renounces one instrument she also takes up another–that Baines becomes Ada’s instrument and Ada his. This is why Ada can ultimately renounce the piano, and not because Baines has given her marital bliss and love. This brings us closer to understanding why Ada, who has taken such a significant step in renouncing ordinary love and sexual relationships as having elected to go mute, should consent so readily to the strange compact with Baines. Even some critics such as Barcan and Fogarty, who find the category of romantic love apposite to describing Ada and Baines’s relationship, admit that it fails to capture something important about the “affective economy” of the relationship, and it is not just that this economy is “subtended by an economic one” (12). My sense is that Ada’s “surrender” has in the final analysis less to do with loving that particular man and more to do with finding, or at least seeking, a kind of pleasure–not love but a kind of jouissance. Nor is it Baines’s “actual lived body”–to use Donald Lowe’s phrase–that she wants to “enjoy” in jouissance.

     

    If the film disappoints, it is in losing track of Baines’s transgressive drive, his aspirations to jouissance, while Ada is permitted to remain complex and mysterious. The film also seems to leave underdeveloped the ethics of Baines’s transgressive performative, which is really a crucial foil to Ada’s performative.8 In the final moments of the film, her memory of jouissance persists as her subversive secret, interrupting the trajectory and temporality of melodrama and refusing the idyll of bourgeois domesticity. Yet Campion allows Baines to turn back into a frog, into a happily married white burgher, after having gone so far to save him from erotic and racialized conventionality. In part, this essay’s project is an anamnesis, or re-membering of Baines’s lost enjoyment. If we do not attend to Baines’s orientation to an other jouissance, we risk reading only his desire and misconstruing his relationship with Ada, just as we would if we read only Ada’s desire in her consenting to a “deal” to regain her piano and to a marriage with Baines.

     

    Readings that focus on desire are too reductive to account for the refractions of love that the film presents to us. After Stewart discovers what Ada has been doing instead of giving Baines piano lessons, he first tries to assault her, but since she coldly rejects him, he boards her up in the house with her daughter. Alone in her bed, she is seen kissing her own reflection in a hand mirror: this is neither narcissism nor an example of a woman newly in love. It is a portrait of a woman re-discovering a pleasure that exceeds its object or makes an accident of its object. At night, in bed with her daughter, she first lasciviously caresses the little girl and then, in a scene rarely commented on, approaches Stewart, running her hands over his chest and then between his buttocks. This is the first time she makes a sexual advance to Stewart, whom she has always rejected with phobic energy. But when Stewart reacts with relief admixed with panic, she turns away, and he finds himself unable to grasp the opportunity that has been his obsession: he is “unmanned” by this advance, as Campion tells us (92). Ada’s is not a gesture of rapprochement; she still denies him. Shortly afterwards, in a fit of jealous rage, Stewart chops off Ada’s index finger in a symbolic castration for which Baines will later try to compensate with a prosthesis of his own fashioning.9 But where is Ada’s jouissance? What does the woman want?

     

    Certainly phallic jouissance. But Ada seeks something else through Baines than what “Old dry balls” Stewart could offer. Were Ada simply “in love” with Baines, it would be strange for her to transfer desire onto her daughter and then, without missing a beat, onto Stewart. It is more productive to recognize in this strange recathexis an anamorphic emblem of the circuit of the drive as it seeks an other satisfaction in keeping with Lacan’s dictum that “all the needs of speaking beings are contaminated by the fact of being involved in an other satisfaction” (Four Fundamental 51). Clearly, it is not Stewart she wants, but erotic fulfillment; nor is he a stand-in for Baines, for sex with Baines is evidently quite as satisfying as one could expect it to be. Rather, we are witnessing here a token of the instrumentalization of love in the service of an other satisfaction, and Campion’s notation confirms that “Ada seems removed from Stewart as if she has a separate curiosity of her own” (Campion 90). Ada wants to be a subject not wholly defined by the Other’s desire–to be what Fink calls a “subject [that is] someThing else” (“Desire” 37).

     

    If we take Baines’s own pleasure as seriously as Ada’s drive toward satisfaction, it is hard to ignore the fact that while there is clearly some sympathy and affection that Baines feels for Ada, there is also, from the beginning, something radically narcissistic in Baines’s desire to be looked at with the gaze of love, to “be the piano.”10 In truth, from his perspective too this is a non-reciprocal relationship, not constrained within the paradigm of melodrama. Baines does not want only romantic love, any more than Ada thinks good sex or good companionship negates her misgivings about sexual relationships within patriarchy or about marriage and its social meaning within the Oedipal paradigm. A description of the forms of their jouissance requires a different structure.

     

    Section III:
    Not Courtship But Courtly Love

     

    If I have returned to this film that has already been discussed at such length, it is in part because of a dissatisfaction with the discussion I have already described, but also because of the lessons to be gleaned from Campion’s suggestive exploration of the psychic economy of love. Some of these lessons are anticipated by the Lacanian distinction between romantic courtship and courtly love. Sam Neill, who plays Stewart, observes that “this film explores both the desperate and the wonderful things that happen between men and women in a way that’s not often done in films. And these things make for moments of sublime ecstasy and moments of the most terrible fear, of terror. It’s been pretty scary territory to be acting in–it helps to have had a little life experience” (qtd. in Bilborough 147). Life experience provides, if nothing else, a recognition that we never find a total, blissful love. We contrast this actually experienced imperfection of human love with what one might call the myth (myths being something other than mere falsehoods) of a perfect, and therefore inhuman, love.

     

    A useful framework for understanding the irregular dispositions of the two main characters toward pleasure or jouissance is Jacques Lacan’s psychoanalytic adaptation of “courtly love.” While courtly love may appear to be an outmoded discursive paradigm, it can help us to grasp something of the real power of the film’s representation of Ada’s strange relationship with Baines.11 What’s more, the admittedly extreme artificiality of courtly love today is precisely its strongest recommendation because it defamiliarizes the category of bourgeois sexual relationship afresh and reperspectivizes the overdetermination of Baines’s cultural and sexual liminality as well.

     

    Within the optics of courtly love’s categories adapted to a psychoanalytic understanding, we need no longer agonize over whether Baines and Ada are involved in a romance or a rape, or whether they really find domestic bliss in Nelson. Ada’s strange compact with Baines comes into sharper focus as neither simply the quid pro quo of desire, nor a reciprocation of exactly contrapuntal trajectories of desire. It is rather a mutual a-relational groping after jouissance that is nevertheless supported by the scaffolding of a relationship. How else might we explain the fact that images of Ada’s near-drowning intrude immediately after the scenes of her new, happily married life with Baines? Why does Ada not choose between these two “endings”? What is this trace of trauma that is nurtured by Ada in the midst or embrace of married bliss?

     

    Ada’s settling into married life with Baines is certainly shocking in its bathos and tameness.12 “Feminist friends,” Gillett writes, “have criticized the film for offering [an] apparent return [at the end of the film] to sexual conventionality” (280); but as Gillett observes, this is not really the “end” of the film:

     

    The seeming closure offered by the domestic ending is only temporary. It is immediately undercut by another vision: Ada’s body is floating underwater above her piano, Victorian dress ballooning around her. The return to this second image, coming so soon after Ada’s rescue from drowning, unsettles the happily-ever-after of the couple, not in that it forebodes an end to this happiness but in its recognition of the insistent presence of another territory and mode of experience. (281; emphasis added)

     

    In part agreeing here with Gillett, I argue that this “other territory” is the territory of the Lacanian real (distinguished from the symbolic and the imaginary). The image of a delicious death is not merely “consign[ed]… to fantasy” (Bruzzi 266; emphasis added); it irrupts into the idyll of the actual, disappointing Gillett’s “feminist friends,” perhaps, but redeeming the melodramatic bourgeois idyll of love through the anamorphotic ideal of courtly love in the real. Apparently some viewers–like Gillett–have the experience of being “affected… very deeply” by the film, “entranced, moved, dazed” (Gillett 286). But if those feminist viewers were often nonplussed or felt betrayed first by Ada’s participation in the not very feminist “bargain” and then by her apparent scuttling of the narrative of feminine resistance by acquiescing to a conventional and conventionally happy marriage to Baines, could it not have been because they had the experience but missed the meaning? That they underestimated the tour de force of Ada’s displacement, her anamorphosis, of “love” from the actual to the real, even if they acknowledged that, like Gillett herself, they felt that they had visited “another territory,” and therefore felt “reluctant to re-enter the everyday world after the film had finished” (286; emphasis added)?

     

    The last moments of the film do seem a letdown. But as I have already suggested, it is not so much because Ada settles into a conventional settler marriage, “a sensible way of living,” in Campion’s equally sensible phrasing. In some minor respects the film is bathetic because, even if Ada retains at least the memory of jouissance as a subversive secret splitting the temporality of the film, the film loses track of Baines‘s jouissance. Baines has a crucial role in enabling Ada’s passage to jouissance and her safe passage back from what otherwise could be annihilation for her. Like the knight of courtly love, his service to his lady is to enable her access to “enjoyment,” jouissance–an “other” satisfaction. They are partners in supporting each other, “renouncing” romantic love as well as taking satisfaction through each other.13

     

    Lacan’s formulae of sexuation suggest that an other satisfaction is theoretically available to the position “Woman,” even if no actual women experience it. “Woman” is a category under erasure. The Woman is an empty category. But that is what makes possible the fantasy of occupying that position. As fantasy, it can be indulged equally by anatomical men and anatomical women. In theorizing the problem to which courtly love offers an alternative, Lacan says that there is no sexual relation: “the only basis of analytic discourse is the statement that there is no–that it is impossible to pose–sexual relation” (qtd. in Heath 53). In the Lacanian misprision of the paradigm of courtly love, the Woman is coded as the Lady, the obscure object of the courtly lover who must renounce sexual relations (not the same thing as “the sexual relation”) with her. To “have” her he must forgo her. But in what sense does the courtly lover forgo her?

     

    The Anamorphosis of Anamorphosis

     

    Everybody “falls in love” sometime, as the song goes; people fall in and out of love, experience its successes and its failures, and sex has its place. How is courtly love different? If Lacan’s disillusioned perspective (that there is no sexual relation) is meaningful, what does the distance between everyday or ordinary notions of love and Lacan’s technically evacuated category of love and the sexual relation signify? In the first place, as Charles Shepherdson puts it, “sexuality” is not completed–does not achieve satisfaction–in sexual intercourse. Rather, if we remember the Lacanian distinction between the object of need and the object of demand, “the first being necessary to biological life, the second designating an object that belongs to the field of the Other,” sexuality “emerges in the difference between need and demand, and… its object and its modes of satisfaction, are distinct from the satisfaction of biological need,” although sexuality may find expression as the bodily inscription of demand (139). Sexuality is “not all” contained in the symbolic register, but exceeds the law. The excess can be enjoyed only by God or Woman, both of which are structural positions and not people. Since ordinarily women never experience this excessive jouissance, and since the structural position “Woman” is under erasure, Woman’s completion occurs in the real where the sexed Other obtains. Courtly love formulates this (phantasmatic) perfected love as anamorphosis. If the inamorata, the Lady of courtly love, is allowed access to a real jouissance with the real sexed God, then the courtly lover, or knight, might also be imagined as wishing for a real jouissance and completion according to the Lacanian formula “There is some One.”

     

    But I want to disfigure even this anamorphotic figure of courtly love, and to suggest that the courtly lover’s goal may be not the Lady (even as sublimated) but her real jouissance: her experience that “There is some One” (‘Y a de l’un). The Piano points obliquely to this insight by making Baines an instantiation of the anamorphic courtly lover. What the sexually liminal Baines “really wants” (unconsciously fantasizes) is to enjoy the jouissance of Woman, as though he occupied the empty position. The film represents this anamorphically in the attenuation of his desire. Baines seems to recognize the impossibility of love (“I want you to love me but you can’t,” he tells her, more truly than even he understands) and the inevitable failure covered over in love by what we usually call the “consummation” of love, namely the coming together, in sexual union, of the lovers. He “chooses” to renounce that always imperfect love, his act of abnegation mirroring the much more obvious election of silence on Ada’s part, for a higher, more ritualized and purer love–in short, an anamorphosis of ordinary love. It is in this sense that the courtly lover, here represented by Baines, forgoes romantic love with the lady–but one “forgoes” only in the hope of attaining some higher goal.

     

    Ordinary romantic love is circumscribed in the ambit of desire, converging there with, at best, what Lacan would call “phallic” jouissance, which can be experienced by women as well as men, in sex. By contrast, courtly love, precisely because it is a formal, ritual sacrament that displaces God in the realm of jouissance, affords a satisfaction that love could never promise. (This ability finally to enjoy enjoyment [Fink, “Desire and the Drives” 41] is something even a thinker of the order of Marx could miss in the admittedly odd arrangement called courtly love.)14 Desire and satisfaction are really at odds in romantic love and ordinary sex; Lacan notes that most adults never want to wake up–“when something happens in their dreams that threatens to cross over into the real, it distresses them so much that they immediately awaken… they go on dreaming” (Seminar XX 53). Fink observes that the later Lacan of The Four Fundamental Concepts does not argue that the subject who has traversed his most basic fantasy in order to live out the drive [vivre la pulsion] “becomes a kind of non-stop pleasure-seeking machine, but rather that desire stops inhibiting the subject from obtaining satisfaction” (41). Desire is also “a defense against satisfaction” (43). You can have your cake and eat it.

     

    Courtly love, as an anamorphosis of ordinary love, obviates the premises of romantic love and the usual laments of “sublunary” lovers. It shows how for Baines Ada is something more, or less, than a woman he falls for and seduces, just as it shows that Ada is after something that is not “in” Baines. The principle of courtly love is a kind of abnegation of ordinary completion or consummation, a denial from the outset of what ordinary lovers are said to pine for. Then why do they have sex? How, to return to one of the key questions I posed above, should we read the sexual relationship of the couple, which has caused such flutter even among the film’s more sophisticated commentators?

     

    I would argue that as mere mortals Baines and Ada can hardly help seeking satisfaction through sex and romantic love–but that is not where satisfaction obtains, and they “know” this without perhaps understanding it. As Lacan writes in Seminar XX, “all the needs of speaking beings are contaminated by the fact of being involved in an other satisfaction… that those needs may not live up to” (51).15 That men and women couple or marry does not mean that they have contradicted the Lacanian nostrum that there is no sexual relation. The failure of the sexual relation is inevitable because, as Lacan’s formulae of sexuation suggest, it is only God as a sexed Other who perfects the sexual relation and the jouissance of the Woman. This sexed God is not the Christian God but is “unsignifiable” in speech, beyond language, in Serge André’s terms (91). “The sexual act of coitus,” André goes on to say,

     

    takes on then the figure of an eternal missed act where repeatedly the absence of the sexual relation, the failure to reunite the subject with the Other to form one body, is verified. The resulting satisfaction can only be defined as the failure of the jouissance of the body and the return to the jouissance of the organ. Lacan gives to it a pretty name: jouissance of the idiot–‘idiot’ should be understood according to its Greek root–that is to say, jouissance that can do without the Other” (98).

     

    The sexual act of coitus remains the “figure of an eternal missed act,” writes André (91), represented in courtly love’s eternal deferral of union between lover and Lady. In this (missed act), satisfaction “can only be defined as the failure of the jouissance of the body and the return to the jouissance of the organ”–but this obtains only if the Other can be killed off, and castration refused. The is an anamorphosis of the inhuman love in which the drive would find an other satisfaction, and in which the Woman would find her real partner, not just the Other’s desire with whom all castrated beings must deal. In the film, the anamorphosis of love reveals-and-conceals that what binds the lovers is that they are each after “someThing else” (Fink, “Desire and Drive” 37): this pursuit of “someThing else” is operative at the level of fantasmatic drive.

     

    The fact that Baines and Ada actually have sex is thus merely the predictable human attempt to achieve an ideal, or it represents a conscious or unconscious covering-over or endless deferral (tuxn) of the recognition of the ideal’s unachievabliity. Men and women want to sleep together because “in fact, they want ‘encore,’ to unite with the real Other, even if they are supposed to know that the latter is out of reach,” André writes (97). And furthermore:

     

    Post coitum omne animal triste,” the saying goes. But it should be corrected in the sense that only the speaking being has a fundamental reason to experience some sadness. In fact, only for him alone can aiming toward the Other and failing to reach it make any sense. Language, in short, does not keep its promises: it makes us believe in the Other and by the same token takes it away from us; it evokes the horizon of a jouissance of the body, but makes it inaccessible to us. Sexual jouissance can only connote dissatisfaction. (98)

     

    The sadness of the speaking being is the inevitable end(point) of the sexual relation, which as Lacan insists “does not take place” (Lacan, Feminine Sexuality 138). The other jouissance is by definition beyond. The heuristic frame of courtly love psychoanalytically interpreted allows us to negotiate the question of satisfaction, jouissance, in connection with the status and signification of the body.

     

    My emphasis on Ada’s jouissance and drive is not intended to suggest that her desire is inoperative–precisely the contrary. Ada’s desire, however, points beyond itself. Playing Ada, Holly Hunter was conscious that Campion “was very brave in holding out for a more original kind of sexuality and sensuous quality in Ada” (qtd. in Bilborough 149). And in her analysis of the film, Gordon herself acknowledges that there is indeed a “something else“–not just desire–that circulates in the film, although her gloss on it is somewhat different from the one I have given it above:

     

    On first reading “The Piano debate,” I was struck by the curious sense that something else had gone missing, in addition to… [the] loss of a referent for the negativity that the film entertains in its account of female desire. Something both more and less than the brutal violence (attempted rape, “castration”) depicted onscreen: “more” because the film stages a potentially unlimited replay of that violence as an affect [sic] of cinematic spectatorship; and “less” because the final violation of the woman’s body is rehearsed at repeated moments of spectatorship within the film. (193-94)

     

    It turns out that while she draws upon Freud and Lacan, all Gordon means by negativity is “the mechanism by which destructiveness can exert a threat on, and provide the means for, the subject” (194). Her interest is to suggest that “to the extent that [the film] provides a commentary on the negativity of female desire and female spectatorship… this negativity is inextricable from the sexually differentiated dynamics of cinematic looking” (197).

     

    Ada’s renunciation of speech (a “negativity” that permits self-assertion for Ada) represents something like an intuitive grasp of André’s point that

     

    the fact of being caught in language implies a loss for the human being at the level of the body–as much of his body as of the body of the Other. This loss appears as a loss of being whose tongue carries its trace: one does not say of man that he is a body, but rather that he has a body. By the fact that he speaks, the human being is no longer a body: a disjunction is introduced between the subject and his body, the latter becoming an external entity from whom the subject feels more or less separated. The subject that the effect of language brings into existence is as such distinct from the body. What remains for him is to inhabit it or to reach that of the Other. But he can only do so by way of the signifier, since it is the signifier that, to start with, tells us that we have a body, indeed, induces in us the illusion of a primordial body, of a being-body prior to language. Language intervenes between subject and body. This intervention constitutes at the same time an access and a barrier: access to the body insofar as it is symbolized, and a barrier to the body insofar as it is real. [André 94; emphasis added]

     

    This account better approximates Ada’s experience of the disjunction between body and speech. The disjunction is absolutely central to her character. Ada has renounced speech. And as Campion herself has stated, the conceit of making Ada an elective mute is at one level not some grand feminist statement but merely the result of a formal decision about how to make the piano figure as a larger presence in the film: “I felt that if [Ada] couldn’t speak, the piano would mean so much more to her” (qtd. in Barcan and Fogarty 8). Nevertheless, to say that she “communicates through her piano, and that is why she does not need to speak” is to make only the most banal observation about her uncanny ability to divorce body and speech, and fails to address the enormous power of the film to speak, at least to women, of a specifically gendered muting. Campion also says that Ada’s muteness makes her “sexier”; this has been interpreted “both as fashionably feminist, for example, by Neil Jillett, and as alarmingly conservative” (Barcan and Fogarty 8).

     

    In any case, it is inaccurate to say that the piano says in music what Ada cannot say in speech. It would be more accurate to say that the function of the piano represents the insight that art, as Julia Kristeva puts it, enables the “flow of jouissance into language” and that music in particular connects us “directly to the otherwise silent place of its subject” (167). But even this optimistic and harmonious metaphor does not capture Ada’s access to jouissance, which occupies another place from the place occupied by music in her life, as I trust my analysis will show. The piano is not just her way of communicating. The music is, for one thing, not Ada’s own, although Michael Nyman, who based his compositions on Scottish folk and popular songs, also intended the pieces to be received as Ada’s repertoire “as if she had been the composer” (qtd. in Coombs 92). As Kirsten Thompson has demonstrated in her fine essay on the film, the progression of Ada’s complicated relationship with Baines, and as I would argue the progression of erotic complications of her libidinal investments, “is charted through the narrative structuring of six piano lessons, the final one of which ends with the two making love. The subtle transformations are marked in this relationship by the shift in the music played by Ada, beginning with scales (first visit), Silver Fling (the first lesson), Big My Secret (the second lesson), and The Attraction of the Pedaling Ankle (the third lesson)” (71). Other key moments are also marked by music, again mostly that of Michael Nyman. As I noted at the outset of this essay, in crucial scenes the music has an extradiegetic presence. The thawing of Ada’s resistance to Baines, her choice to open herself to him, is signaled by “A Bed of Ferns,” a nondiegetic melody (75) accompanying a dolly shot that focuses on Ada, who is facing away from the camera. This allows the camera’s “eye” to enter the whirlpool of her coiled hair in a Hitchcockian reference, indicating the intensification of her erotic energies. That she now wants Baines’s attention is signaled by yet another brief melody, “Little Impulse,” when she looks around to see if Baines is watching her, and stops because he is not. Perhaps the most stirring accompaniment occurs in the sequence when Stewart takes one of Ada’s playing fingers with his ax, to the score of the again appropriately titled “The Sacrifice,” played very loudly. Other important musical accompaniments include Chopin’s “Prelude in E,” as Allen reminds us (54), and the especially apposite title “The Heart Asks Pleasure First.” Again, the piano does not simply “stand in” for Ada’s lost voice in a simple compensatory relationship, for that would imply that the melodic strains of the piano adequately contain Ada’s “big secret.” On the contrary, as I argue, Ada’s drive toward “pleasure” is in excess of such harmonious equations.

     

    Not only does Ada’s daughter translate for her, but more importantly with Ada it is almost as if her body, not just her piano, “speaks.” She tells Flora that with Flora’s father, her teacher, “I didn’t need to speak, I could lay thoughts out in his mind like they were a sheet.” Ada’s relinquishment of the speech of the physical body is a metonymy for her choice of jouissance over language as support of subjectivity. But the choice cannot be final: only an inhuman being could dwell in or with jouissance. There is something homologous in her dilemma and in the “lethal factor” that characterizes the Lacanian “alienating vel” between Being and Meaning. Lacan suggests that the concept of the vel, derived from Hegel, describes a (non-)choice framed as “Your money or your life” or “Your freedom or your life” or “freedom or death”–choosing one the subject loses the other; there is no good choice (Four Fundamental 211-13).

     

    Ada is a being for death much the way Lacan’s Ethics seminar (number VII) situates Antigone between two deaths, at the limit or 16 She arrives and stays at this limit at the film’s conclusion as a result of her calculated traversal (which implies both formal denial and “crossing through”) of the choice between acquiescing completely to the bourgeois and sentimental idyll of marital bliss with Baines, and surrendering completely to the other, darker bliss she has already tasted in the depths of the ocean. It is this traversal that many critical approaches miss. Understanding Ada’s jouissance is facilitated by the Lacanian (dis)articulation of desire and drive because we find ourselves continually having to discriminate between Ada’s absence of diegetic speech and her extradiegetic speech that is saturated with negative passion (and for Stewart with palpable force); we are similarly confronted repeatedly by the contrast between the stunted or restricted desire of Ada’s physical body and the excessive and transgressive drive of her real body, and by the division between the real body and the fleshly body.

     

    The Heart Asks Pleasure First

     

    What would it mean for a human being to aspire to or to approximate a perfect bliss–to respond to the demand encapsulated in the title of one of The Piano‘s signature musical pieces by Nyman, “The Heart Asks Pleasure First”? If the “heart” asks pleasure first, what is the nature of its demand? Do we not see here the demand of the drive, rather than some sentimental notion of romantic love? Wouldn’t “pleasure” construed in the radical sense of jouissance, a sense that is apposite in the film, be at once total ecstasy and terror–like the experience of trauma?

     

    When we mention trauma, we are already in the realm of the unconscious. To pursue this question I consider here the role of the body in Ada’s erotic investments. There is also the matter of the subject, however, a linguistic effect. That (always divided) subject is the subject of desire, $<>a. But at the structural level of drive there is no identification as desiring subject. A freeing of drive entails desubjectivation of the signified subject. Parallel to the distinction between desire and the drive is that between the “actual lived body” that experiences the failed sexual relation and the real body that could enjoy an other jouissance. Jouissance obliterates being: for where there is jouissance there is only a real body.

     

    The split between the ontic body and the real body appears most clearly when Stewart has an uncanny experience with this voiceless “speech.” As she is recuperating from having her finger chopped off by Stewart, he tries to rape her. But he is stopped in his tracks by her black stare and her disembodied voice, which seems to strike him on his forehead. “I am frightened of my will,” she says, “Let Baines try to save me.” What is this disembodied voice but a “real” body’s language, a body for which the will (or drive) has a kind of suprasubjective status? This traumatic moment of physical mutilation is tied to the equally traumatic event of near-drowning; in both she is situated at a limit, between will and aphanisis. In the latter scene, following her will (or her drive), which her father had already diagnosed as her “dark talent,” she allows herself to be dragged off a boat by her own piano. As Campion details the moment, the force of the drive is neatly emblematized as a “fatal curiosity”: “As the piano splashes into the sea, the loose ropes speed their way after it. Ada watches them snake past her feet and then, out of a fatal curiosity, odd and undisciplined, she steps into a loop” (Campion 120-21). Slipping into the ocean depths she enjoys a kind of jouissance until she kicks away the rope and allows herself to be saved from the completion of the death drive’s circuit–or should we say that the symbolized body reasserts itself against the real body’s jouissance. Back on the boat of life she “says” in her spectral voiceover, “What a death! What a chance! What a surprise!” (Campion 121; see also Campion and Pullinger 214).

     

    One could call Ada a masochist. Baines, too, has corresponding masochistic traits.17 The masochist’s question is, in André’s words, about “knowing what is experienced by the body that the other enjoys through whiplashes or signifiers” (100)–or actually enjoying what the other enjoys. Lacan observes that “Man cannot reach Woman without finding himself run aground on the field of perversion” (qtd. in André 100); André explains, “the masochistic man manifests something on the order of a feminine position…. The masochist is woman or tries hard to be one” (101). A masochistic courtly lover, Baines sublimates the Lady at one level, and at another desublimates her in order to occupy her place as desubjectivated subject of drive. He recognizes that the enjoyment he seeks is not sexual relation. Baines, too, wants to enjoy as Woman. Thus Baines’s subjectivity is, like Ada’s, constituted not so much in terms of desire as in terms of drive. And he understands very clearly that enjoyment is only for a “body” that is not simply the biological organism. As we have seen, only the Woman under erasure can enjoy such enjoyment. From Baines’s point of view, Ada as a woman merely embodies the metaphor of the Other, something made clear in André’s theorization: “If a woman can incarnate the body that the subject tries in vain to unite with, it is because woman, or the body of woman, has the value of the metaphor of the Other to which there is no signifiable relation: like the Other, the woman is discompleted, not-all subjected to the signifying law” (97).18 Baines does not want so much to seduce Ada or even to love her as to be loved, to be in the gaze, in psychoanalytic terms. Now it becomes clear that even though he can say in the film that “I want you to care for me, but you can’t” he is in love, as they say, with love. He does not merely desire–and now it becomes clear why Gillett is less than precise when she writes that “His desire is for her desire” (282). Gillett herself recognizes that things are more complex:

     

    Baines calls the bargain [between Ada and himself] to end, realizing that he cannot buy, and Ada cannot sell, the personal connection, the experience of love, which he desires. Her desire, which he desires, does not exist in market terms: “I am giving the piano back to you. I’ve had enough. The arrangement is making you a whore and me wretched.”

     

    Irigaray writes: “The economy of desire–of exchange–is man’s business.” Baines experiences the poverty of this economy. He yields to this knowledge, allowing it to make him sick…. Baines’s experience of his own femininity does not lead to a usurping of the feminine for the bolstering of a threatened masculinity at the expense of the woman herself. It is effected through both an imaginative inquiry into Ada’s experience and an acceptance of his own lack of power with regard to the otherness presented by her, and leads him to turn away from the appropriative aims of a phallicly defined masculinity. (282-83; emphases added)

     

    But Gillett does not pursue (or fully grasp?) the implications of her own observations. What, for instance, are the parameters of Baines’s “imaginative inquiry” into Ada’s experience? To what extent is he himself able to enter a non-phallic, feminine “experience”? I would submit that the model of courtly love offers the best answer. Baines does idealize Ada, but this idealization is what enables Baines to enjoy the experience of love. He does not merely desire Ada’s sexual body. If the Lacanian Woman-under-erasure enjoys jouissance, she also knows that the sexual relation is impossible. It is because Baines knows this too, at some level, that he idealizes Ada. What motivates Baines, even if he does not recognize this, is the drive–he embodies the Lacanian understanding, perhaps not entirely consciously or self-reflexively, that “it is not heterosexual genital reproductive sexuality that is sought by the drives, but a partial object that provides jouissance” (Fink 41). This is a central issue in the eroticization of Baines’s colonial male body. His orientation to love evokes the paradoxical questions posed by André: “Why does Achilles pursue the tortoise, why does a man relentlessly seek Woman, why does the subject drive himself crazy to rejoin his body?” (96). Baines’s wish to enjoy as Woman is tellingly evoked when he crawls under the piano as Ada plays. He asks her to hike up her Victorian skirt higher and higher and closes his eyes rapturously–Campion in her directions uses the word “enthralled” (57)–and inserts his finger through a hole in her black stocking, under which lies the blankness of her skin. It is as if this were the black hole through which the impossible Thing could be accessed, but also kept at bay.

     

    Narcissism and Renunciation: Self-Reflexivity and Self-Silencing

     

    Baines wants to “enjoy” a jouissance, a state of being in the gaze, a gaze here instantiated as the gaze of a woman he has idealized as the Lady of courtly love, Ada. But what is the nature of this idealization? Zizek reminds us that the Lady of courtly love is idealized in the sense of becoming an “inhuman partner,” as she is raised to the status of das Ding.19 Furthermore, there is a certain sublime narcissism about Baines’s sublimation of Ada that is frequently missed. Lacan glosses the narcissistic dimension of the sublimation of the Lady as das Ding:

     

    The object in front of us, our anamorphosis, will also enable us to be precise about something that remains a little vague in the perspective adopted, namely, the narcissistic function…. The element of idealizing exaltation that is expressly sought out in the ideology of courtly love has certainly been demonstrated; it is fundamentally narcissistic in character. (Seminar VII 151)

     

    If Woman is the limit of courtly love, das Ding, the courtly lover attempts to place himself at that limit, which means going beyond the Lady. It is by a kind of anamorphosis that the courtly lover’s position coincides with that of the Woman of the sexuation graph–not that of the Lady of courtly love. (Lacan defines anamorphosis as that which “geometral researches into perspective allow to escape from vision” [Four Fundamental 87].) There is something essentially unself-reflexive about this narcissistic becoming Woman in jouissance, something exemplified by St. Theresa:

     

    As for Saint Theresa–you only have to go and look at Bernini’s statue in Rome to understand immediately that she’s coming, there is no doubt about it. And what is her jouissance, her coming from? It is clear that the essential testimony of the mystics is that they are experiencing it but know nothing about it. (Lacan, Feminine Sexuality 147)

     

    This theme of unself-consciousness is crucial–one cannot have jouissanceas well as self-reflexivity about knowledge. Lacan writes,

     

    There is a jouissance proper to her, to this “her” which does not exist and which signifies nothing. There is a jouissance proper to her and of which she herself may know nothing, except that she experiences it–that much she does know…. The woman can love in the man only the way in which he faces the knowledge he souls for. But as for the knowledge by which he is, we can only ask this question if we grant that there is something, jouissance, which makes it impossible to tell whether the woman can say anything about it–whether she can say what she knows of it. (Feminine Sexuality 144-45, 159)

     

    I bring up this point about unself-reflexivity to suggest why the filmmaker instinctively insists on Baines’s illiteracy, his “oafishness”–to employ the terms of Ada’s initial reaction to him. It is precisely because he makes no pretense to knowledge, mastery, control, understanding, and power, because he does not question Ada’s own deliberate self-silencing and self-disempowerment, that Ada finds the route to her own jouissance through him, and he through her. Through the operation of das Ding, they both “[come] to desire death” as Lacan puts it (Seminar VII 83). Ada, too, renounces knowledge in favor of the delicious surrender to the possibility of jouissance (most explicitly when faced with the prospect of drowning). Ada and Baines are thus linked in their renunciation of self-reflexivity: their “non-knowledge or even… anti-knowledge” is in fact an epistemological vel, just as there is a vel between meaning and being.20 It could be argued that both Ada and Baines choose “being” over “meaning,” just as they seek jouissance over desire. But the point about non-knowledge must not be precipitated into a question merely of feminist resistance.

     

    For Mary Ann Doane, ultimately, “the question is why the woman must always carry the burden of the philosophical demonstration, why she must be the one to figure truth, dissimulation, jouissance, untruth, the abyss, etc., why she is the support of these tropological systems–even and especially anti-metaphysical or anti-humanistic systems” (Femmes Fatales 74). Thus for Doane, but not for me, the issue is a matter of a return of the look:

     

    Usually, the placement of a veil over a woman’s face works to localize and hence contain dissimulation, to keep it from contaminating the male subject. But how can we imagine, conceive her look back? Everything would become woven, narrativized, dissimulation. Derrida envies that look [and, as Doane suggests, Lacan as well: c.f. Lacan’s “invidia“]…. It would be preferable to disentangle the woman and the veil, to tell another story. As soon as the dichotomy between the visible as guarantee and the visible as inherently destabilized, between truth and appearance, is mapped onto sexual difference, the woman is idealized, whether as undecidability or jouissance. The necessary incompletion or failure of the attempt to leave behind the terms of such a problematic is revealed in the symptomatic role of the woman, who takes up the slack and becomes the object of a desire which reflects the lack that haunts theory. (75; emphasis added)

     

    Placing the emphasis elsewhere, I suggest that at least in courtly love, which I am treating without evaluative prejudice as a rarefied and “purified” form of love as such, the idealization of the woman as Lady is not the real issue. Certainly the Lady in courtly love is idealized, elevated to sublimity as das Ding. But the “completion” of love occurs in the real, at the level of jouissance, for it is impossible in the actual.

     

    The Sublimated Lady and the Acephalous Subject

     

    Zizek cautions that it is not enough to rehearse commonplaces about the differences between the Lady of courtly love and actual women, and that it will not do to say merely that the Lady in courtly love “stands for the man’s narcissistic projection which involves the mortification of the actual, flesh-and-blood woman.” Instead, he says, we must address the larger question about narcissism: “where does that empty surface come from, that cold, neutral screen which opens up the space for possible projections? That is to say, if we are to project onto the mirror our narcissistic ideal, the mute mirror-surface must already be there. This surface functions as a kind of ‘black hole’ in reality, as a limit whose Beyond is inaccessible” (97).

     

    The Lady of courtly love is idealized; indeed she is idealized away, beyond the point of sexual consummation. She functions as das Ding that covers the hole in the real. But in the real she allows the courtly lover, the chevalier or knight, a kind of jouissance that is beyond phallic jouissance. But it is available only to an acephalous subject, or a subject who is not construed as a desiring subject. Perhaps it would be useful to specify further the nature of that idealization and that acephalousness. As Fink writes:

     

    What Lacan comes to see in the later stage of his work is that the unconscious desire is not the radical, revolutionary force he once believed it to be. Desire is subservient to the law! What the law prohibits, desire seeks. It seeks only transgression, and that makes desire entirely dependent on the law (that is, the Other) that brings it into being… we can say that desire remains inscribed… within the Other, while the subject is someThing else [sic]. (“Desire and the Drives” 37)

     

    What is that “someThing else”? How can it escape the ambit of the Other, the law? Fink traces the shift in Lacan’s thinking from conceiving the subject as/of Demand to the subject as/of desire to, in the late stage, the subject as/of drive. The significance of this is that the desiring subject, not to speak of the subject of Demand, is blocked from enjoyment or jouissance precisely by that desire, which is always the desire of the Other (38, 39). When the subject is conceptualized as drive, there opens up, in this almost utopian move, the theoretical possibility of the pursuit of satisfaction: “Subjugated first by the Other’s demands and then by the Other’s desire, the drive is finally freed to pursue object a” (39). This subject, constituted after the traversal of fantasy, is the subject in the real, the acephalous subject as drive. I am suggesting that Baines, though admittedly he may be no great prize, embodies (if that’s the word) such a subjectivity. He is motivated not to seek the aim of his desire, but to pursue his enjoyment, or jouissance. First, however, he must go beyond the petty narcissism of the subject as desiring.

     

    Lacan speaks of a “something that in its subsistence appears as possessing the character of a beyond of the sacred–something that we are precisely trying to identify in its most general form by the term, the Thing. I would say it is primitive subsistence viewed from the perspective of the Thing” (Seminar VII 140). This is what Baines is after. It is a something else, something not violent but violence’s contradiction in him, that Ada recognizes as basic to his being, and it is that something else which she finds it possible to respond to, to yield to. Is there not a certain receptivity in Baines that allows her to make nearly arbitrary demands on him, like the Lady of courtly love, and does not Baines on occasion ostentatiously present himself as submitting to these (unspoken?) demands quite readily? This helps explain also the nature of the compact Ada enters into with Baines. But why bother with getting married if bourgeois marriage is not really the source of the deepest satisfaction for either of them? Why construct a barrier to the real satisfaction?

     

    The Construction of Obstacles to Love as Aids to the Metaphor of Love

     

    For Lacan, courtly love is “an altogether refined way of making up for the absence of sexual relation by pretending that it is we who put an obstacle to it. It is truly the most staggering thing that has ever been tried. But how can we expose its fraud?” (Feminine 141). We might emend this to, what is at stake for us in not exposing the fraud of what Lacan, following Aristotle, calls “Entasis” or obstacle (141)? The construction of the obstacle is self-protective on the part of the subject. Renata Salecl writes: “One of the greatest illusions of love is that prohibition and social codes prevent its realization. The illusionary character of this proposition is unveiled in every ‘self-help’ manual: the advice persons desperately in love usually get is to establish artificial barriers, prohibitions, and make themselves temporarily inaccessible in order to provoke their love object to return love” (179). The difference in The Piano is that the prohibitions and social codes preventing realization do double duty; in their case a prohibition is also constructed barring them from jouissance. As Zizek writes, to have power we must limit our access to power; “the impediment that prevents the full realization of love is internal” (“There Is No” 209). Baines demonstrates a degree of renunciation: to have ordinary love, the lovers must renounce complete love, must renounce jouissance, for as Zizek suggests through a pithy quotation from Edith Wharton, “I can’t love you unless I give you up” (qtd. in Zizek, 209). The reward Baines seeks is not the seduction of Ada, but access to jouissance through her, along the lines of courtly love. One could as well say that Baines engages in a certain psychic detour: as Lacan puts it, “The techniques involved in courtly love… are techniques of holding back, of suspension, of amor interruptus” (152).21

     

    Courtly love, at least, is not a wholesale seduction by the lure of love. It is emancipated, for instance, from the belief in complete reciprocity between lover and beloved. This is what Lacan means when he says in “God and the Jouissance of The Woman” that “in the case of the speaking being the relation between the sexes does not take place” (Feminine Sexuality 138). Similarly, the knight in courtly love is not a figure representing a delusion about the delusion we commonly call “love.” The knight seeks no cheap solace in keeping alive a hope that the Lady will actually enable him to achieve the sexual relation, which is already marked as impossible. The metaphor captured by the technically obsolete and limited social formation that goes by that name is a figure for the willed suspension of disbelief, and therefore a canny self-seduction into the uncanny: canny because it requires a recognition that those who presume to be non-duped about love do err, a recognition that the sexual relation is impossible, except in the real, but also that love does not have to be reciprocal precisely because it is not wholly within the ambit of desire.

     

    While Lacan says that there is no sexual relation and that love is a lure, Zizek reminds us that love is available as a metaphor. But what are the contours of this metaphor? In the first place if there is a reciprocity, it is a reciprocity within an asymmetry. In the first instance, the beloved (eromenos) turns, and in the turning becomes the loving one, the lover (erastes). But the complementary moment is that the subject himself (now) attains the status of “an answer of the real” (qtd. in Zizek, “Courtly Love” 105). The subject himself becomes the beloved of the beloved: but this reciprocity is not the real thing called love. It is a reciprocity within a more general asymmetry, for love remains unattainable: “the other sees something in me and wants something from me, but I cannot give him what I do not possess–or, as Lacan puts it, there is no relationship between what the loved one possesses and what the loving one lacks” (106). But the significance of this reversal is not to be obscured. Zizek observes that “although we have now two loving subjects instead of the initial duality of the loving one and the loved one, the asymmetry persists, since it was the object itself which as it were confessed to its lack by way of its subjectivization. There is something deeply embarrassing and truly scandalous in this reversal by means of which the mysterious, fascinating, elusive object of love discloses its deadlock and thus acquires the status of another subject” (106). But how do we understand this in the heuristic frame of courtly love?

     

    Again, Zizek explains that “in courtly love… the long-awaited moment of the highest fulfilment, called Gnade, mercy (rendered by the Lady to her servant), is neither the Lady’s surrender, her consent to the sexual act, nor some mysterious rite of initiation, but simply a sign of love from the side of the Lady, the ‘miracle’ of the fact that the Object answered, stretched its hand back to the supplicant” (“Courtly Love” 106). I would emphasize that it is only a sign, not a performative act of love, and it may well be a fantasy projected by the knight. It is not a reciprocal act of love; there is no sexual relation, except “in the real.” It is in this nonreciprocity that Baines’s love is most pure, and the relationship between Ada and Baines is by the same token least compelling when it degenerates into mere “reciprocal” domesticity. In his purest moments, furthermore, Baines wants not so much to love Ada as to be loved, to be looked at. Baines, as I have said, seeks in fact to take the place of the Woman under erasure, not merely to admire and love the Lady. Reciprocity indeed has little to do with it.

     

    Salecl notes that in Plato’s Symposium, Socrates deliberately declines Alcibiades’ “courting” (203) and denies his own elevation as the loved one because, as Lacan points out in Le transfert, for Socrates, “there is nothing in himself worthy of love. His essence was that ouden, emptiness, hollowness” (qtd. in Salecl 203). If I follow Salecl’s line of reasoning, Socrates’ declining of the elevation to the status of the loved one is a denial of “agalma”–the “something” precious that Alcibiades asks for “without knowing what it is” (Lacan, Four Fundamental 255) or even presumably without knowing that he is asking for it.22 Salecl writes that “Socrates’s denial is a denial too of the discourse of the Master in preference for the discourse of the Analyst. It is in courtly love that this agalma, this “someThing else” exists, the thing that Baines and Ada seek without knowing what it is. As Holly Hunter, who plays Ada, recognized from the outset, the script had “one ingredient that almost every script I read does not have: a vast dimension of things being unexplained to the audience or even to the characters themselves–and that’s just a real haunting part of the story, very, very haunting” (qtd. in Bilborough 149). Salecl adds helpfully,

     

    One can ask whether Socrates does not act in a similar way to the lady in courtly love when she also constantly refuses to return love. It can be said that both Socrates and the lady occupy the same place–both are objects of unfulfilled love. However, the function that they perform at this place is different. The lady is the master who constantly imposes on her admirer new duties and keeps him on a string by hinting that sometime in the future she might show him some mercy. Socrates, on the other hand, refuses the position of master. With his refusal Socrates points to the emptiness of the object of love, while the lady believes that there is in herself something worthy of love. That is why she puts herself in the position of the Master (S1), from which she capriciously gives orders. Socrates opposes this attitude altogether and does not want to encourage false hope. (203, n. 53)

     

    In a subsequent note, Salecl continues this thread:

     

    Socrates’s position is similar to that of the analyst, since both of them occupy the position of the object a and try to “keep that nothingness,” emptiness, the traumatic and horrifying nature of the object. Putting oneself in the position of the object accounts for the fact that the subject is not represented by any signifier–what we have here, is therefore the subject as pure emptiness. The analyst is not a Master whom the analysand would identify with and who would impose duties on the subject. By occupying the place of the object, the analyst enables the subject to find the truth about his or her desire. (207, n. 55)

     

    I agree with Salecl that in courtly love the Lady’s discourse is the discourse of the Master and Socrates’ that of the analyst. But my disagreement with Salecl is on the following grounds: I would suggest that the courtly lover–André’s knight–enters the “contract” of courtly love in the full recognition that the Lady’s “mercy” is always already deferred; the object is always already suffused with différance. That is, as I have argued, precisely the essence of courtly love. The knight knows that the Lady is elevated precisely because she is inaccessible. She is not the object of a lovelorn romantic lover. Furthermore, I believe we must also emend Salecl’s argument that “With his refusal Socrates points to the emptiness of the object of love, while the lady believes that there is in herself something worthy of love. That is why she puts herself in the position of the Master (S1), from which she capriciously gives orders” (203). In fact, even if the lady does “believe” anything, her belief is irrelevant; the lady who “believes” is in some sense not the Lady who is elevated to the level of the Real, to the level at which God has jouissance. Woman as mystic does not “know,” as Lacan himself recognizes.

     

    Conclusion

     

    The Anamorphic Inamorata is sublimated, therefore, in the following manner. In the first place, the Object is elevated to the status of das Ding but remains only a “stand-in” for the Thing. Second, it is both spatially and temporally anamorphotic: it can only be viewed from an oblique perspective, although it transforms the experience of the whole; and it is susceptible to a perpetual deferral–as Zizek writes, “the Object is attainable only by way of an incessant postponement, as its absent point-of-reference” (“Courtly” 101). As Zizek himself says, “‘sublimation’ occurs when an object, part of everyday reality, finds itself at the place of the impossible Thing. Therein consists the function of artificial obstacles which all of a sudden hinder our access to some ordinary object: they elevate the object into a stand-in for the Thing” (101). Similarly, Salecl writes that “what love as a demand targets in the other is… the object in him or herself, the Real, the nonsymbolizable kernel around which the subject organizes his or her desire. What gives to the beloved his or her dignity, what leads the loving subject to the survalorization of the beloved, is the presence of the object in him or her” (192). The object is what plugs the lack in the Other, and it is in these terms, Salecl tells us, that we can differentiate the two relations of the subject to this object. Used as a plug or stopper, the object “renders invisible” the lack in the Other–this is the function of the object in romantic love. But in sublimationwe encounter

     

    a circulation around the object that never touches its core. Sublimation is not a form of romantic love kept alive by the endless striving for the inaccessible love object. In sublimation, the subject confronts the horrifying dimension of the object, the object as das Ding, the traumatic foreign body in the symbolic structure. Sublimation circles around the object, it is driven by the fact that the object can never be reached because of its impossible, horrifying nature. Whereas romantic love strives to enjoy the Whole of the Other, of the partner, the true sublime love renounces, since it is well aware that we can [as Lacan puts it in Seminar XX] “only enjoy a part of the body of the Other…. That is why we are limited in this to a little contact, to touch only the forearm or whatever else–ouch!” (Salecl 193)

     

    Salecl notes that such a sublimation is “well exemplified” in The Piano. But where is the true renunciation in The Piano? My argument about The Piano is rather different from Salecl’s. First, we need to be clear about the vectors of renunciation, which indeed doesplay an important role in courtly love. Here Baines’s “sublimation” of Ada is not a spiritualizing, chaste adoration; nor is it a matter of desiring sex with the “ideal mate.” As Zizek observes, the sublimated Lady “is in no way a warm, compassionate, understanding fellow-creature” (95).

     

    Sublimation as renunciation can take two trajectories: the first is an Aristotelian renunciation: Aristotle says in the Nicomachean Ethics that “most people seem… to wish to be loved rather than to love” (482). And loving someone means in fact wishing the loved one well, rather than merely desiring that the look of love is returned by the loved person, or that, as Zizek puts it, the hand of love is extended by the loved one to the loving one. The Aristotelian renunciation is the renunciation of the wish to be loved as object of romantic affection, which is, in one sense, no more than a fetish covering over the “someThing else.” The second renunciation is the willed suspension of reciprocity: here the loving one is like the knight or the mystic, or indeed Woman–there may not be a noble love here, but there is a one-way jouissance that is precisely not constrained by phallic jouissance. It does not require a response from the loved one, indeed the loved one (God) is reduced to an idiotic (to exploit the etymological connection with idios, meaning private, own, peculiar to one’s own universe) construct, an “as if.”

     

    The model of the courtly lover’s elevation of the Lady and of his accompanying self-abnegation is only half the story–it only marks once again the failure of mortal love. The interest of courtly love is that there is an excess, a jouissance, which theoretically the knight or courtly lover could access. What Baines wants is the gaze as jouissance, an intense form of auto-erotism, defined as the turning away of sexuality “from its natural object” and its “find[ing] itself delivered over to phantasy” (Laplanche and Pontalis 46); it is not just a question of Baines’s “desire… for her desire,” as Gillett formulates it (282). For Gillett, the iconic moment is the one in which Ada kisses her own mirrored reflection as a rejection of her husband and a preference for auto-eroticism. But Gillett fails to clarify that there are two trajectories of auto-eroticism–Baines’s as well as Ada’s. In a similar undertheorization, Gordon, following Bruzzi, reads Baines as a “masochistic male” subject whose “desire” merely “mirrors” Ada’s and “is constituted in the staging of the non-reciprocity of desire” (199). Thus,

     

    Masochistic male desire… is also part of a logic of recuperation where the impossibility of desire’s absent object can be substituted. Here, it is the woman’s desire that stands in for the return on the man’s. The question of the woman’s desire, then, continually shifts from the proximity of the object to its absolute alienation. Indeed, auto-erotism similarly teeters on the brink of masochism proper, and ultimately suicide. The scene of the lips that kiss themselves, then, circumscribes precisely the mutual association of danger and enablement that complicates, and makes especially apposite, the relation of auto-erotism to The Piano. (199)

     

    This analysis is too simple. Baines is like the courtly lover whose aim may be the Lady, but whose goal really is the jouissance of the Woman under erasure. It is not the flesh of the Lady/Ada that is desired, but the “body” of the Woman under erasure–this is the focus of Baines’s masochism, as again André makes plain: “The man who lets himself be humiliated, insulted, whipped by his associate seeks in reality to take the place of the woman” (99)–the woman being analogous to the Woman under erasure, not the Lady of courtly love in this instance, and the masochism being largely a matter of discursive enunciation or emotional disposition.23 As masochist, Baines is not simply interested in loving Ada, but in discovering the conditions of his own enjoyment, in a nonreciprocal way, beyond sexual intercourse. The masochist’s question is about an enjoyment beyond. Thus, André continues, “The question that the masochist puts to the test through his practice is that of knowing what is experienced by the body that the other enjoys through whiplashes or signifiers: does this body enjoy as well? and does it enjoy beyond what is provided by the instrument that marks him?” (100). As Lacan himself writes in Television, “a woman only encounters Man (l’homme) in psychosis…. She is a party to the perversion which is, I maintain, Man’s” (40).

     

    Furthermore, there is a way in which the masochistic man “manifests something on the order of a feminine position: it is his position as subject that is feminine…. The sense of the expression ‘feminine masochism’ is… not that woman is masochistic, but really that the masochist is woman or tries hard to be one” (André 101; emphasis added). Finally, we can see why Baines’s feminization, his crossover sexuality, and his hybridized postcolonial interpellation as subject are the key to his eroticization–he is Woman under erasure, but he also displaces whiteness as a postcolonial subject. His relationship with Ada conforms to a model of courtly love. It is only courtly love’s anamorphosis that enables Baines and Ada to say to each other, “I love in you something more than you.”

     

    One could therefore propose that the usefulness of the category of courtly love is that it allows us to see the relationship in terms of the psychoanalytic model of Lacan’s formulae of sexuation, which more fully addresses the unconscious or phantasmatic motivations of Baines and Ada. It is in this connection that an ambiguity in André’s argument about the meaning of wanting to enjoy as Woman emerges. God is the sexed real Other because in the real there is a sexual relation, whereas in the case of the divided subject of desire there is not. One possible outcome of the constellation of positions presented in Lacan’s formulae of sexuation is that it is possible that the knight’s Lady is analogous to the Woman under erasure, in that they are both idealized (and the Woman is under erasure because she is–in Lacanian terms–not the ordinary, divided subject). I think the more likely analogy is that the knight himself is, to some extent, similar to the Woman under erasure, for his fantasmatic relation to the Lady is like that of the Woman who has a fantasmatic relation to God. The knight and the Woman (the reference of course is not to any actual biological female) are isomorphically disposed toward das Ding and God the Other in the real. Das Ding, the Thing, is that absent or “excluded” center around which “the subjective world of the unconscious [is] organized in a series of signifying relations” (Lacan, Seminar VII 71). Appropriating the language of Paul’s Epistle to the Romans, Lacan implies that the Thing is that which the Law forbids and makes desirable to the point of self-annihilation: “the Thing finds a way by producing in me all kinds of covetousness thanks to the commandment, for without the Law the Thing is dead. But even without the Law, I was once alive. But when the commandment appeared, the Thing flared up, returned once again, I met my death…. Through it I came to desire death” (83).

     

    I contend therefore that the knight in courtly love can be installed in the place of the Woman under erasure. The knight is thus also beyond phallic jouissance,24 and since the knight elevates the Lady to the place of das Ding, the jouissance of speech displaces phallic jouissance, although as we have seen, the jouissance of speech fails relative to the jouissance of being (André 89). In courtly love, the knight is disposed to the Lady in a relationship where he enjoys a sexual relation that is unavailable in ordinary sex. The knight, prototype for Baines, seeks the enjoyment enjoyed by the Woman in the real. This Woman under erasure enjoys jouissance with God in the real (this God is “sexed” so that a “real sexual relation” is “completed” again in the real as it could never be in sex). Finally, there is an analogous relation in the real between “the subject” and “the body” (which in André’s phrase has a real sexed consistency), but the relation between subject and body is cleaved by language, since the subject is only the subject of a signifier. The film approximates this schema in that Baines elevates (“sublimates”) Ada to the position of the Lady of courtly love, while he himself is structurally in the discursive site, the place of the Woman under erasure. I maintain that Baines and Ada seek the experience of sexuality as satisfaction of the drive, beyond the “actual lived body,” but this point requires some clarification.

     

    For the later Lacan, Fink reminds us, in the subject who has traversed his fundamental fantasy to live out the drive, “desire stops inhibiting the subject from obtaining satisfaction,” although desire is also a needed defence against jouissance (“Desire and the Drives” 41, 43). This subject has evolved from a relation to demand to a relation to a partial object of the drive–ultimately the death drive. No longer identified with unconscious desire but with satisfaction, he becomes an acephalous subject with head enough to heed “symbolic constraints” in order to manage jouissance (to have protection and pleasure, and protection of pleasure) (Fink, Clinical 208). Ada and Baines, like courtly lovers, manage their inhuman love by acquiescing to bourgeois domesticity as symbolic constraint but simultaneously preserve perversion, as if to say with Lacan that they seek “something in you more than you.” This acquiescence is a kind of complicated masquerade: Baines masquerades as a man, while Ada masquerades femininity, although in fact she (and Baines to some extent) are really seeking to be in the place of Woman.25

     

    Ada manages her approach to the impossible Thing not by the process of sublimation described by Zizek as the erection of artificial obstacles that “hinder our access to some ordinary object: they elevate the object into a stand-in” for das Ding (101). For Ada, the Thing is not sublimated but sublated by the ordinary stand-in of the edifice of heteronormativity itself. The film stages this in cutting from the scene of their new domestic bliss to Ada’s re-memoration, as Toni Morrison might put it, of the encounter with das Ding: “At night I think of my piano in its ocean grave and sometimes myself floating above it. Down there everything is so still and silent it lulls me to sleep. It is a weird lullaby. And so it is. It is mine.” Ada eroticizes the negative, das Ding. And Campion’s final image of Ada is of the perfection of a kind of inhuman love, or jouissance: “Ada’s piano on the sea bed… Above floats Ada, her hair and arms stretched out in a gesture of surrender, her body slowly turning on the end of the rope. The seaweed’s rust-coloured fronds reach out to touch her” (Campion 122). Ada’s unusual satisfaction approximates Lacan’s idea, in Four Fundamental Concepts, phrased as a rhetorical question: “Is there no satisfaction in being under the gaze?” (75). In the gaze, the subject experiences an extreme pleasure (jouissance) precisely through an aphanisis or desubjectivation, when the subject’s pleasure comes from filling a lack in the Other. Baines functions merely as a stand-in for the Other, for whom Ada is also an object. Ada takes some erotic satisfaction, of course, from Baines’s erotic satisfaction; but her jouissance lies elsewhere, in her own desubjectivation.

     

    This is the secret of this perverse couple’s ec-static relationship: something other than human love, and it is thus that Ada and Baines hold the Thing at bay, recognizing that humankind cannot bear very much Lacanian “reality,” and that the other satisfaction each seeks is agalma if kept at a ritualized distance but turns monstrous if approached too closely. The Piano, then, is an exemplary if not fully self-conscious staging of the dialectic between erotic attachment and de-tachment, sublimation and sublation, desubjectivation and subjectification–a dialectic that must remain unresolved.

     

    Notes

     

    1. The ambition is evident even in the sequences that appear close to the beginning of the film, such as when Ada McGrath, the protagonist, plays on the beach in New Zealand–sequences which Campion edits, as Kirsten Thompson notes,

     

    with alternating close ups of Ada, medium shots of [her lover-to-be] Baines, and full shots of her daughter [Flora]. The dominant impression is one of movement, accentuated by Campion’s constant use of camera movement within shots, mimicked through the visual arc Baines paces around Ada, and echoed in the lyrical movements of her daughter’s ballet…. The final shot of this central sequence is a crane shot showing the three in long shot, mother and daughter walking off together, with Baines slowly joining the two ahead. Their footprints in the sand form a triangle, counterpointed by the spiral swirls of Flora’s seahorse sculpture. This graphic patterning allegorically foreshadows the future narrative formation of this particular family. (69)

     

    2. And this is not a purely gratuitous homage, for as in Hitchcock’s film, the close-up of the hair functions as a visual metaphor for the vertigo of the core mystery the film wants to plumb: what Ada wants.

     

    3. Brooks, as Prasad points out, theorized not only the characteristically hyperbolic gesture of melodrama and its signature melody (melos), but also the muting or suppression of the protagonist.

     

    4. I consistently speak of desire and drive as being discrete but also as part of the same dynamic circuit. This reading of the continuity of desire and drive is, I believe, faithful to Lacan. Bruce Fink makes this continuity clear.

     

    5. It need hardly be said that my approach in no way disparages a viable feminist approach or denies the importance of the film’s representation (Darstellung) of dissident femininity. Nor do I wish to deprecate the fascination of the (albeit negative) expression of feminine agency in the film. I would, however, like to consider briefly one example of how a reading that almost exclusively privileges a critical focus on the feminine can prove inadequate in the case of this film. Indeed, it is significant that not only are women’s spaces separated from and valorized above masculine spaces (the male sphere of action), but there are also differentiations among the women in the film, even differentiations among the white women in terms of class and age, not to mention differentiations between white women and Maori women in terms of culture versus nature. But such a reading leads Dyson, for instance, to the misleadingly underdetermined conclusion that “While never relinquishing his whiteness, [Baines] is able to arouse Ada’s passions because he is closer to nature than Stewart” (271). The misled viewer/reader, if she or he follows this line of reasoning, is then drawn into an extremely narrow understanding of the erotic dimensions of the film (which are in themselves admittedly crucial here). We are told that although Baines is a “member of the lower orders–in an early scene Ada describes him as an ‘oaf’ because he is illiterate”–Baines’s “baseness is constructed through the eroticization of his body” (271), as if Baines’s own erotic imagination were never an issue. My reading seeks in part to restore precisely this issue to its rightful importance, at least so that we can better understand what makes the relationship between the two principals so undeniably riveting–and I do so precisely by complicating the eroticization of Baines’s “body,” something which is inadequately articulated by Dyson and other critics even when they notice or thematize that body. Even a feminist analysis of the film, I would also insist, ought to do justice to the complex and subtle relay of the sexual and the sociopolitical vectors that define Baines’s place between pakeha and Maori positionalities: especially, it ought not to ignore the problematization of colonial masculinity.

     

    6. Zizek, as well as scholars such as Jean Clavreul, emphasize the conceptual importance of the perverse couple. He writes, “history has to be read retroactively: the anatomy of man offers the key to the anatomy of ape, as Marx puts it. It is only the emergence of masochism, of the masochistic couple, towards the end of the last century, which enables us to grasp the libidinal economy of courtly love” (“Courtly Love” 95).

     

    7. Pace Stella Bruzzi’s too-sweeping assertion that “our look is most emphatically not aligned with Stewart’s” as we watch Baines and Ada making love (262), I would argue that we are congruently situated with Stewart. That is, we are almost caught, at least for a moment, in the position of identification with Stewart, although of course the audience must subsequently reject any identification with this voyeuristic or fetishistic position. In the scene where Stewart discovers what Ada has been doing instead of giving Baines piano lessons, the director goes to extreme lengths to portray him in a degrading act of voyeurism. As he watches Baines kneel before Ada, his face buried under her skirt, he doesn’t notice that Baines’s dog is licking his palm. Stewart then crawls under the floorboards, positioning himself the better to experience their lovemaking vicariously.

     

    Could this be seen as the film’s way of juxtaposing and contrasting ordinary heterosexual desire with an other economy of love? The effectiveness of the mise en scène is precisely that first there must be an identification before there can be this element of renunciation of the male voyeur position in which the audience shares, an experience of a renunciation analogous to Baines’s performative: a relinquishment of unambivalent masculinity, of pure whiteness, of the former colonizer’s presumed superiority. Stewart “watches” Baines and Ada making love because he himself wants to be where Baines is; he is condemned forever to watching Ada as a husband who cannot himself enjoy her but must fantasize such a scene with someone in his (Stewart’s) “rightful” place. Thus one can conclude that ultimately the point of the audience’s initial, momentary structural identification with Stewart, followed immediately by a rejection of emotional identification, is to defamiliarize the masculine or phallic position. Such a defamiliarization is consistent with the defamiliarization of colonial masculinity effected by Baines. In saying this, I acknowledge the possibility that the very feminization could be yet another masculinist turn. But it is precisely because the renunciation of an unambivalent masculinity has a fundamental and fantasmatic dimension–it is not just an act–that this possibility seems remote.

     

    8. The “ethical” here is Lacan’s almost catachrestic conception of ethics, which has very little of the Kantian “ought.” He speaks rather of the knotting of moral questions with the fatal attraction of transgression (Seminar VII 2), tied to the death instinct. Glossing Freud, Lacan explains that “that ‘I’ which is supposed to come to be where ‘it’ was… is nothing more than that whose root we already found in the ‘I’ which asks itself what it wants” (7). The transgressive subject is finally able to ask the question of its deepest satisfaction, when the drive functions according to the classic formula, “Wo es war soll Ich werden.

     

    In other words, subjectivation beyond divided subjectivity is made possible by a freeing of the drive, a transgression enabling the subject to enjoy an “other jouissance” than phallic jouissance. The distinction between two kinds of jouissance maps onto the crucial (dis)articulation of drive and desire. It is desire that, according to the Lacanian ethical credo, the subject must not cede. Since drive is anterior to the advent of the divided subject, the drive is also amoral, exorbitant to the ethical. To privilege a subjectivation beyond divided subjectivity (as the subject of the drive able to enjoy the other jouissance) is therefore a post-ethical position.

     

    The post-ethical imperative confronts the subject who would enjoy the other jouissance with two alternatives. The first is death. The second is transgression, the attraction of which is that it promises an other jouissance, but which requires a certain brinkmanship or management of jouissance. This is encapsulated in the Lacanian misprision of the paradigm of courtly love. While it implies an irresolvable dialectic, the attraction of transgression need not be forsaken, as I argue in this rereading of Campion’s film.

     

    9. “The Piano literalizes the woman’s castration,” as Suzy Gordon notes, in presenting Ada’s chopped finger as “a prosthetic substitute and an actual bodily lack (‘visible’ because invisible)”–a lack that constitutes the subject (Gordon calls it “identity,” wrongly, in my opinion). But “it does so simultaneously with an insistence on the trauma of male subjectivity, the impotency of which serves to conceal the violence of the colonial encounter” (201). This is too linear a reading of colonial masculinity, in my view, rendering Campion’s impulse to put masculinity in question too flatly, as though the only interest one ought to take in this problematizing of masculinity were to critique and then dispose of the category of masculinity, presumably to focus on the really important issue of femininity. The film certainly does not “conceal the violence of the colonial encounter,” but rather emphasizes it and articulates it as an element of the overdetermined problematization of postcolonial masculinity in the film.

     

    10. The only place in The Four Fundamental Concepts where Lacan presents himself explicitly in the mode of desiring to be looked at is in the episode of the sardine can that looks at him. This is a moment of a curious loss of energy, a near dissolution. Lacan’s rhetoric is more “feminine” here than anywhere else. My contention is that in The Piano this wished “looked at-ness” is Baines’s essential position.

     

    11. With Slavoj Zizek, I would argue that the paradigm of courtly love remains a powerful one for understanding the continuing, even increasing, charisma of and public attraction to icons such as Marilyn Monroe, the Kennedys, Lady Diana, and even Ronald Reagan, not to mention Bill Clinton. This is in spite of and to some extent because of their peccadilloes and failings as ordinary mortals. The metaphor of love encapsulated in the formulae of courtly love helps to explain how these figures maintain their charisma precisely because they are unlike the people with whom we ordinarily find ourselves able to conceive a reciprocal romantic attachment. They are not sexual objects for us even though the scaffolding of our relationships to these public figures may involve the structure of our erotic projection or libidinal investment in them. While “courtly love has remained an enigma,” as Lacan writes,

     

    Instead of wavering over the paradox that courtly love appeared in the age of feudalism, the materialists should see this as a magnificent opportunity for showing how, on the contrary, it is rooted in the discourse of fealty, of fidelity to the person. In the last resort, the person is always the discourse of the master. For the man, whose lady was entirely, in the most servile sense of the term, his female subject, courtly love is the only way of coming off elegantly from the absence of sexual relation. (Feminine Sexuality 156, 141)

    We should perhaps insist that there is more at stake for the man than for the woman. Lacan also writes that “what it is all about is the fact that love is impossible, and that the sexual relation founders in non-sense, not that this should in any way diminish the interest we feel for the Other” (Feminine 158). “Ultimately,” he says, “the question is to know, in whatever it is that constitutes feminine jouissance where it is not all taken up by the man–and I would even say that feminine jouissance as such is not taken up by him at all–the question is to know where her knowledge is at” (158).

    Lacan asks the question of what purpose is served by the jouissance of the body if there is in fact no sexual relation (Feminine 143). His answer is that “short of castration, that is, short of something which says no to the phallic function, man has no chance of enjoying the body of the woman, in other words, of making love”:

     

    Contrary to what Freud argues, it is the man–by which I mean he who finds himself male without knowing what to do about it, for all that he is a speaking being–who takes on the woman, or who can believe he takes her on…. Except that what he takes on is the cause of his desire, the cause I have designated as the objet a. That is the act of love. To make love, as the term indicates, is poetry. Only there is a world between poetry and the act. The act of love is the polymorphous perversion of the male, in the case of the speaking being. (143)

     

    12. See Suzy Gordon, Stella Bruzzi, Sue Gillett, and Lynda Dyson.

     

    13. One could say then that the film poses an ethics of relinquishment as the radical alternative to these positions of privilege and power through the figure of Baines as well. Of course, this ethics of relinquishment is explicit in the case of Ada, who has relinquished speaking as a kind of ethical withdrawal. One could also suggest that Ada enacts a renunciation in accord with Lacan’s suggestion, in Television, that women are to be credited with an even more quotidian renunciation or accommodation, “to the point where there is no limit to the concessions made by any woman for a man: of her body, her soul, her possessions” (44). Women renounce Man so that their man “remains a man” (André 103). This is why Lacan can say that “some ingrates” cease to recognize her ethical position, even her generosity (Television 44). But one could also argue that both Ada and Baines also aim to relinquish “speaking being” in favor of the Other jouissance, in Lacanian terms.

     

    14. Marx writes,

     

    Although monogamy was the only known form of the family out of which modern sex love could develop, it does not follow that this love developed within it exclusively, or even predominantly, as the mutual love of man and wife. The whole nature of strict monogamian marriage under male domination ruled this out. Among all historically active classes, that is, among all ruling classes, matrimony remained what it had been since pairing marriage–a matter of convenience arranged by the parents. And the first form of sex love that historically emerges as a passion, and as a passion in which any person (at least of the ruling classes) has a right to indulge, as the highest form of the sexual impulse–which is precisely its specific feature–this, its first form, the chivalrous love of the Middle Ages, was by no means conjugal love. On the contrary, in its classical form, among the Provencals, it steers under full sail towards adultery, the praises of which are sung by their poets. (233)

     

    15. Lacan notes that here he is returning to the notion of “the jouissance on which that other satisfaction depends, the one that is based on language” (Seminar XX 51).

     

    16. See also Lacan’s Four Fundamental Concepts (273).

     

    17. Harvey Keitel conceives of the character he plays in the film as a masochist in Freud’s sense; masochist fanstasies “place the subject in a characteristically female situation” (Freud 124). André cites a passage from Pierre Klossowski’s Sade My Neighbor to the effect that the pervert (masochist) seeks to enjoy the body of the victim of his sadistic torturer “in the subjective sense of the expression rather than in the objective sense”–by putting himself in the victim’s body and seeing his own body as foreign. André deduces from this that “the sadistic act, from this point of view, is supported by a masochistic fantasm” (99).

     

    18. The “tension between Woman and the Other,” André says,

     

    can be analyzed… as that of the relation of the subject to the body. The apprehension of the body by the subject reveals, in fact, the same polarities that we have identified regarding the Other: the place where the signifier is inscribed and as such exists and is identifiable as a being of signifiance, and on the other hand, as a real sexed consistency that is unnameable as such. This disjunction between the Other of desire, which exists, and the Other of jouissance, which does not exist, is thus reproduced at the level of the body. (93)

     

    19. As Zizek writes in “Courtly Love,”

     

    The Lady is… as far as possible from any kind of purified spirituality; she functions as an inhuman partner [and Lacan uses this very word] in the precise sense of a radical Otherness which is wholly incommensurable with our needs and desires; as such, she is simultaneously a kind of automaton, a machine which randomly utters meaningless demands. This coincidence of absolute, inscrutable Otherness and pure machine is what confers on the Lady her uncanny, monstrous character–the lady is the Other which is not our “fellow creature,” i.e., with whom no relationship of empathy is possible. This traumatic Otherness is what Lacan designates by the Freudian term das Ding, the Thing. The idealization of the Lady, her elevation to a spiritual, ethereal Ideal, is therefore to be conceived as a strictly secondary phenomenon, a narcissistic projection whose function is to render invisible her traumatic, intolerable dimension…. Deprived of every real substance, the Lady functions as a mirror onto which the subject projects his narcissistic ideal. (“Courtly” 96)

     

    20. Here it is not a question of a Nietzschean anti-hermeneutics of truth, as Mary Ann Doane describes it, where “woman” is veiled because she knows that there is no truth behind the veil of femininity (Femmes 57). While Luce Irigaray criticizes Nietzsche for contructing femininity as “the living support of all the staging/production of the world” and thus of masculinity, Jacques Derrida approves of Nietzsche’s anti-essentialist account, as Doane observes, quoting Derrida:

     

    There is no such thing as the essence of woman because woman averts, she is averted of herself…. And the philosophical discourse, blinded, founders on these shoals and is hurled down these depthless depths to its ruin. There is no such thing as the truth of woman, but it is because of that abyssal divergence of the truth, because that untruth is “truth.” Woman is but one name for that untruth of truth. (qtd. in Doane 58)

     

    Doane points out that Nietzsche’s woman induces in herself a state of innocence, of non-subjectivity. As Doane puts it, “The philosopher-voyeur sees quite well that the woman ‘closes her eyes to herself’ [Nietzsche’s phrase]. She does not know that she is deceiving or plan to deceive; conscious deception would be repellent to the man and quite dangerous. Rather, she intuits or ‘divines’ what the man needs–a belief in her innocence–and she becomes innocent. Closing her eyes to herself she becomes the pure construct of a philosophical gaze” (59). And “a woman is granted knowledge when she is old enough to become a man–which is to say, old enough to lose her dissembling appearance, her seductive power. And even then, it is a kind of ‘old wives[‘]’ knowledge, not, properly speaking, philosophical” (59). But as I understand it, if the woman is naive, the man is not so much sentimental as duped. The courtly lover is not a dupe in that sense. It is he who “becomes innocent” in courtly love. Neither is he just a lover of appearances. On the contrary, we see again how he comes, in his peculiar devotion, to occupy not the place of (old) women, or of women no longer invested in lending themselves to the uses of masculinity, but the place of the “jouissant” Woman. He can therefore afford to yield to the arbitrary whims of the Lady, for he is not just a man whose masculinity depends on the willed innocence of women, nor on a woman, on the other hand, whose very being depends on an illusion.

     

    21. Lacan tells us that the reward in the tradition of courtly love is the “strange rite, namely, reward, clemency, grace or Gnade, felicity” (146). The detour to jouissance is described in terms of asceticism as an “ethical function of eroticism”:

     

    It is an artificial and cunning organization of the signifier that lays down at a given moment the lines of a certain asceticism, and… the meaning we must attribute to the negotiation of the detour in the psychic economy. The detour in the psyche isn’t always designed to regulate the commerce between whatever is organized in the domain of the pleasure principle and whatever presents itself as the structure of reality. There are also detours and obstacles which are organized so as to make the domain of the vacuole stand out as such. What gets to be projected as such is a certain transgression of desire.

     

    And it is here that the ethical function of eroticism enters into play. Freudianism is in brief nothing but a perpetual allusion to the fecundity of eroticism in ethics, but it doesn’t formulate it as such. (152)

     

    22. This is presumably different from what Aristotle speaks about as the “attribute” (325) called “happiness,” that is to say, “something final and self sufficient, and… the end of action” (317); this “attribute” of happiness “belong[s] to the happy man” (322; see also 323-24, 529, 531). Rather, Alcibiades seeks something that answers the drive. This is to go beyond both the deontological and the teleolgical as Aristotle conceives them: what Alcibiades “seeks” is both a good in itself, for him, as well as a good that always defers its own ends. At the same time the demand of Alcibiades, insofar as its fantasmatic goal is a partial object ultimately responsive to the partial drive, cannot be reduced to mere selfishness. (Aristotle asks, “Do men love… the good, or what is good for them?” [472].) Nor for that matter can Alcibiades’s goal in loving be judged as a shortfall within a rationalistic calculus, what Aristotle points to as definitive of Man when he speaks of “an active life of the element that has a rational principle” (318; see also 315, 317).

     

    23. André usefully asks, “what distinction should be made between the two forms of cleavage that are implied by the perverse position and the feminine position?” This important question receives the following answer:

     

    In both cases, the subject sees itself divided between two sides: one where castration is recognized and subjectified, the other where it is neither recognized nor subjectified. In what does the nonrecognition (the denial) of castration by the pervert differ from a woman’s nonsubjectification (the not-all)? This question is equivalent to asking what logical distinction separates the two parts of the Lacanian table of sexuation. This table shows us indeed that on one side a cleavage is made between subjection to castration (.) and the negation of castration (.~), while on the other side, the cleavage operates between the affirmation of a partial nonsubjection (.~) and the negation of the negation of castration (~.~). The masochistic position, whatever it may have in common with the feminine position regarding its aim, thus remains distinct from it: it is only a caricature of it. This difference becomes more apparent if we note that the pervert himself believes in the Other, in the subjective jouissance of the Other, while a woman does not have to believe it–she simply finds herself in the place of where the question of the Other is formulated. For the masochist, the bar is never really inscribed on the Other and must, consequently, replay incessantly the scenario in which the Other receives this mark from his partner, while what woman attests to is actually the irremovable character of this bar–that is to say, the impossible subjectification of the body as Other. The pervert appears able to slide into the skin of this Other body like a hand into a glove; women themselves repeatedly say that this body does not fit them like a glove, that it is Other to them as well, and that the jouissance that can be produced here is foreign to them and is not subjectifiable. (101-2)

     

    24. We must acknowledge, as André cautions, that “Phallic jouissance should not be confused with what happens in the lovers’ bed–in any case it cannot be restricted to it. One of the fundamental revelations of the analytic experience consists in this recentering of the jouissance called sexual: its space is less the bed [lit] than the said [dit]. This is the reason why jouissance is repressed and unrecognized by the subject: jouissance does not even fulfill the requirement that the subject properly meet its partner in bed!” (90-91).

     

    25. See Joan Rivière’s “Womanliness as a Masquerade” and Mary Ann Doane’s “Film and the Masquerade: Theorizing the Female Spectator.”

    Works Cited

     

    • Allen, Richard. “Female Sexuality, Creativity, and Desire in The Piano.” Coombs and Gemmell 44-63.
    • André, Serge. “Otherness of the Body.” Lacanian Theory of Discourse: Subject, Structure, and Society. Ed. Mark Bracher, Marshall W. Alcorn, Ronald J. Corthell, and Françoise Massardier-Kennedy. New York: New York UP, 1994. 88-104.
    • Aristotle. Nicomachean Ethics. Introduction to Aristotle. Ed. Richard McKeon. New York: The Modern Library, n.d. [1947]. 308-543.
    • Barcan, Ruth, and Madeleine Fogarty. “Performing The Piano.” Coombs and Gemmell 3-18.
    • Bilborough, Milo. “The Making of The Piano.” Campion 135-53.
    • Bruzzi, Stella. “Tempestuous Petticoats: Costume and Desire in The Piano.Screen 36.3 (Autumn 1995): 257-266.
    • Brooks, Peter. The Melodramatic Imagination: Balzac, Henry James, Melodrama, and the Mode of Excess. New Haven: Yale UP, 1976.
    • Butler, Judith. Antigone’s Claim: Kinship Between Life and Death. New York: Columbia UP, 2000.
    • Campion, Jane. The Piano. New York: Hyperion, 1993.
    • Campion, Jane, and Kate Pullinger. The Piano: A Novel. New York: Miramax Books, 1994.
    • Coombs, Felicity. “In the Body of The Piano.” Coombs and Gemmell 82-96.
    • Coombs, Felicity, and Suzanne Gemmell, eds. Piano Lessons: Approaches to The Piano. Southern Screen Classics: 1. London: John Libbey, 1999.
    • Coombs, Felicity, and Suzanne Gemmell. “Preface.” Coombs and Gemmell vii-x.
    • Doane, Mary Ann. The Desire to Desire: The Woman’s Film of the 1940s. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1987.
    • —. Femmes Fatales: Feminism, Film Theory, Psychoanalysis. New York: Routledge, 1991.
    • —. “Film and the Masquerade: Theorizing the Female Spectator.” Merck 227-243.
    • Dyson, Lynda. “The Return of the Repressed? Whiteness, Femininity and Colonialism in The Piano.Screen 36.3 (Autumn 1995): 267-287.
    • Fink, Bruce. A Clinical Introduction to Lacanian Psychoanalysis: Theory and Technique. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 1997.
    • —. “Desire and the Drives.” UMBR(a) 1 (1997): 35-51.
    • —. The Lacanian Subject: Between Language and Jouissance. Princeton, NJ: Princeton UP, 1995.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “The Economic Problem of Masochism.” The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud. Trans. J. Strachey. Vol. 19. London: Hogarth, 1924.
    • Gillett, Sue. “Lips and Fingers: Jane Campion’s The Piano.Screen 36.3 (Autumn 1995): 277-287.
    • Gordon, Suzy. “‘I Clipped Your Wing, That’s All:’ Auto-Erotism and the Female Spectator in The Piano Debate.” Screen 37. 2 (Summer 1996): 193-205.
    • Heath, Stephen. “Difference.” Merck 47-106.
    • Huyssen, Andreas. After the Great Divide. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1986.
    • Kristeva, Julia. Desire in Language: A Semiotic Approach to Literature and Art. Ed. Leon S. Roudiez. Trans. Thomas Gora, Alice Jardine, and Leon S. Roudiez. New York: Columbia UP, 1980.
    • Lacan, Jacques. Écrits: A Selection. Trans. Alan Sheridan. New York: Norton, 1977.
    • —. Feminine Sexuality: Jacques Lacan and the École Freudienne. Ed. Juliet Mitchell and Jacqueline Rose. Trans. Jacqueline Rose. New York: Norton, 1982.
    • —. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psycho-Analysis. Ed. Jacques-Alain Miller. Trans. Alan Sheridan. New York: Norton, 1977.
    • —. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book VII: The Ethics of Psychoanalysis 1959-1960. Trans. Dennis Potter. New York: Norton, 1992.
    • —. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book XX: Encore. Trans. Bruce Fink. New York: Norton, 1998.
    • —. Television: A Challenge to the Psychoanalytic Establishment. Ed. Joan Copjec. Trans. Denis Hollier, Rosalind Krauss, and Annette Michelson. New York: Norton, 1990.
    • Laplanche, Jean, and Jean-Bertrand Pontalis. The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    • Lowe, Donald M. The Body in Late-Capitalist USA. Durham, NC: Duke UP, 1995.
    • Marx, Karl, and Friedrich Engels. On Literature and Art. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1978.
    • Merck, Mandy, ed. The Sexual Subject: A Screen Reader in Sexuality. London: Routledge, 1992.
    • Neill, Anna. “A Land Without a Past: Dreamtime and Nation in The Piano.” Coombs and Gemmell 136-147.
    • Orr, Bridget. “Birth of a Nation? From Utu to The Piano.” Coombs and Gemmell 148-160.
    • The Piano. Dir. Jane Campion. Perf. Holly Hunter and Harvey Keitel. Miramax: 1993.
    • Prasad, M. Madhava. Ideology of the Hindi Film: A Historical Construction. Delhi: Oxford UP, 1998.
    • Rivière, Joan. “Womanliness as a Masquerade.” Psychoanalysis and Female Sexuality. Ed. Hendrick M. Ruitenbeek. New Haven: College and University Press, 1966.
    • Robinson, Neil. “With Friends Like These, Who Needs Enemies?” Coombs and Gemmell 19-42.
    • Salecl, Renata. “I Can’t Love You Unless I Give You Up.” Gaze and Voice as Love Objects. Ed. Renata Salecl and Slavoj Zizek. Durham, NC: Duke UP, 1996. 179-207.
    • Shepherdson, Charles. “The Elements of the Drive.” UMBR(a) 1 (1997): 131-145.
    • Simmons, Laurence. “From Land Escape to Bodyscape: Images of the Land in The Piano. Coombs and Gemmell 122-135.
    • Thompson, Kirsten Moana. “The Sickness unto Death: Dislocated Gothic in a Minor Key.” Coombs and Gemmell 64-80.
    • Vasudevan, Ravi S. “Addressing the Spectator of a ‘Third World’ National Cinema: The Bombay ‘Social’ Film of the 1940s and 1950s.” Screen 36.4 (Winter 1995): 305-324.
    • Zizek, Slavoj. “From Courtly Love to The Crying Game.New Left Review 202 (Nov./Dec. 1993): 95-108.
    • —. “There Is No Sexual Relationship.” Gaze and Voice as Love Objects. Ed. Renata Salecl and Slavoj Zizek. Durham, NC: Duke UP, 1996. 208-249.

     

  • Practical Politics at the Limits of Community: The Cases of Affirmative Action and Welfare

    Scott Michaelsen

    Department of English
    Michigan State University
    smichael@pilot.msu.edu

     

    and

     

    Scott Cutler Shershow

    Department of English
    Miami University
    shershsc@muohio.edu

     

    As soon as, through the movement of those forces tending toward a break, revolution appears as something possible, with a possibility that is not abstract, but historically and concretely determined, then in those moments revolution has taken place.

     

    –Maurice Blanchot

    We are left with a simple command, and an infinite responsibility. Be just with Justice.

     

    –Drucilla Cornell

     

    This essay attempts to confront perhaps the most obvious and yet the most difficult challenge of radical social critique: the question of the practical. Both of its authors have been interested for many years in various modes of deconstruction and post-Marxism, and we have attempted, in our separate ways, to expose the limits not only of the historical discourses of economy and anthropology, but even of some of the cherished concepts of contemporary left-wing thought. But our work on multiculturalism, political economy, and cultural studies has brought us to the limit of our own critiques. At this limit, how does one say “yes” to the affirmative? How can we, in the words of the famous Marxist injunction, “prove the truth, that is, the reality and power, the this-sidedness” of our thinking in practice (Marx and Engels 144)?

     

    We thus respond here to two challenges. The first concerns the general perception in many circles that poststructuralist thought is either a form of quietism with no political consequences or a reactionary practice that easily slides into the anti-Semitisms and fascisms of Nazi-era Heidegger and deMan. Much recent work in the tradition of poststructuralist Marxism, including our own, has been attacked on one or the other of these grounds. To some, the work seems merely theoretical and thus utterly impractical. To others, even more seriously, the work seems counterproductive in its relentless critique of seemingly promising possibilities for political thought and action. In other words, poststructuralist and post-Marxist modes of theory are perceived as merely alternating between a scholastic cataloguing of utopian (im)possibilities, and a categorical rejection of all down-to-earth, practical-progressive thought. A great deal has been written in recent years attempting to disprove these views. One might mention, among others, Michael Ryan’s Marxism and Deconstruction: A Critical Articulation (1982), Drucilla Cornell’s Beyond Accommodations (1991; new edition 1999), Geoff Bennington’s Legislations (1996), Richard Beardsworth’s Derrida and the Political (1996), Chantel Mouffe’s The Democratic Paradox (2000), and Derrida’s own many recent writings on politics, including, most famously, Specters of Marx (1994), and his response to the critics of that book in Ghostly Demarcations (Sprinker ed. 1999). It must be admitted, however, that little of this work undertakes a deconstructive approach to particular instances of politico-economic decision-making (although Derrida’s writing on South Africa is one of several interesting exceptions).1 Our project here would be unimaginable without the rigorous work of these and many other contemporary theorists. But whatever its myriad achievements, none of this work has stilled the well-meaning voices that constantly interpose to it the belittling claims of brute practicality. All of us have frequently heard these voices: it is well and good, they say, to debate such things in a seminar room or an academic journal, but how will any of this help the refugees in Kosovo or Afghanistan, or feed the homeless, or fight racism, or relieve any of the other small or large acts of violence and injustice among which we daily live and work? In this essay, we do not shrink from such questions. Instead, we embrace them and, in a preliminary way, attempt to take up what we acknowledge to be this necessary burden.

     

    The second matter to which we attempt to respond is the one that Roberto Mangabeira Unger has elaborated: the question of remaining committed to an ultimate radicality of thought even as one examines and endorses certain sorts of practical reformism, such as affirmative action and welfare. As Unger observes, “The idea of institutional tinkering, or part-by-part change, has often been associated with the abandonment of the challenge to the fundamental institutions of society,” and “Conversely, the conception of such a challenge has just as often been connected with the idea that our institutional structures exist as indivisible systems, standing or falling together” (Unger 19). Marx himself sometimes positioned himself in such a way as to rule out the possibility of anything but an absolute transformation of society. In the “Critique of the Gotha Program,” for example, Marx deploys a logic that seems to suggest that any given social arrangement can be declared either bourgeois or revolutionary, with nothing in between, and with an absolute divide between the two. Marx will occasionally grade the various forms of bourgeois society, as when he argues that “vulgar democracy… towers mountains” over the Gotha Program’s projected Lassallian arrangements (Marx and Engels 538-39), but he also insists that all bourgeois arrangements remain bourgeois through and through and hence should be rigorously rejected. And by such logic, Marx finds himself declaring at the end of this text, for example, that “a general prohibition of child labor” is “incompatible with the existence of large-scale industry” and therefore not only an “empty, pious wish,” but even “reactionary” (Marx and Engels 541). We cite such a passage not to suggest it somehow vitiates the whole Marxist project, within whose broad lines we continue to place our own, but rather to underline our contrasting belief that certain modes of practical political reform are entirely commensurate with more radical forms of theoretical critique. Here, we consider whether certain versions of affirmative action and welfare might remain faithful to what Jean-Luc Nancy, Maurice Blanchot, and Giorgio Agamben, among others, have described as a community beyond the limits of all prevailing models of community, a community that is not the end-result of some forever-deferred cataclysm but that is, rather, uncovered or recognized in the acknowledgment of our being-in-common.2 In this way, we position ourselves at one remove from Unger’s twin concerns regarding “the dangerous limiting case of transformative politics”: on the one hand, the demand for nothing less than an absolute revolution, an all-transformative intervention within an imagined History; on the other hand, the inevitable lapse into a “pessimism” about change that no longer aspires to do more than “humanize the inevitable” (Unger 19, 20). The first case is that of the “would be revolutionar[y]” suffering from a “hypertrophy of the will,” while the second is that of the “disillusioned ex-Marxist become the institutionally conservative social democrat” (Unger 20). Here, we seek to avoid either of these extremes and agree generally with Unger that it is valid and important to experiment at the border of existing social arrangements–that is, to imagine practical, incremental reforms even as one also tries to think a society that, by contrast, wholly exceeds the exclusionary practices of the present moment.

     

    In what follows, we first critique at length the reasoning of some of the well-known legal decisions of recent years that address the issues of affirmative action and welfare, in order to suggest how and why the prevailing thought on either issue has reached an impasse. Then we go on to discover the possibility of a new opening of theory and practice that takes place at the very limit of the prevailing logic on either issue.

     

    1. Toward a Theory of Affirmative Action Without White Affirmation

     

    In the third presidential debate of 2000, candidates George W. Bush and Albert Gore, Jr. jousted over affirmative action. Gore attempted to show that Bush did not accept affirmative action’s fundamental principles–by which he apparently meant the celebrated opinion of Supreme Court Justice Louis Powell in Regents of California v. Bakke (1978). Bush, conversely, asserted that he supported the Texas system: that is, the system instituted in the wake of Hopwood v. Texas (1996), in which ten percent of every public high school graduate class is guaranteed admission into Texas higher education. But there was clear agreement over the matter of “quotas.” Both vigorously asserted their opposition to that form of affirmative action. Indeed, the term “quotas” has become in recent years the all-purpose bugbear in affirmative action discourse.

     

    But precisely what are we referring to when we use this crucial term? The commonplace in this regard is that “quota” signals an interest in placing racial minorities in jobs and admitting them as students irrespective of merit. Thus, according to this account, quota-based affirmative action involves the placement of unqualified or considerably less qualified racial minorities into sought-after positions. But as anyone knows who has served, for example, on an admitting committee for graduate students at a major university, the question of qualifications simply cannot be settled: excellent students come from all types of colleges, with all forms of credentials, and with all manner of test scores and grades; and the same is true of mediocre students. Success in graduate school is premised on factors that are impossible to weigh according to any simple standards. The enormous body of literature surrounding, for example, the matter of standardized test scores should have convinced anyone long ago of the foolishness of predicting talent and performance.3

     

    Something else, of course, is at stake in the rhetoric of “quotas,” and while it might be obvious to some, it is also worth rehearsing. One can start with the key decision in Hopwood v. Texas (1996; also known as “Hopwood II”), where a striking series of consecutive paragraphs signals some hard kernel of ideology in their very repetitiveness. The decision, handed down 18 March 1996 by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, rejects the idea that a state or a state institution has “a compelling state interest in remedying the present effects of past societal discrimination” and makes clear the limits of remedial action (Hopwood 949). The three-member court unanimously and approvingly cites Justice Powell’s decision in Wygant v. Jackson Board of Education (1986):

     

    In the absence of particularized findings, a court could uphold remedies that are ageless in their reach into the past, and timeless in their ability to affect the future. (Hopwood 950)

     

    And again, the Court cites Powell in Wygant:

     

    A remedy reaching all education within a state addresses a putative injury that is vague and amorphous. It has “no logical stopping point.” (950)

     

    Then, citing the Supreme Court’s plurality opinion in City of Richmond v. J.A. Croson Co.(1989):

     

    The “evidence” relied upon by the dissent, history of school desegregation in Richmond and numerous congressional reports, does little to define the scope of any injury to minority contractors in Richmond or the necessary remedy. The factors relied upon by the dissent could justify a preference of any size or duration. (950-1)

     

    And, finally, the Fifth Circuit declares in its own voice that the previous decision of the district court, the decision they are overturning, must be rejected because it “employs no viable limiting principle” (950), and because

     

    the very program at issue here shows how remedying such past wrongs may be expanded beyond any reasonable limits. (951)

     

    “Ageless and timeless,” “no logical stopping point,” “preference of any size or duration,” “no viable limiting principle,” “beyond any reasonable limits”: what each of these moments has in common is an assertion that affirmative action can go too far, can overrun what Wygant calls the “limiting [of] the remedial purpose to the ‘governmental unit involved’” (qtd. in Hopwood 952, n. 44). The argument here is clear: the Court in Hopwood II asserts that the University of Texas Law School is only permitted to take account of its own local and particular discriminatory practices (not those of society in general, or Texas education, or even the University of Texas) and only with regard to citizens of the State of Texas.

     

    And indeed, nested in this flurry of limits, the Court asserts yet one more–here once again citing Croson:

     

    Relief for such an ill-defined wrong could extend until the percentage of public contracts awarded to [minority businesses] in Richmond mirrored the percentage of minorities in the population as a whole. (950; for original, see Croson 498)

     

    In the context of all of the other, repetitive phrases regarding “no reasonable limits,” the logic of the whole becomes visible: parity or equivalence between the state’s racial categorization and public contract awards, or between racial categorization and law school admissions, would be the moment when one has gone “beyond” the “viable,” when one has clearly exceeded all “reasonable limits.” In other words, “reasonable” affirmative action must never approach an equalization of opportunities between and among racial categories. What will remain absolutely unthinkable, unreasonable, and without any “viable” stopping point or limit would be a world in which an X percent statewide African-American population would yield an X percent African-American entering class at the University of Texas Law School.

     

    This is, then, one of the crucial decipherings for the term “quota”: a system in which affirmative action targets might produce equal opportunities. It is as simple as that. (Conversations about “merit,” therefore, are merely code for continued white supremacy; as Richard Delgado, through the fictional professor “Rodrigo,” writes: “The first problem I have with the idea of merit has to do with its majoritarian quality…. Merit is what the victors impose” [Delgado 71].) And while it is certainly true that Hopwood in general represents the rhetorical opposite or end of affirmative action (striking down remedies for any but the most egregious, intentional, and local examples of discrimination and exclusion), one should not too quickly presume that one will find a different logic operating elsewhere–in Justice Powell’s decision in Bakke, for example, which Hopwood explicitly seeks to overturn. Powell quite clearly asserts the same logic of “boundlessness’” in his decision:

     

    In the school cases, the States were required by court order to redress the wrongs worked by specific instances of racial discrimination. That goal was far more focused than the remedying of the effects of “societal discrimination,” an amorphous concept of injury that may be ageless in its reach into the past. (Regents 307)

     

    What precisely does Powell imply here by “amorphous” and “ageless”? Earlier in the opinion, he writes:

     

    The clock of our liberties cannot be turned back to 1868…. It is far too late to argue that the guarantee of equal protection to all persons permits the recognition of special wards entitled to a degree of greater protection than that accorded others. “The Fourteenth Amendment is not directed solely against discrimination due to a “two-class theory”–that is, based upon differences between “white” and Negro.” Hernandez, 347 U.S., at 478. (Regents 295)

     

    Powell in essence argues that the Fourteenth Amendment embodies a “two-class theory” that, if it were 1868, might be of relevance for deciding the matter. One hundred and ten years later, however, he asserts that the Fourteenth Amendment has other agendas; somewhere between 1868 and 1978, then, the Fourteenth Amendment was transformed. There was a time limit, he asserts, on strict construction of the Amendment.4 During this period, the mode of interpretation of the Amendment shifted from strict to loose construction, from original intent to new historical needs and exigencies. Powell dates this transition by signaling that something new has taken place “over the last 30 years”–meaning, roughly, 1950 (Regents 293). The implication is that by 1950 it was “too late” for race-based remedies. The fact that Powell here directly alludes in his language to the most famous passage in Brown v. Board of Education (1954) tells us a great deal. Brown had argued that, “we cannot turn the clock back to 1896 when Plessy v. Ferguson was written. We must consider public education in the light of its full development and its present place in American life throughout the Nation” (Brown 492-3). Thus, Brown suggests that Plessy (the notorious “separate yet equal” case) belongs to a historical moment, and Powell does much the same, but to reverse effect: the project of Brown, he concludes, has made race-based affirmative action an impossibility. Affirmative action at the University of California is thus more like Plessy than Brown, according to Powell.

     

    The effects of an “ageless” remedy for social discrimination are multiple, according to Powell. “Gender-based distinctions,” for example, “might become part of affirmative action,” although, as Powell writes, “gender-based classifications do not share” the “lengthy and tragic history” of race-based classifications (Regents 303). More troubling, he indicates, is that while gender involves only “two possible classifications,” the matter of “racial and ethnic preferences presents far more complex and intractable problems than gender-based classifications” (303):

     

    The white “majority” itself is composed of various minority groups, most of which can lay claim to a history of prior discrimination at the hands of the State and private individuals. Not all of these groups can receive preferential treatment and corresponding judicial tolerance of distinctions drawn in terms of race and nationality, for then the only “majority” left would be a new minority of white Anglo-Saxon Protestants. (Regents 295-6)

     

    Thus, the hinge for Powell’s determination of that which is too unbounded for consideration in matters of affirmative action is precisely that moment when whiteness would no longer constitute a majority. In other words, affirmative action, for Powell, is a “majority” solution to the problem of minorities that can operate only to the limit of the maintenance of majority status for whites. In this way, the limit of affirmative action in Powell’s opinion in Bakke is precisely the same as the limit described in Hopwood, and the one thing that the entire tradition of court decisions regarding affirmative action can never tolerate, therefore, is the disenabling of white privilege and thus the disenabling of “race.”5 Although Ronald Dworkin suggests that the “ultimate goal [of University-based affirmative action] is to lessen not to increase the importance of race in American social and professional life” (Dworkin 294), this most certainly has not turned out to be the case in practice–not since Bakke, at least. In this regard, all liberal scholarly celebrations of the Powell opinion’s “pragmatic accommodation” and “shining virtues” (Post 24, 20) and its “salutary” character of opening up rather than closing debate on affirmative action (Sunstein 118) are misguided. If the Powell opinion settled anything, it was that affirmative action must be accommodated to the presumed views of the “white majority.”

     

    Indeed, there are so many moments of dicta in this regard in Powell’s opinion, separate and distinct from any form of legal argumentation, that it is difficult to read it without being struck by the sheer force of its defense of white privilege. In a moment (lurking in Powell’s footnotes) that interests the distinguished legal scholar Reva Seigel, Powell marshals onto the side of his argument the “outrage” of white people:

     

    All state-imposed classifications that rearrange burdens and benefits on the basis of race are likely to be viewed with deep resentment by the individuals burdened. The denial to innocent persons of equal rights and opportunities may outrage those so deprived and therefore may be perceived to be invidious. These individuals are likely to find little comfort in the notion that the deprivation they are asked to endure is merely the price of membership in the dominant majority and that its imposition is inspired by the supposedly benign purpose of aiding others. One should not lightly dismiss the inherent unfairness of, and the perception of mistreatment that accompanies, a system of allocating benefits and privileges on the basis of skin color and ethnic origin. (Regents 294, n. 34)

     

    One might want to underline the words “merely the price of membership in the dominant majority” in order to underscore the way that Powell takes as a given the continued existence of a “dominant” white majority, and that even an affirmative action that in no way imperils this status might cross the line of “inherent unfairness.” In this sense, affirmative action theory as embedded in the Powell opinion and its many later judicial and scholarly commentaries begins from the assumption that affirmative action may only set as its goal a minimal sort of tokenism. Again, one perhaps wants to underline the extra-legal character of this moment: a U.S. Supreme Court justice decides here to speak for the white race rather than on behalf of a legal principle.

     

    And there is still to consider in this regard one more matter buried in the Powell decision that will permit the theorization of affirmative action in a far more explicit way. It should be remembered, of course, that Powell’s opinion in Bakke pleased no one on the court: that Justices Burger, Stewart, Rehnquist, and Stevens affirmed the overturning of the University of California affirmative action program but wrote a combined dissent to Powell; and that Justices White, Brennan, Marshall, and Blackmun accepted Powell’s logic only at its most minimal point, Section V-C, which is one paragraph long and provides no guidance as to how “the competitive consideration of race” might continue (Regents 320). Historically, however, the totality of Powell’s decision has become increasingly important, with large chucks of its entirely solo logic cited in later court decisions.

     

    Justice Powell relied not only on his reading of the Fourteenth Amendment and of Brown v. Board of Education in order to reject California-Davis’s version of affirmative action. He also linked his opinion on several occasions to a network of Supreme Court and other court cases concerning Asian-Americans. Section III-A, for example, which was joined by Justice White and thus perhaps stands firmer than any other part of the decision except for V-C, ends by citing approvingly the language from Hirabayashi v. United States (1942) and Korematsu v. United States (1944):

     

    Racial and ethnic classifications, however, are subject to stringent examination without regard to these additional characteristics {i.e., “discreteness” and “insularity” of the classification}. We declared as much in the first cases explicitly to recognize racial distinctions as suspect:

     

    “Distinctions between citizens solely because of their ancestry are by their very nature odious to a free people whose institutions are founded upon the doctrine of equality.” Hirabayashi, 320 U.S., at 100. “[A]ll legal restrictions which curtail the civil rights of a single racial group are immediately suspect. This is not to say that all such restrictions are unconstitutional. It is to say that courts must subject them to the most rigid scrutiny.” Korematsu, 323 U.S., at 216.

     

    The Court has never questioned the validity of these pronouncements. Racial and ethnic distinctions of any sort are inherently suspect and thus call for the most exacting judicial examination. (Regents 290-91)

     

    These perhaps fine-sounding words appear in cases that leave the blackest mark on the Supreme Court’s record in the twentieth century. Hirabayashi and Korematsu are the Japanese-American Exclusion Order cases; both affirm the Constitutional authority to discriminate and exclude U.S. citizens on the basis of race if “a group of one national extraction may menace that safety more than others” (Hirabayashi 101) and if it is “deemed necessary because of the presence of an unascertained number of disloyal members of the group” (Korematsu 218).

     

    Both cases were reopened through Congressional inquiry shortly after Powell’s decision in Bakke, and the final Congressional Report concluded that the cases had been “overruled in the court of history.”6 Yet, of course, the cases stood as precedent in 1978, just as they stand today. As Reggie Oh and Frank Wu have written, “Korematsu remains controlling case law” (167). The cases constitutionally authorize a two-tier or two-class model of U.S. citizenship, upholding the Exclusion Orders during a time of emergency even as they affirm Asian-American “status as citizens” (Hirabayashi 113-14).

     

    Thus, the question of what Powell has accomplished by yoking his decision in Bakke to these cases is a curious one, and yet one which must be asked because Powell continues along the same lines in Section III-B of the decision. Here, he includes a long footnote that uses the Exclusion Order cases to declare that “no Western state… can claim that it has always treated Japanese and Chinese in a fair and evenhanded manner” in order to demonstrate that an affirmation of general “minority” entitlement will open the door to an unbounded number of groups which might claim discrimination (Regents 297, n. 37l; also 292, 294).

     

    Powell is here operating by complex analogy. When he writes, “This is not to say that all such restrictions are unconstitutional. It is to say that courts must subject them to the most rigid scrutiny,” he suggests that the logic of the state of emergency in Hirabayashi and Korematsu will be applied to California-Davis in order to ascertain whether the State of California’s racial hierarchies justify the emergency measure of quota-based affirmative action. For Powell, of course, California does not meet the test. Thus, the same standard which permits the Japanese concentration camps denies the need for affirmative action. But this is more than the mere application of some clear and determinate standard in two separate cases. By thinking these two instances together as a coherent political strategy, one can conclude that the logic of the limit in Bakke is double: Affirmative action can only proceed so long as it does not disturb white privilege, while at the same time the Constitutional protection of raceless citizenship extends also only to the point where white privilege senses its disturbance. The Supreme Court, then, has clarified the matter of racial politics in the following way: the only race that always counts (or matters) is the white race. All other races are counted (that is, enumerated and taken account of) flexibly, and this depends entirely on whether such counting is seen as a furtherance or hindrance to white majoritarian rule.

     

    Hirabayashi and Korematsu are by any measure highly exceptional cases, but such exceptions, as Carl Schmitt argues, reveal the precise location of “sovereignty”: “Sovereign is he who decides on the exception” (Schmitt 5). “What characterizes an exception is principally unlimited authority, which means the suspension of the entire existing order,” and therefore “the exception reveals most clearly the essence of the state’s authority” (Schmitt 12, 13). Exceptions to Constitutional norms, then, are not precisely exceptional:

     

    The rule proves nothing; the exception proves everything: It confirms not only the rule but also its existence, which derives only from the exception. (Schmitt 15)

     

    It is only in the exception that one can see clearly the grounding of the norm. In this case, legal racelessness, legal color-blindness, is premised, grounded, and founded upon a bedrock of Constitutional white privilege, of white supremacy. The law of white supremacy “is not wholly beyond the limits of the Constitution and is not to be condemned merely because in other and in most circumstances racial distinctions are irrelevant” (Hirabayashi 101). Powell’s founding of all future affirmative action theory on the base of Hirabayashi and Korematsu thus assures theoretically that affirmative action must content itself with results far below those that would permit the equalization of racial opportunities in the United States. The body of affirmative action decisions in the U.S. since 1978 are coextensive with the entire history of state-based and state-sponsored racial hierarchies and exclusions. (From a related perspective, as Oh and Wu suggest, the affirmative action decision Adarand Constructors v. Pena (1995) explicitly reinforces the logic of Korematsu and lays the groundwork for a future related race-emergency decision [182]).

     

    One sees the results of Powell throughout the country, in institutions that claim to be strongly operating under the principles of affirmative action. At Michigan State University, for example, where Michaelsen teaches, the official affirmative action goals of colleges and departments are set far below general population distributions and are instead keyed to a concept of market “availability” of potential faculty. In addition, in setting unit goals all “minorities” are lumped together; thus, at a time when the national minority population officially nears 30% and rapidly heads toward 50%, the total target for the Department of English is 10.6% minority composition (or six out of approximately fifty faculty). The implications are serious, as the University’s Affirmative Action Officer reports: once these minimal targets are met, no University-level support need be offered in terms of the hiring of additional minority faculty members. “The test is whether there is underutilization,” according to the UAAO. Since the English Department has two American Indian faculty members, one Asian/Pacific Islander, and two Black faculty members, no “unit hiring goal” is set in terms of Hispanic faculty, for example, even though the Department has no Chicano/Latino faculty members. There are, in essence, too many other minorities already in place, and there currently is 1.6% “over-utilization” of minority faculty positions in the Department from the University’s perspective. Indeed, the Department has been officially notified that it has no “hiring goal” at all at the present time as far as racial minorities are concerned. In this game, no unit can easily or even reasonably manage to achieve parity with larger social demographics, and “minorities” are condemned to super-minority or “minority-minority” status.7

     

    None of this is surprising in the wake of Bakke, and MSU in this regard is neither better nor worse than its peer institutions. Everything in the case law concerning affirmative action would steer an institution in this direction. For example, in Fullilove v. Klutznick (1980), a case that considered the Public Works Employment Act of 1977, the Supreme Court found that a 10% set-aside for federally funded contracts was constitutional, while in the Croson decision, which was cited at the crucial ideological moment in Hopwood, the court threw out a 30% set-aside instituted by a major U.S. city (a city, by the way, that claimed at the time a 50% minority population). The Supreme Court produced a highly contorted logic in Croson in order to reach the conclusion that one form of set-aside was constitutional and the other not. Justice O’Connor, writing the majority opinion, argued, for example, that the U.S. Congress had stronger powers in regard to determining set-asides and noted that the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Amendments themselves had limited the powers of states to undertake their own initiatives and enlarged those of the U.S. Congress (City of Richmond 490). Thus, in part, Richmond’s plan was overturned because it represented local rather than federal affirmative action.

     

    But it would be difficult not to see in these two opinions that the Supreme Court has determined that affirmative action has an appropriate target goal, and that it is closer to 10% inclusion than it is to 30%. Justice O’Connor writes tellingly in Croson: “the 30% quota cannot be said to be narrowly tailored to any goal, except perhaps outright racial balancing” (City of Richmond 507). This is precisely the heart of the matter: 10% tokenism is acceptable to the Supreme Court, while 30% “racial balancing” is not (even though “racial balancing,” or attention to affirmative action with regard to population, would go far further than 30%). Therefore, when one finds that a Research 1 institution such as Michigan State has adopted a roughly 10% plan, it is clear that the University seeks to position itself in relation to the case law in a space where its policy cannot easily be contravened. In fact, it is in Croson that the logic of “availability” is laid down as law in the clearest fashion. But the results of this “lowballing” of affirmative action targets are also perfectly clear.

     

    One related area in which Croson completely overturned Fullilove, rather than distorted it, concerns the matter of statistical analysis. Fullilove had cited approvingly a House Committee on Small Business report that had argued that statistical disparities constituted prima facie evidence of discrimination:

     

    While minority persons comprise about 16 percent of the Nation’s population, of the 13 million businesses in the United States, only 382,000, or approximately 3.0 percent, are owned by minority individuals. The most recent data from the Department of Commerce also indicates that the gross receipts of all businesses in this country totals about $2,540.8 billion, and of this amount only $16.6 billion, or about 0.65 percent was realized by minority business concerns.

     

    These statistics are not the result of random chance. The presumption most be made that past discriminatory systems have resulted in present economic inequities. (qtd. in Fullilove 465)

     

    And the Court concludes on this point: “we are satisfied that Congress had abundant historical basis from which it could conclude that traditional procurement practices, when applied to minority businesses, could perpetuate the effects of prior discrimination” (Fullilove 478).

     

    Croson‘s rejection of this sort of statistical evaluation is sweeping: “But where special qualifications are necessary, the relevant statistical pool for purposes of demonstrating discriminatory exclusion must be the number of minorities qualified to undertake the particular task” (Croson 501-02). “Blacks may be disproportionately attracted to industries other than construction,” the Court argues (Croson 503). And the court describes as “non-racial factors” such matters as “deficiencies in working capital, inability to meet bonding requirements, unfamiliarity with bidding procedures, and disability caused by an inadequate track record” (Croson 498-99). Thus, according to Croson, affirmative action begins and ends with things as they are in the present moment. The fact that in the city of Richmond, with a minority population base of 50%, 0.67% of the city’s recent contracts had been awarded to minority firms belongs to a network of “inherently unmeasurable claims of past wrongs” (Croson 506). The Supreme Court in the area of affirmative action has long been and has continued to be the protector, then, of white privilege, accepting or rejecting various affirmative action plans and evidence of discrimination entirely on the basis of whether percentage hiring/contracting goals for such programs are kept to a bare minimum. Every time the Supreme Court invokes its logic of “unboundedness,” therefore, the dirty secret is that the Court means that a particular program has come too close to racial redress. At times, the Court completely strips away its own masking of this agenda, as in Croson, in which a 10% set-aside is declared “flexible,” while a 30% set-aside is deemed a “quota.” Here, the Court declares its preference for not calculating discrimination and the limit of deracialization, while more typically (and even in Croson) the court rhetorically has rested on the logic of rejection of any “amorphous claim” for a program “of any size or duration” (Croson 499, 505).

     

    The absolute disaster of attempting to build an affirmative action program atop the logic of Powell and the Supreme Court decisions that follow is clear, then, but for one exception. As is well known, Powell often is celebrated (even by his detractors) for Section IV of the opinion, in which he affirms the “benefits that flow from an ethnically diverse student body” and the first amendment “freedom of the university” (Regents 306, 312). As is also well known, this limited defense of affirmative action has become the crucial matter in all subsequent affirmative action discussion.

     

    Indeed, the summary judgment issued in Gratz v. Bollinger (2000), which ruled that the University of Michigan’s undergraduate affirmative action program (at least in its most recent incarnation) is constitutional, turns on the question of diversity, and here one should first note the language that the Court reiterates from Plaintiffs’ arguments:

     

    Plaintiffs have presented no argument or evidence rebutting the University Defendants’ assertion that a racially and ethnically diverse student body gives rise to educational benefits for both minority and non-minority students. In fact, during oral argument, counsel for Plaintiffs indicated his willingness to assume, for purposes of these motions, that diversity in institutional settings of higher education is “good, important, and valuable.” Counsel for Plaintiffs, however, contends that “good, important, and valuable” is not enough, and that the diversity rationale is too amorphous and ill-defined, and “too limitless, timeless, and scopeless,” to rise to the level of a compelling interest. According to counsel for Plaintiffs, the University’s diversity rationale has “no logical stopping point” but rather is a “permanent regime” in direct conflict with strict scrutiny standards. (Gratz 25)

     

    It is here that something novel perhaps enters the case law of affirmative action: an affirmation of that which is unlimited, rather than minimal, in Judge Duggan’s rejection of Plaintiff’s argument. Already one can note some guarded celebration in liberal quarters regarding the Gratz affirmation of affirmative action, but Gratz comes with important and barbed qualifiers in its unwillingness to determine the limit of affirmative action. First, “in other contexts, i.e. the construction industry context” (which historically has been another important site for affirmative action law), a diversity law rationale may well be “too amorphous and ill-defined” (Gratz 25). Thus, what Powell has left as affirmative action’s only leg to stand on will function only in an educational context, with its specialized needs in terms of diversity.

     

    Second, Gratz precisely reflects Powell’s opinion in Bakke (and the limiting logic of the combined Fullilove and Croson decisions) in its rejection of quotas. Most dramatically, Gratz signals its agreement with the Supreme Court in specifying some indistinct numerical limit to affirmative action:

     

    A university’s interest in achieving the educational benefits that flow from a diverse student body does not justify an admissions program designed to admit a predetermined number or proportion of minority students. Instead, a university must carefully design its system to fall between these two competing ends of the spectrum, i.e., between a system that completely fails to achieve a meaningful level of diversity, under which the benefits associated with a diverse student body will never be realized, and a rigid quota system, which is clearly unconstitutional under Justice Powell’s opinion in Bakke. (Gratz 31-2)

     

    Thus, “the fact that the University cannot articulate a set number or percentage of minority students that would constitute the requisite level of diversity” poses no problem for Judge Duggan, because the “requisite level” is already limited by Bakke (Gratz 25).

     

    Gratz, read carefully, thus affirms only that proper affirmative action falls somewhere between total “failure” to diversify and quotas (or “racial balancing”). It remains balanced precariously between, roughly, the 10% and 30% continuum, and likely closer to the former than the latter, given the earlier case law.

     

    What Gratz does affirm turns entirely and merely, then, on “diversity,” and Judge Duggan’s decision includes several pages of reference to Patricia Y. Gurin’s contribution to a very large document prepared by the University of Michigan toward its defense, entitled, “The Compelling Need for Diversity in Higher Education.” Though a number of more famous commentators weigh in with pages on the history and results of racism and affirmative action (Derek Bok, Eric Foner, and the like), it is clear that the most interesting part of the document is Gurin’s, and her claim is that she has generated the first quantified results of the benefits of diversity.

     

    Duggan writes: “The University Defendants have presented this Court with solid evidence regarding the educational benefits that flow from a racially and ethnically diverse student body” and it is quite likely that Gurin’s findings as well as similar sorts of future studies will now become part of the next phase of defense of university-based affirmative action programs (Gratz 21). It is thus worth pondering the implications of Gurin’s argument, in order to understand whether affirmative action theory finally has broken through the barrier of white privilege or instead has recapitulated it in some new but entirely recognizable form.

     

    Gurin’s text refers to an enormous body of literature on psychological development in order to advance a complex thesis whose main features can be boiled down to the following:

     

    • College students are still psychologically unformed in terms of their positioning in a “pre-reflective stage of judgment” (Gurin, “Theoretical” 5);

     

    • Late adolescent and early adult experiences, when they are discontinuous enough from the home environment and complex enough to offer new ideas and possibilities, can be critical sources of development. (“Theoretical” 2)

     

    College students, therefore, in order to engage in “deep thinking” and in order generally to “help… democracy thrive” through reflexive acts of citizenship, must be thrown into a college environment that is sufficiently racially and culturally different from the one they have occupied until age eighteen (“Theoretical” 4, 6). The particular categories of useful outcomes include such matters as “growth in active thinking processes,” “engagement and motivation” concerning learning and thinking, as well as general “citizenship engagement,” “racial/cultural engagement,” and recognition of the “compatibility of differences” in modern society (Gurin, “Studies” 4).

     

    Several levels of analysis are necessary to understand the implications of these arguments, but first one should acknowledge that Gurin’s text is attempting to salvage affirmative action within the set of highly narrow constraints imposed by the Supreme Court’s previous decisions. Her general goals in this regard often are admirable, including the “disrupt[ion]” of a “pattern” of post-college “segregation,” and here it is possible to square her goals with those of an affirmative action of deracialization (Gurin, “Empirical” 2). Gurin’s defense can never go far enough, however, given the discursive constraints imposed on the defense in Gratz, and major portions of the structure of the argument prove problematic on closer examination.

     

    First, to the extent that a dynamic shift or change in racial/cultural milieu for college-age students is necessary for the achievement of important social objectives, such as thinking itself, the argument is weakened by the fact that the universally positive social benefits she cites are only possible, in the first place, within a society that is segregated. In other words, if the U.S. were not segregated in the first place–if college students had already been brought up in a diverse environment–then no such outcomes would be possible. By defining and valuing critical thinking in this way, the argument could be interpreted as implicitly supporting the maintenance of a geographically racialized United States.

     

    Second, to the extent that one of the key outcomes is greater “knowledge and awareness” of racial/cultural difference, the argument values “an increasingly heterogeneous and complex society” (“Studies” 4; “Theoretical” 6). “It is discourse over conflict, not unanimity, that helps democracy thrive” (“Theoretical” 6). Rather than defending affirmative action as anti-racialist practice, as deracialization, therefore, the argument subtly promotes difference-construction and difference-building, in order to continue to exploit such differences for intellectual purposes. Here one would need to confront the text’s fibrillation when using the terms “race” and “culture”–a fibrillation that is perhaps symptomatic, since the two are notoriously difficult to disentangle analytically. As Michaelsen has argued elsewhere at length, there is no benign concept of “culture” or “cultural difference” that might be separated from “race” and “racial difference.” The ideas of cultural difference and cultural pluralism in this century simply replace “race” in anthropological thought, and the discourse of “culture” is therefore a product of racial thought. To the extent that there are lived experiences of cultural difference in the United States, they remain tied necessarily to the heritage of race violence and exclusion in such a way as to always function analogously when made to operate politically.

     

    Finally, one should note that the diversity argument in Gurin’s text primarily and perhaps fundamentally emphasizes the benefits that accrue to white student populations (“Empirical” 4). In contradistinction, “peer interaction must be considered in more complex ways for African American students. These findings suggest the supportive function of group identity for African American students, and the potentially positive effects of having sufficient numbers of same-race peers” (“Empirical” 5). Gurin believes that difference benefits everyone, intellectually and democratically, although she also argues that a substantially African-American college environment for African-American students may well benefit them in precisely the same ways that a diverse environment benefits whites. In other words, the world of education need not be reformed in the manner of the University of Michigan, unless the needs of whites constitute the primary agenda. For example, benefit for African-Americans would accrue equally well in a world of primarily black colleges, with all African-Americans attending them rather than historically white institutions. In this way, the University of Michigan’s defense of its affirmative action policy is continuous with all of the affirmative action decisions in arguing from the position of white needs.

     

    But the privileging of white benefit in the argument should come as no surprise to those who know the Wygant decision, which explicitly reversed any form of affirmative action on the basis of a “role model” theory.8 In other words, any argument for affirmative action that claims that historically racialized students will benefit from classrooms run by similarly racialized teachers is struck down in Wygant as a reintroduction of Plessy‘s exclusionary logic:

     

    Carried to its logical extreme, the idea that black students are better off with black teachers could lead to the very system the Court rejected in Brown v. Board of Education. (Wygant 276)

     

    After Wygant, then, the only avenue left to pursue is precisely the one that Gurin’s text takes up: that whites benefit from teachers and peers of color. In this way, the University of Michigan’s defense of its affirmative action policy is continuous with all of the affirmative action decisions in arguing from the position of white needs.

     

    To be perfectly clear here: this argument does not reject the very limited inroads that have been made in the wake of Bakke and that may come if Gratz remains the law of the land (increasingly unlikely as this may be, given more recent developments).9 It is true, however, that the thinking that underlies this tradition is one that has a coherent relationship to the logic of Hopwood and thus to the logic of anti-affirmative action. The coherence takes place around the determination of the limit of affirmative action as a permanent system of affirming and supporting hierarchical racial/cultural difference rather than a project of deracialization. Deracialization’s promise cannot be realized until a moment when the historic “races” that live and work in the United States find themselves with truly equal opportunities all the way down, in a pattern of economic well-being and career prestige that matches population statistics. One clear roadblock to deracialization is a hundreds-of-years-old pattern of general economic and social inequality amongst the historic “races.” The disruption of the pattern depends, minimally, not on the achievements of diversity but upon the ending of deep structural inequalities.

     

    Affirmative action explicitly has separated itself from this goal after Bakke, and the entire line of post-Bakke court decisions operate as one.10 These decisions, in fact, take their place as merely part of a whole landscape of history and policy–including the colonization and reservationization of Native America, African-American slavery, the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, Jim Crow, the Chinese Exclusion Act and its reiterations, the WWII concentration camps for Japanese Americans, Manning Marable’s formulation of capitalism’s underdevelopment of black America, and in general what Charles Mills calls “the racial contract”–in which minority citizenship in the United States remains constantly at risk or even impossible to inaugurate. As it was in 1868 so it remains in the twenty-first century, when the “savage inequalities” of racialization, to borrow Jonathan Kozol’s phrase, are as much on evidence as they were one hundred and thirty five years ago.11

     

    One possible redefinition, then, of affirmative action that might take us beyond a mere reiteration of the past (and this is precisely the one that none of the various courts have taken seriously) is as follows: affirmative action should be the white race’s expenditure without reserve of its privilege. Phrasing the matter in this way, affirmative action is about deracialization and the disempowerment of a whiteness that will remain in place for as long as there are income, savings, and property-holding discrepancies between the historic races. Affirmative action, then, must become a special form of what is called “race traitorism”–and not an individuated, voluntarist one (as one finds in the work of Mills, for example), but a white-state-based traitorism. The legal arguments for a Constitutionally based dismantling of white property have been carefully and compellingly assembled in the 1990s by scholars such as Ronald J. Fiscus, Cheryl I. Harris, and Barbara J. Flagg, and this body of work is of great historico-theoretical importance. One must underline, however, that this dismantling or dissolving of that whole social construct called “race” need not and should not become anything affirmative at all–such as, most clearly, an affirmation of diversity. It is a spending that does not explicitly produce new works, does not build anything, does not begin from the idea of “humanity” or “diversity” in order to divest itself of privilege. Such affirmative action does not have any concept in advance of “who” will appear at the limit of such expenditure. In this sense, affirmative action is neither action, in the sense of a positive project or a building up of something, nor, strictly, affirmative of anything, including constitutionalism itself. Indeed, such a version of affirmative action would take one necessarily and theoretically to the limits of U.S. constitutionalism and sovereignty in order to confront its structurally embedded ruling class in the form of, for example, a conception of citizenship as a work or a labor that is judged or determined in terms of its completeness. (In terms of the Japanese exclusion act cases, it was precisely this citizen-structure that permitted the ascription of the Japanese as foreign nationals, who had somehow not yet worked themselves into the figure of “Americans.” The question of the truth of matters of Americanization is not at stake here, but merely the bare politico-social scientific structure known as the “citizen.”) This is simply to say that rather than a process of reforming the U.S. Constitution (making it live up to its best intentions), affirmative action at its limit necessarily amounts to a dismembering of constitutionalism, to a “politics” at the edge of what Schmitt has called “the concept of the political” and toward, for example, what Derrida has briefly described as “the State as it ought to be–as a counter-institution, necessary for opposing those institutions that represent particular interests and properties” (Derrida and Ferraris 51). Another way to say the preceding would begin with Schmitt’s definition of sovereignty as the exception and continue with Benjamin’s eighth thesis on the philosophy of history, Agamben’s Homo Sacer (1995), and Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri’s Empire (2000), all of which suggest in their different ways that the exception has become the “rule” and that the modern state is characterized by a permanent state of exception (Agamben, Homo Sacer 12; Hardt and Negri 17-18). Such thought allows us to conclude that, if sovereignty is the right to declare the exception, then the limit of such sovereignty would be the exception to the exception.12 Transformative affirmative action therefore will appear only at the limit of the present juridical order (at the limit of white supremacy).

     

    This maximal form of affirmative action is entirely faithful to our understanding of the Marxist project in general, which, as Shershow suggests elsewhere, inaugurates a process of calculation in order to end the regime of calculation (Shershow 491). Affirmative action, if it is to be anything, will have to calculate itself to the limits of its calculability–to the limit at which the calculation and counting of a white privileged majority would have no meaning. The promise of affirmative action will thus remain of interest to political progressives strictly as a project that seeks to remove “race” as a mode through which the state may distinguish and exclude.

     

    Affirmative action does not, however, take us to the limit of all forms of exclusivity. For example, because affirmative action begins and ends with the attempt to rationally allocate scarce resources (contracts, tenure-track jobs, graduate student fellowships, and the like), affirmative action remains complicit with the construction of social and economic classes. One certainly could imagine a future world in which the historic races no longer have meaning, yet in which the opportunity to attend an Ivy League university instead of a community college continues to be denied to some citizens. And even a policy of guaranteed higher education for all might not in itself prevent some educations from being (to borrow from George Orwell) “more equal than others.” Though “race” is an analytically distinct category from “class,” their relationship remains overdetermined, and the attempt to address one inevitably opens out onto the other (and onto still other domains of inequity, such as gender, sexuality, and the like). In the next section of this essay, we specifically take up another hotly debated policy matter of recent years in order to explore the economic implications of post-structuralist politics.

     

    2. Towards a Theory of Welfare without Exclusion

     

    On the subject of welfare, candidates Bush and Gore in the last presidential campaign didn’t disagree even in the measured and ambiguous way that they did on the subject of affirmative action. Rather, both candidates hailed as a significant achievement the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act passed by Congress and signed by President Bill Clinton in 1996, an act that ended the very idea of a federal entitlement to subsistence benefits and set strict new limits on the amount of time a family could receive cash relief. In fact, today it can easily seem as though practically everyone, on all sides of the political spectrum, agrees that the constellation of programs known loosely as “welfare”–especially the Aid for Families with Dependent Children (AFDC)–had for a long time been promoting a so-called “dependence” on the part of the poor.13 This apparent political consensus about welfare has somehow overcome what from another perspective might seem a broad and fundamental ideological opposition. In this apparent opposition, one side emphasizes a kind of altruism or mutual obligation (“we must help those less fortunate than ourselves”), while the other side emphasizes a kind of possessive individualism or self-reliance (“look out for number one”; “charity begins at home”). Michael B. Katz, author of a history of welfare policy in the United States, summarizes the enduring American debate about welfare in almost exactly such terms: one side asks “what do we owe each other, not simply as individuals, but as a community or nation?” while the other side seeks to strengthen an “open market in which responsible individuals [can] carve out their success or accept the consequences of their failure” (Katz 332-3). The first of these positions is typically thought of as liberal or Left, the second as conservative or Right. We want to argue, however, that the prevailing consensus about welfare is not simply the triumph of the conservative position, but rather a kind of internal collapse of the opposition itself, something that takes place at the conjunction of questions of common being and the economic calculus.

     

    The thought of the Left seems to focus on the first of these terms, grounding our social obligation in what Michael Walzer, for example, calls our “membership” in a particular community, a particular commonality of being. For Walzer, “the members of a political community owe to one another… the communal provision of security and welfare” (Walzer 63). The members of a community provide for one another, and they do so precisely on the basis of their membership: the immanent common being they share with other members.14 This is a vision of communal inclusion founded, in the most basic sense, on an exclusion, for members of a community owe one another, as Walzer puts it, “mutual provision of all those things for the sake of which they have separated themselves from mankind as a whole” (65). And just as the communal membership requires separation from and exclusion of other social subjects, so it must involve an act of economic calculation. In other words, when we ask, to whom are we obligated and why?, we must then also ask, how much do we owe one another? how much can we afford to give? For further example, the liberal economist Robert M. Solow, in his Tanner lectures at Princeton University in 1998, begins by denouncing the so-called “welfare-reform” bill of 1996 but nevertheless advocates a model of welfare that (citing Amy Gutmann’s introductory summary) “is guided by two explicit aims: one, to increase self-reliance among those citizens who are now on welfare, and two, to decrease the need for altruism among those citizens who now pay for welfare” (viii). Altruism itself, Solow concludes, “is scarce; there is never enough to go around” (3). In such a model, social policies, even of the most “liberal” or “progressive” kind, are literally constituted by acts of calculation, for not only material resources but sociality itself is grasped as being in short supply.

     

    Correspondingly, the conservative or right-wing approach to social welfare, however much it seems to emphasize individual responsibility and self-reliance instead of altruism or mutual obligation, does not simply turn the other position inside-out to suggest that we owe one another nothing. On the contrary, conservative approaches to welfare envision an even more complex and subtle network of mutual obligation.15 In this case, the connection of common being and the economic calculus is even more fundamental, since what is believed most to unite us is our status as economic subjects of a particular kind, whose behavior is the aggregate product of a balance of needs and exertions, and who must accordingly be constantly subjected to the goad of subsistence and survival. The basic conservative position can thus be schematically summarized like this: poverty occurs when individuals are either unable or unwilling to work. When people are truly unable to work because of factors beyond their control, such as a crippling disability, they are “deserving” of economic support, and the community is obligated to give it. But more often, people are merely unwilling to work, either because of some moral weakness such as drug addiction or because they are just plain lazy. In this case, it is argued, to relieve their poverty merely rewards and encourages their moral failure and makes them dependent on what more extreme ideologues like to call the “public trough.”16 Therefore, any system of organized charity or welfare always tends to foster rather than alleviate poverty; our moral obligation to prevent “undeserving” objects from receiving relief is, if anything, even greater than our original obligation to give.

     

    In recent years, this argument has been expounded at length by an interrelated group of social scientists and historians, including, among others, Martin Anderson, George Gilder, Gertrude Himmelfarb, Lawrence M. Mead, Charles Murray, and Marvin Olasky.17 (The latter also coined the slogan “compassionate conservatism” on which George W. Bush successfully campaigned for president in 2000, a slogan that in this context is revealed as referring specifically to the thesis just summarized by denoting an alleged mode of proper compassion characterized by its refusal to give to the “undeserving” poor. We will only cite one brief example, since all these writers make essentially the same argument and often cross-reference one another. Murray, in his introductory remarks to one of Olasky’s books, argues that even if our society went far beyond all previous models of welfare relief and literally “put everyone above the poverty line with a check,” this would simply mean that “families that once managed to stay above the poverty line through their own labor” would begin “to take it a little easier,” producing “significant reductions in work effort.” Therefore, to provide welfare in the form of cash relief, Murray asserts, “is an efficient way to increase the size of the underclass, not reduce it” (Murray, “Preface” xiii-xiv).

     

    To compare these apparently opposed visions of Left and Right is to see clearly how they merely propose what might be called negative and positive versions of the same argument: the Right emphasizes how a kind of naked and impersonal economic coercion forces people to be self-reliant, and the Left emphasizes, instead, helping people to help themselves… to be self-reliant. As Judith N. Shklar suggests,

     

    What is really astonishing is the degree of agreement between these critics and defenders of welfare. Independence, exchanging the welfare check for a paycheck, is what both sides hope for. All want to make good citizens of the “underclass” by getting them a job and making them, too, earning members of society. (96)18

     

    And for either Left or Right, the seemingly inevitable claims of common being, however such being is understood, always require an exclusion: we will provide for our own, we will not relieve the “undeserving” poor, and so on. And such observations also further indicate how, for Right and Left alike, scarcity itself remains the one utterly irreducible assumption, and therefore the economic calculus remains the one essential and forever-unfinished operation of all social thought. It is here that one rediscovers, on the axis of class, a version of the same formula we previously uncovered on the axis of race. Just as the prevailing logic of affirmation action can never go past the point where white privilege senses its disturbance, so the prevailing logic of welfare can never relieve poverty all the way down, to the point where economic privilege itself might be threatened. Here, conventional liberal or conservative approaches to the question of poverty converge in a kind of aporia, an argument whose fatal circularity is hidden in plain sight–precisely because its fundamental underlying assumption both addresses and itself appears as what might be called “nature,” the ultimate otherness of material Necessity itself. People require the goad of subsistence, it is argued, in order to keep them working. And they must be kept working in order to subsist. Need keeps us working and work overcomes our need. But this means that the one absolute assumed in every version of this thought, subsistence itself, is in effect something that cannot and must not be guaranteed. Our daily victory over scarcity is the condition of our very existence and also something that cannot be ensured in some political or social sense as an expectation or a right. Subsistence itself must always be both present and absent; for only the threat of its absence produces its presence. Or, to phrase this ruinous argument in its most absolutely paradoxical form: in order to overcome scarcity we must never overcome scarcity.

     

    This paradoxical and self-defeating logic, we go on to argue, underlies a pair of interrelated Supreme Court decisions that were issued about thirty years ago, but whose primary themes continue to figure centrally in contemporary debates about welfare. At the time of the first of these decisions, Shapiro v. Thompson (1969), the Warren Court–now approaching its end and already, of course, celebrated for its innovative decisions in civil rights–had seemed to some observers to be on the brink of declaring a constitutional “right” to economic subsistence, a hope that was, however, effectively dashed the following year with Dandridge v. Williams (1970).19 In Shapiro, the Court struck down durational residency requirements in Connecticut and several other states, laws that required a needy family to establish residence in a state for one full year before becoming eligible for welfare benefits. In briefs submitted to the Court on both sides of the case, it was acknowledged that such policies descend from the so-called “poor laws” of Elizabethan England and early colonial America, laws that prohibited indigent persons from leaving their own parish and established draconian penalties for vagrancy.20 For example, Robert K. Killian and Francis J. MacGregor, attorneys general of Connecticut, acknowledge in their appellant’s brief that the central question of the case is

     

    whether unlimited migration of those poor who do not want to enter the labor market should be allowed, with the end result that Connecticut’s liberal program would be curtailed because of this additional tax bite, or whether Connecticut should set up a reasonable residence requirement that protected… those poor resident applicants, who in the past, had contributed to the economy. (LBA 68: 10)

     

    In other words, the appellants argue that durational residency requirements are necessary to prevent indigents migrating to a state with relatively higher benefits and hence putting pressure on that state’s welfare budget.

     

    The issues in this case thus locate themselves precisely at the fatal intersection of common being and the economic calculus, for there would be no dispute at all if there were not different levels of welfare benefit in different American states. In effect, three different levels of identity are at issue in this question: citizenship in a particular state, citizenship in the United States, and membership in a common humanity–this latter, in the discourse of this case, explicitly understood as a mode of being characterized by particular needs and a particular degree of willingness to work for the sake of the community (or, as the appellants put it, to “contribute to the economy”). The appellants defend residency requirements in the name of that social calculation which all modes of common being seemingly make necessary and by emphasizing the most particular mode of identity or common being at issue. Killian and MacGregor concede that the state of Connecticut was, in its laws, discriminating “against potential applicants [for welfare], who come into the state… to get on the welfare rolls, and who would not come into the state if there were no liberal welfare benefits” (LBA 68: 24); but stipulate that such discrimination is not “racially aimed” (LBA 68: 7) and is therefore not a “suspect” classification. Instead, the classification is made only as part of a necessary process of quantitative provision: that is, because “there is a practical limit to the amount of tax dollars that can be raised” to provide for the “members” of the state of Connecticut (LBA 68: 37). Correspondingly, another advocate for the appellants, Lorna Lawhead Williams of Iowa, defended her state’s similar welfare residency laws during oral arguments as something made necessary by the attempt to balance individual and communal needs. Williams claimed that the distinction between residents and nonresidents is reasonable

     

    because it affords the ones who want to have a sort of permanency in that community and have the professionally hired counselors come into their homes and help them on their family problems…. They help them. They consult with them. They have a friend in the community, besides just bread and butter money. (LBA 68: 339)

     

    In this argument, it is made particularly clear how one must allegedly exclude in order to include and must discriminate against outsiders in order to maintain the intimacy of the community itself.

     

    Against such claims, Archibald Cox, representing the appellees, moved the argument back towards broader modes of identity and common being. He successfully convinced a majority of the court that welfare residency requirements, precisely in their intended protection of the integrity of individual state borders and budgets, infringed on a constitutionally protected liberty: the right to travel. “Our constitutional law,” Cox writes in his brief for the case, “recognizes the basic human right to geographic mobility,” a liberty that “was a key element in our development as a free people” (LBA 68: 100). (Cox even points out, in a telling historical detail, that the Articles of Confederation except “paupers and vagabonds” from what they otherwise guaranteed to be “free ingress and regress to and from any other State,” but that this exception was omitted in Article IV, Section 2 of the U.S. Constitution, which declares that “the Citizens of each State shall be entitled to all the Privileges and Immunities of Citizens in the several States” [LBA 68: 100].) Cox also argues eloquently that the classification at issue in this case

     

    is made in relation to the bare essentials of life, material and spiritual. Public assistance is the last resource of those unable to support themselves…. For those who cannot satisfy the one-year-residence rule, the classification means deprivation of shelter, food, and clothing. When public assistance is withheld, the entire quality of life–sometimes even life itself–is placed in jeopardy. (LBA 68: 92)

     

    In effect, Cox’s argument evokes a common human identity defined this time not by its duties and responsibilities but by its brute material needs. Thus, as he said in oral arguments, the policies in question discriminate against “those who exercise the fundamental liberty of moving to a new residence in pursuit of better opportunities, better life, or what else they consider to be an advantage.” Such a discrimination, he argued strongly, “is invidious in the same sense that discrimination on grounds of race or religion is invidious” (LBA 68: 390). Cox thus tried to associate a discrimination against short-time residents with the kind of racial categories already recognized as “suspect” classifications and therefore requiring a state to have “compelling” reasons in order to employ them.

     

    Such arguments prevailed with the majority of the court. In his decision, Justice William Brennan rejected the communitarian language of insiders and outsiders and, echoing Cox’s language of biological necessity, argued that durational requirements merely created

     

    two classes of needy resident families indistinguishable from each other except that one is composed of residents who have resided a year or more, and the second of residents who have resided less than a year, in the jurisdiction. On the basis of this sole difference, the first class is granted, and the second class is denied, welfare aid upon which may depend the ability of the families to obtain the very means to subsist–food, shelter, and other necessities of life…. [The] appellees’ central contention is that the statutory prohibition of benefits to residents of less than a year creates a classification which constitutes an invidious discrimination denying them equal protection of the laws. We agree. (Shapiro 627)

     

    Citing Korematsu v. United States and the established doctrine of “compelling” state interests, Brennan also argues that when welfare applicants move from state to state, even if they are doing so to seek higher welfare benefits, they are “exercising a constitutional right, and any classification which serves to penalize the exercise of that right, unless shown to be necessary to promote a compelling governmental interest, is unconstitutional” (Shapiro 634). For the majority, none of the several reasons proposed as justifications for the state’s interest in welfare residency requirements–such as protecting state budgets or discouraging immigration by indigents–appeared sufficiently compelling.

     

    Shapiro‘s rejection of durational residency tests for welfare would thus seem to be a significant victory for a relatively inclusive vision of welfare rights. But the logic of this case actually conceals a theoretical limitation, at once broad and particular, on the concept of collective provision.21 As we have seen, Cox’s successful argument for the appellees emphasizes that residency requirements infringe a constitutional right to travel and suggests that welfare is different from other state-provided benefits because it addresses fundamental human needs. In several exchanges during oral arguments, however, Cox and the Court seem to indicate a crucial point at which the provision of even such basic necessities can be limited. This limit is never quite spelled out and yet is shadowed by the very reticence with which Cox and the justices avoid spelling it out. This process begins when Cox is in the process of questioning the various rationales that are being used to explain the state’s alleged interest in durational residency requirements. One such argument is the idea that such requirements provide an objective test of residence.22 Cox suggests that “one has to be very careful” about this concept, because

     

    Residence under the Social Security laws means residence–means presence in the state. Living there. Not for temporary purpose. In other words, without the intention of going somewhere else. (LBA 68: 393)

     

    Here, Cox seems at first to say that residence is no different than simple presence, but then immediately begins to limit such a definition. He concedes that residence must not be for a “temporary purpose” and says there must be no intention to leave; yet he pointedly refrains from the more obvious possible formulation: that residency requires a positive intention to stay.The Court, perhaps understandably, wants to know more about precisely what this means:

     

    THE COURT. Suppose he wanted to stay in Massachusetts six months–live as a resident?
    MR. COX: He would then be a resident.
    THE COURT. And live in Florida six months as a resident?
    MR. COX: Well, it would then be–it’s a little hard for me to think of someone doing that and still qualifying for Aid to Dependent Children, Your Honor. The very money spent going back and forth–
    THE COURT: You can’t laugh that proposition off, because that’s a very common thing in America.
    MR. COX: Well, I suggest it isn’t a common thing in relation to the types of people we’re talking about here. (LBA 68: 393)

     

    Let us mark in passing the rather dark irony that surfaces momentarily here in the acknowledgment that a political freedom to travel is not the same thing as a material ability to travel. In 1956, Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter, in a concurring opinion on another case involving issues of wealth and poverty, had cited Anatole France’s ironic praise of the “majestic equality” of a Law that “forbids the rich as well as the poor to sleep under bridges, to beg in the streets, and to steal bread” (Griffin v. Illinois 351 U.S. 12, 15). The Shapirodecision in effect makes the same point in reverse, by affirming how the law permits both rich and poor to spend six months of the year in Florida if they can afford to get there. At this point, however, the Court still wishes to press Cox on this difficult idea of what it means to “live as a resident” in a state:

     

    THE COURT: But how long must he be a resident?
    MR. COX: Such a person under our position, to answer you squarely, such a person under our position would be entitled to aid six months in Massachusetts and six months in Florida….
    THE COURT: That, Mr. Cox, is subject to the right of each state to take a reasonable time to authenticate the bona fide residence in the state, and the “means test,” and the various other things.
    MR. COX: Oh, yes, quite…. The point that I want to emphasize with respect to this test of residence is that one must ask what is it that you are trying to test? I think that it lurks behind that expression…. We are really asking more permanency than being in the state voluntarily with no intention of leaving. And to the extent that something more lurks there, then our answer is simply that requiring the “something more” is itself an arbitrary and capricious classification. (LBA 68: 393-4)

     

    Something “lurks” behind the demand for residency, Cox suggests–his very image seeming, as it were, to evoke the homeless vagrant lurking in the doorways and back alleys of civil life. Cox rejects whatever “lurks behind” this demand for a so-called “permanency” that in some elusive way transcends mere physical presence in the state. This term, Cox seems to imply, is simply a coded expression for something that, in political discourses of early-modern England and America, might have been called a “settled interest,” a minimum level of income or property (the kind of criteria that used to be required, prior to and sometimes after the American Constitution, even for suffrage itself).23 Cox also rejects the idea argued in the Connecticut brief that permanent residents are those who have made an “investment” in the community, pointing out that AFDC is designed in the first place to aid “dependent children,” who can hardly be said to have yet contributed anything to any community anywhere. Moreover, he says, since it is generally impossible to “measure the matter of ‘contribution’ or ‘investment’ in the community… this is really a euphemistic way of expressing… discrimination against strangers, or outsiders” (LBA 68: 396). But the specific citizens discriminated against in this case (by their exclusion from welfare benefits) are already being considered, at least by Cox, as full-fledged residents. Does one then cease to be a stranger and outsider at the very moment of arrival at a given place, provided only that one has no “intention of going somewhere else”? This question is necessarily pertinent in that this whole exchange follows Cox’s rejection of the idea that requiring a one-year stay would provide the state with an “objective” test to determine whether or not an individual was a genuine, bona fide resident.

     

    But even as Cox systematically rejects all these related ideas of permanency and economic interest as appropriate criteria for welfare eligibility, he still accepts that there is some basic status that can be called residency. In fact, he is constrained to do so, for it is the heart of his argument–as Justice Brennan restates in the passage from the majority decision cited above–that durational welfare requirements do not merely distinguish between insiders and outsiders, residents and nonresidents, but instead between two classes of resident. But this “bona fide residence in a state” that both Cox and the court agree is a legitimate distinction appears to be a deeply problematic status, since it is constituted neither by simply being in the state, nor by a particular duration of time spent there, nor by having a “settled interest” of property and income. A radical indeterminacy seems to be inscribed not only in this all-important concept but also in the parallel idea of travel and migration against which residency must be defined. A few moments later, in fact, the Court draws from Cox another significant qualification:

     

    THE COURT: I haven’t quite understood how all the arguments are going on the assumption that the right to travel from place to place is precisely the same as the right to live where you please.
    MR. COX: Well I think that I have sought to stress the right to live where you please as the basic right. It seems to me that the right to journey, to make a pleasure swing around the country or to go to Europe, raises different problems and is a lesser right, I would think. And my case–Your Honors emphasized a point I should have made more sharply, perhaps. Our case deals with the right to live where you please to seek better opportunities.
    THE COURT: That’s what I think this resolves itself into, instead of the right to “travel.”
    MR. COX: I agree. (LBA 68: 397)

     

    Even though the salient issue of Shapirois repeatedly defined as the right to travel, the case would indeed seem, as Cox concedes here, to be more precisely understood as being about the right to migrate, to “live where you please to seek better opportunities.” This more specific word does briefly appear in the majority decision:

     

    An indigent who desires to migrate, resettle, find a new job, and start a new life will doubtless hesitate if he knows that he must risk making the move without the possibility of falling back on state welfare assistance during his first year of residence, when his need may be most acute. But the purpose of inhibiting migration by needy persons into the State is constitutionally impermissible. (Shapiro 629; emphases added)

     

    In this passage, migration refers to the act of a person who goes somewhere to settle or make a life: the act of the pioneer, the homesteader, or the immigrant, the very dramatis personae of the American dream. In many respects, the appellees’ winning case depends on the ideological force of this image, as against an equally ideological contrast between the homeless vagrant and what the Court calls the “old families” of a well-established community (401). In his majority decision, for example, Brennan argues that residency requirements are grounded in the assumption “that indigents who enter a State with the hope of securing higher welfare benefits are somehow less deserving.” By contrast, Brennan writes,

     

    we do not perceive why a mother who is seeking to make a new life for herself and her children should be regarded as less deserving because she considers, among other factors, the level of a State’s public assistance. Surely such a mother is no less deserving than a mother who moves into a particular State in order to take advantage of its better educational facilities. (Shapiro 631-2)

     

    In such a passage, Brennan in effect displaces the ideological specters of the “welfare queen” and the “lurking” vagrant by imagining the kind of person at issue in this case as a devoted mother moved by a spirit of independence and rational economic calculation to seek out a better life for her family and herself. The force of the image is almost enough to conceal how this description also implicitly accepts the conservative principle that relief should, in any case, go only to what Brennan frankly calls the “deserving” poor.

     

    Nevertheless, the word “migrant” inevitably evokes another meaning that indicates the absolute limit of what might be thinkable by the prevailing logic of welfare. This becomes clear in another exchange a few minutes later:

     

    THE COURT: Mr. Cox, I’ve come across statements to the effect that in some of these states that have fine climates, such as the far Western states, the children of migrants are not allowed into the public schools because they don’t satisfy the residence requirements; and also the same sort of statement with respect to access to state health facilities. Assuming that that’s so, does that present a related conceptual problem?
    MR. COX: Well I would think the genuine migrant presented a different problem, that here we are talking about someone who is not moving from place to place. I don’t mean to suggest, Your Honor, that there isn’t ground for a constitutional attack in those cases, but I do suggest that at least from the standpoint of what we’re dealing with–
    THE COURT: But a negative answer here–would a negative answer here indicate, a fortiori, a negative answer in–
    MR. COX: You mean if we were to lose these cases?
    THE COURT: If you were to lose these cases, would that indicate a negative answer in the case of the migrants who are denied an opportunity to go to school?
    MR. COX: I would think it clearly would even enable Connecticut, say, to say that it would not admit to the schools in Greenwich and other places near New York the children of people who move out from New York to Greenwich because there are better schools there (403).

     

    This striking passage both insists on and yet virtually refuses to name or consider the migrant worker as the limit case at which the whole argument finally arrives. The force of the discourse in the current case tends to exclude the migrant from consideration, by focusing on residents who are said to be equal in status and therefore entitled to “equal protection” under the law. Yet the figure of the migrant worker forces itself into the argument here, much as it did implicitly in Cox’s previous reference above to “strangers” and “outsiders.” The Court seems to ask, though perhaps not very clearly and with a kind of reticence, about the implications of the current case for the much more drastic residency restrictions imposed on migrant workers, who are often, as he mentions, excluded from even the most basic state services such as elementary education because they lack even the intention to stay in the place they happen to be. If the Court should decide in this case to allow states to deny welfare benefits even to immigrants in the positive sense (those who arrive intending to stay), then states will surely believe they can deny services of any kind to the mere migrant. Cox assents to this conclusion, though only in the most indirect of ways: by displacing the already-ghostly figure of the migrant worker with that of the citizen who moves from the city to the suburbs because they have better schools there! One suspects that Cox’s incongruous counterexample is intended to reassure the Court that more is at stake here than the rights of those whom even that tenuous and indefinable status of “resident” eludes. At any rate, one thing is clear about the decision reached in this case. Although it is still commonly argued that “Residency as a factor in determining eligibility for public assistance was declared illegal… in the case of Shapiro v. Thompson (Trattner 21, n. 3), the real fact is, as Edward Sparer summarizes, that “Shapiro bans durational residency tests, but not residency tests.” The decision thus permits the states to “bar the nonresident citizen from receiving welfare benefits,” and “the principal group of persons to whom this distinction applies is the migratory workers who move from state to state for the purpose of working in the field” (76). The migrant worker is thus a kind of absent presence in a case whose specific positive effect–the striking down of durational requirements for AFDC–seems in its whole force and absolute principle to license his exclusion from social welfare in every sense. Even more broadly, this case affirms certain rights and freedoms only by limiting them and extends welfare benefits to newly arrived residents only by excluding the nonresident.

     

    Such conclusions are further confirmed by the obvious observation that the figure of the illegal alien or migrant worker, present in this case only in his nearly total absence, is by contrast central in other discourses about welfare. To cite an almost random example of an all-too-familiar discourse, Senator Strom Thurmond, a few years before the welfare reform bill of 1996, made the argument that such a bill would be necessary

     

    to limit the rising tide of illegal aliens who, attracted by the many advantages of living or working in the United States, flood across our borders and take jobs from American workers. In many cases, those illegal entrants and their families soon become a welfare burden on our society, supported in one way or another by the American taxpayer. (qtd. in Harris 186)

     

    Correspondingly, the “welfare reform” act of 1996 placed explicit new limits on what it also carefully identifies as three different kinds of migrant or immigrant: Americans moving between states, “qualified” (that is, legal) aliens from outside the United States, and illegal aliens. For the first class, the bill authorized any State to “apply to a family the rules (including benefit amounts) of the program… of another State if the family has moved to the State from the other State and has resided in the State for less than 12 months” (United States 20).24 The second class, qualified aliens, were declared “not eligible for any Federal means-tested public benefit for a period of 5 years beginning on the date of the alien’s entry into the United States” (United States 161). And as for the third class, which would, of course, include the majority of migrant workers, the law provides that “an alien who is not a qualified alien… is not eligible for any Federal public benefit” (United States 157). In the debates leading up to and following the passage of the bill, some liberal voices particularly deplored such provisions, and President Clinton promised that “if reelected he would fix a flawed welfare law” (Weaver 336)–though this promise (unlike his famous original promise to “end welfare as we know it”) was at best partially fulfilled by provisions of the 1997 budget, which restored some benefits for disabled immigrants. And in any case, it was merely the restrictions on welfare for legal aliens that were even at issue. Our analysis suggests, by contrast, that limitations on welfare for “strangers and outsiders” are in no sense merely peripheral to the bill’s overall purpose but rather quite central to it. Indeed, the fact that, as most studies suggest, illegal migrant workers pay more into state budgets (via payroll taxes) than they ever receive via welfare also merely confirms, by contrast, that such policies do not really respond to material social problems but emerge, rather, from the kind of enduring habits of thought sketched here.

     

    Early in the year following Shapiro, the Supreme Court issued another decision on welfare that is, by contrast, generally considered a profound defeat for welfare rights. In Dandridge v. Williams (1970), the Court upheld the constitutionality of laws in Maryland (and, by extension, of numerous similar laws in other states) that set a maximum cap on the welfare benefits available to a given family. In Maryland, specific welfare benefits were paid to each needy family under AFDC according to a formula calculating the minimum level of subsistence income necessary per child; yet the state also set a maximum limit of $250 per month per family and thus failed to provide additional benefits for any family with seven or more members–five children with two parents, or six children with one parent. Like Shapiro, this case thus also locates itself at the intersection of common being and the economic calculus. In this case, it is implicitly conceded by both sides that human beings are united by a common level of material and financial need that can be precisely determined by the state. There could have been be no dispute at all if there had not been that initial act of calculation by the state to determine the minimum subsistence level for a family of three, four, or five people, and so forth.

     

    At the simplest level, then, the Court’s decision is a negative one: that is, it rules that a state need not support people according to the state’s own calculation of their needs. Such a conclusion is, moreover, itself made in the name of calculation. As Justice Potter Stewart writes in the majority decision, the Maryland law is justified as an attempt to “reconcile the demands of its needy citizens with the finite resources available to meet those demands” (Dandridge 474). Cutting off the larger families from additional benefits is one reasonable way, the majority argues, of rationing an overall welfare budget that is evidently too small to meet the needs of collective provision in the state. At the end of the majority decision, Justice Stewart once again portrays the Court’s actions in negative terms: as simply a refusal to intervene in matters best left to the wisdom of state lawmakers:

     

    We do not decide today that the Maryland regulation is wise, that it best fulfills the relevant social and economic objectives that Maryland might ideally espouse, or that a more just and humane system could not be devised. Conflicting claims of morality and intelligence are raised by opponents and proponents of almost every measure, certainly including the one before us. But the intractable economic, social, and even philosophical problems presented by public welfare assistance programs are not the business of this Court. (Dandridge 486)

     

    In fact, however, the negative form of the principle affirmed in this decision necessarily entails a positive version of itself, one that indeed has fundamental economic, social, and philosophic consequences. This positive principle might be formulated something like this: the State must calculate a standard of material need for its citizens and yet must not meet that standard. The brief for the appellants frankly acknowledges that the laws at issue here continue to reflect long-standing fears about the “undeserving poor,” citing the conclusions of the British Poor Law Commission of 1835 that the situation of people on relief “shall not be made really or apparently so eligible (desirable) as the situation of the independent laborer of the lowest class” (LBA 69: 60). They also cite Arthur Burns, at the time a counselor to President Nixon on domestic affairs and soon to be Chair of the Federal Reserve bank, who claims that “there are… States in which the welfare payments going to the family are larger than what an unskilled man working at or close to the minimum wage can earn,” which “stimulates some people to leave work and join the welfare population.” To avoid this, Burns argues, the state should set “a maximum on welfare payments so that welfare is not too attractive financially” (cited LBA 69: 87). This argument, which prevailed with a majority of the Court on this occasion, and which we identified above as the quintessential right-wing approach to poverty, here grounds itself in an act of calculation that is always unfinished (that is, the state must calculate the minimum it should give and then must also recalculate how much not to give) and, even more paradoxically, grasps equality itself only in the form of inequality. In its laws, argued the majority decision, “the State maintains some semblance of an equitable balance between families on welfare and those supported by an employed breadwinner” (Dandridge 486). But what the Court means, to speak in coldly practical terms, is that welfare families must have less than the working poor: the “equitable balance” of which he speaks literally exists in the form of a material inequity. To be as clear as possible, in this case, the law devotes itself with its full force and principle not to ending privation, and not even, at least after a certain point, to relieving privation, but instead, quite precisely, to preserving it.

     

    This paradoxical logic only deepens when one considers the appellees’s unsuccessful argument that family caps for welfare infringe on the constitutional doctrine of Equal Protection. The maximum grant regulation, write Joseph A. Matera and Gerald A. Smith in their appellee’s brief, creates “two subclasses of AFDC recipients, those who are members of large families containing seven or more people and those who belong to families of six members or less” (LBA 69: 125). And as for the additional children in large families, Matera suggests in oral argument, “the State computes their needs, and then simply ignores them” (LBA 69: 298). The Court points out, however, that the state formula does not simply provide a particular dollar amount per child but rather employs a sliding scale, giving “$30 a month for the first child, and $25 a month for the second child” and so forth (LBA 69: 300). It would thus seem difficult to make an equal protection argument in terms of individual children within families, as opposed to between families as a whole. To be sure, the state makes its initial calculation on the basis of the number of children in a family. But, as the Court suggests:

     

    THE COURT: …$30 isn’t allocated to A, and $10 to B, or anything like that?
    MR. MATERA: No, sir. It’s dependent upon the number of individuals in the family.
    THE COURT: So, when the State sets a maximum of $250, that money is allocable among all members of the family. It doesn’t mean that the State doesn’t think the seventh child is going to not share at all in the $250.
    MR. MATERA: I would disagree, in this respect, Mr. Justice White, because the State does think that…. Because when they looked at… the number of people in that family, they said that in order to live you need $331–
    THE COURT: Well, I understand that.
    MR. MATERA: …But, of course, the welfare department would believe that the mother would take those funds which already are available, and certainly divide them among the children, because she wouldn’t allow certain children to starve merely because their needs are not recognized, you see. (LBA 69: 305)

     

    And again, similarly, in the final moments of the oral arguments:

     

    THE COURT: …it’s not the fifth, or sixth, or seventh, or eighth child that necessarily suffers. It’s the whole family’s income that is reduced, on a per capita basis.
    MR. MATERA: That would be the practical effect, because a parent would simply not let its child starve. (LBA 69: 310)

     

    At this point, it is hard not to hear a hypothetical rejoinder that Matera’s words seem irresistibly to evoke: that although a parent would simply not let its child starve, a state would. To be precise, however, the Court is simply claiming that because of the possible economies of scale and, even more so, the emotional bonds of the family as such, the “fifth or sixth child in a family” will “eat right along with the rest of them,” so that the law “just means that everybody [in the family] would eat less” (306). As the majority decision puts it, more formally:

     

    Although the appellees argue that the younger and more recently arrived children in such families are totally deprived of aid, a more realistic view is that the lot of the entire family is diminished because of the presence of additional children without any increase in payments. (Dandridge 477)

     

    Thus, as it were, the additional children are not entitled to a claim of equal protection under the law precisely because they belong to a collectivity: they are members of a kind of mini-community within which they will be provided for, if not adequately, then at least equally with all its other members.

     

    Our primary point here is not that this claim about the intrinsic equality of the family is spurious, as a whole range of feminist work on familial relations and domestic abuse has vividly suggested. Nor are we primarily observing that these so-called “family caps” on welfare (which remain central in contemporary debates on the subject) are obviously conditioned by the ideological fantasy of the “welfare queen” who has additional babies in order to get larger welfare checks. Rather, we want to emphasize how this decision grounds itself on the alleged existence of this domain of absolute, unconditional collectivity and equality, the family, which it uses to license or justify a vision of society and the state understood as, by contrast, fundamentally individualistic and unequal. Within this logic, the family is assumed, by some mysterious and nonnegotiable necessity of its own nature, to care for each new member within its preexisting material capabilities, however limited they may be. The whole purpose of the AFDC program from its beginnings, the appellees argue repeatedly in the discourse of this case, is to “make it possible for the child to remain in or return to the custody and care of his parents or relatives who have a natural bond of affection and concern for his well-being” (LBA 69: 45; paraphrasing the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C.A. 601). Indeed, the appellees observe how the Maryland Code itself declares that the primary goal of AFDC is “the strengthening of family life” (LBA 69: 135, citing Maryland Code Annotated Article 88A, Section 44a [1064]). Only via the achievement of this goal does the program in any sense even attempt to achieve what might otherwise be understood as the broader and more fundamental goal of enabling “the child’s unmet need to be supplied” (LBA 69: 45). The welfare reform bill of 1996 operates with precisely the same logic. This bill amends Title IV of the Social Security Act in a fundamental way: on the one hand, it continues to state that the fundamental purpose of welfare is to “encourage the formation and maintenance of two-parent families,” and on the other hand, it specifically licenses states to enact “family cap” limits on welfare and stipulates that its programs will not “entitle any individual or family to assistance” (42 USCS 601 [2001]). So, one more time, let us be plain: precisely as it strips away any protection against scarcity from almost every space of social life, the law also claims to be fostering a specific domain of irreducible collectivity called “the family” within which, allegedly, our most fundamental needs may somehow always be met.

     

    3. At the Limits of Community

     

    The two figures our readings have discovered at the center of these cases about welfare, the migrant worker and the family, represent as it were the positive and negative limits of common being itself. The migrant worker is excluded from the process of mutual provision in the familiar positive way, because of his race, his national identity, his lack of a settled interest or even a permanent residency in a place. With the family, however–or at least with this hypothetical vision of the family–the very idea of common being encounters something that exceeds it: that is, our national identity as Americans binds us less than this imagined family does. Thus, even as our analysis pointed to a theoretical exclusion of the migrant at the heart of the seemingly inclusive logic of the Shapiro decision, so the brutal language of indifference in Dandridge could also be read as announcing the possibility of something very different: a sphere of limitless, open-ended inclusivity, where all, as the Court suggests, will “eat right along with the rest.” In this imagined collectivity, mutual provision evidently takes place without thought; or, more precisely, takes place via a calculation that, instead of being forever-unfinished, is rather always-already in excess of itself. And to do no more than extend the same hypothetical model in the other direction, every kind of abundance would, one can only assume, be similarly shared without thought or calculation–or, again, more precisely, shared via a process of calculation that undoes itself by being shared.

     

    In this case, indeed, the brute fact that real families do not necessarily embody this model is precisely what allows it to reemerge as a new possibility in theory and in practice. For this is not, of course, to suggest that a state should think of itself as one big happy family, a model long ago contaminated with the worst features of patriarchal oppression. It is, rather, to suggest that at one and the same point where a model of community based on common being reaches its negative limit, one recognizes, by contrast, what Jean-Luc Nancy in The Inoperative Community calls the community of our being-in-common. The various models of mutual provision considered throughout, whether in relatively liberal, communitarian versions, or relatively conservative or libertarian versions, grasp community only as a unity of subjects who have something in common and whose obligation to other members always retains a fatal circularity: each subject is obligated to help create and preserve other subjects who are themselves defined by their capacity and willingness to undertake the same obligation. In such a model, as we have observed, the community does not and cannot end privation or poverty, since the threat of these things constitutes not only what is understood as the necessary goad of survival, but indeed the very glue of the social bond itself. In the community for which we argue, by contrast, singular beings join together on the basis of having nothing in common, that is, they have in common only their own finitude and consequently their exposure to both scarcity and to one another. Here, the inescapable neediness of finite beings is grasped not as their weakness or reproach but as their access to a collective wealth that is, if not infinite, then at least without limit. As against what even progressives tend to suggest is a necessary conservation of altruism (e.g., Solow ix), the community of being-in-common begins in the recognition of what Emmanuel Levinas calls the “plenitude of alterity”: a relation to the Other that is incommensurable and that therefore exceeds all calculation (Levinas 345). This community has no inside or outside and therefore no insiders or outsiders; it is a community (and an economy) of an all that remains forever open, an all thought so radically that this word would no longer even be an appropriate term to calculate it.

     

    Here, similarly, the very idea of “welfare” shifts–rather as T. H. Marshall suggested over thirty years ago but exceeding his suggestion–from its negative to its positive sense, from the ideas of “relief” or “insurance” or “safety net” to the much broader and more basic semantic idea of well-being. Marshall argues that the provision of welfare in this sense to everyone cannot exactly be a legal right as such, precisely because such a right would have to be calculated, quantified, and legislated; instead, he suggests, it can only be provided via what he calls “discretion,” an operation that does not ask, “‘what do the regulations say must be done?’, but ‘What action is most likely to produce the desired result?’” (87-88). And, he goes on, “this notion of discretion as positive, personal and beneficent can only be fully realized in a ‘welfare society’, that is, a society that recognizes its collective responsibility to seek to achieve welfare, and not only to relieve destitution or eradicate penury” (88). Marshall’s own thought unfortunately also illustrates how easy it is for this discretion to simply become calculation by another name.25 Thus one must give a slight additional turn to his schema, understanding this “discretion” as something always performed in the name of what Derrida calls Justice: that which brings forth and yet always escapes and exceeds all notions of law and right. “It is just that there be law,” Derrida argues, but at the same time, “just justice is incalculable, it requires us to calculate with the incalculable” (“Force of Law” 16). And the evident fact that justice “is always in excess with respect to right” does not mean, as some might claim (attempting, in the familiar way, to reduce deconstruction to quietism), that justice is therefore infinitely deferred or simply unattainable. Rather, as Derrida always insists, this “excess” whose name is Justice “presses urgently here and now” (Derrida and Ferraris 23).

     

    It is therefore self-evident to us that just as affirmative action makes sense only in the name of absolute deracialization, so any law addressing something called “welfare” must guarantee income, education, health-care, and the like, to all social subjects; and that the sole criterion of eligibility for such guarantees can only be finite being itself. Therefore: no one who is in any sense there can possibly be excluded from it. This process of mutual provision cannot even be reduced to what has sometimes been called a guaranteed minimum income (a formulation that simply returns to the economic calculus in its most ruinous form).26 Indeed, what some would raise as objections to such a policy–that the level of such guaranteed income could not be determined in advance nor fixed once and for all, that people could and probably would always ask for it to be higher, and that to afford it would collectively require the expenditure without reserve of all economic privilege and individual wealth–are in fact its strengths. For one must understand this worldwide offering or sharing of well-being as, to repeat our formula, a process of calculation intended to undo calculation. Because all being is being-in-common, and because all community takes place, as Nancy argues, at the common limit where finite beings are exposed to one another, therefore those of us who meet at this limit (of) community literally in so doing pro-vide or look out for one another. This is not a (moral) choice, nor the product of ascetic self-denial, nor even something to be built as a Work in the aftermath of a revolution and in the name of some principle like Humanity or Equality; rather, it is the simple, inevitable (practical) condition of our existence, remaining always already to be re-revealed.

     

    Some will perhaps respond, however, that this essay, far from having in any sense begun to solve the problem of the practical, has not yet even begun to address it; that all this remains mere theory, and that none of it is either feasible or realistic. People will simply not go along with it, some will say; indeed, Americans have recently shown, if anything, an increasing resistance to affirmative action and an “increasing reluctance… to support citizens on welfare” (Gutmann ix). But we observe how such objections are always themselves posed as questions of thought and yet never really presented as one’s own thought. In other words, it is not argued that racial or economic justice is somehow materially impossible; rather, it is alleged that there is some ideality, some unspecified absence or vague presence in consciousness that makes it impossible. Similarly, most people never quite say, “I am selfish”; instead, they say, impersonally or abstractly, that altruism is scarce, or that Americans are greedy and individualistic, or that life isn’t fair. The same logic always re-engenders itself: because there might not be enough, we must each grab what we can, producing an aggregate of selfishness that endlessly ensures the repetition of the same scarcity and the same response. But if the impediment itself exists only in ideas and consciousness, then where else but in what Nancy calls “the gravity of thought” could one look for the solution?27 Thus the whole question of the practical necessarily evokes that exhilarating inversion that Marx articulates in perhaps his most famous single utterance–“Philosophers have only interpreted the world, in various ways; the point, however, is to change it” (Marx and Engels 145). We join others in the broad Marxist and post-Marxist tradition in understanding this famous dictum not as a simple opposition of theory and practice, intended to reproach philosophers for interpreting rather than changing the world. Rather, Marx suggests that to reinterpret the world is always, and necessarily, to change it.28 We acknowledge, then, that our project here is unfinished, but this is because the community for which we argue is always “to come” and because the problem of the practical itself therefore always remains (to be) thought.

     

    Notes

     

    1. See Derrida, “Racism’s Last Word” (1985), and Derrida and Tlili, eds., For Nelson Mandela (1987).

     

    2. The model of politics and collectivity for which we argue in this essay follows most closely the thought of Jean-Luc Nancy in The Inoperative Community. In addition to the works named in our text, other books that have influenced our thought include Maurice Blanchot’s The Unavowable Community and Giorgio Agamben’s The Coming Community. We also believe the community for which we argue to be broadly consistent with what Derrida calls “the new international” in Specters of Marx. Although Derrida has expressed theoretical reservations about the term “community,” he also acknowledges that he finally has “no qualms” about “Blanchot’s ‘unavowable’ community or Nancy’s ‘inoperative’ one” (Derrida and Ferraris 24). We join Derrida in understanding Nancy, as well as Blanchot, as affirming “a communism where the common is anything but common; it is the placing in common [mise en commun] of that which is no longer of the order of subjectivities, or of intersubjectivity as a relation–however paradoxical–between presences.” It is important to emphasize, therefore, how the thought of any of these writers always seeks to question “community in the classical sense, and intersubjectivity as well” (Derrida and Ferraris 24-25).

     

    3. See the volume co-edited by Guinier and Sturm, and perhaps in particular Claude M. Steele’s contribution, “Understanding the Performance Gap” (60-67), on the problem of what he calls “stereotype threat.” During the period in which this article was written, the head of the University of California school system, Richard C. Atkinson, announced plans to “no longer require that students take the SAT I in order to apply for admission to the University,” in part because “minority perceptions about fairness [of such tests] cannot be… easily dismissed.” Atkinson’s remarks can be found at the following address: <http://www.ucop.edu/ucophome/pres/comments/satspch.html>.

     

    4. The other Justices who side with Powell, it should be noted, assert in their opinion a strict construction of Title VI, for example. The matter of revised or even reversed construction principles over time is interesting, to say the least.

     

    5. Reva B. Siegel’s exemplary analysis of Hopwood argues that “strict scrutiny” doctrines under the Fourteenth Amendment radically restrict the use of race-conscious remedies “in order to protect and preserve real differences among racial groups” (49). See Gotanda and also Kull, who both suggest that U.S. constitutional policy has never been “color blind.”

     

    6. See Personal Justice Denied: The Report of the Commission on Wartime Relocation and Internment of Civilians (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1982). The most salient parts of the document, including the quotation, are on the web at: <http://www.geocities.com/capitolhill/Senate/4417/personaljusticedenied.html>.

     

    7. Statistics in this paragraph are from the University’s official Affirmative Action Reports, issued in October 2000, produced by the Office of the Assistant Provost and Assistant Vice President for Academic Human Resources. The quotation is from the University’s UAAO, Paulette Granberry Russell, from an e-mail, 25 January 2001. The University does provide itself some “wiggle room” on these matters, since it does break down particular minority utilizations/underutilizations separately from the general minority statistic. Nevertheless, every possible category of minority hiring for the Department of English is listed as having a hiring goal of zero, which effectively tells Chairs of Departments that no affirmative action activity is necessary. The concept of “availability” is defined on the University’s Affirmative Action Office website as: “Availability analysis estimates the percentages of minorities and women available for employment in each identified job group. Persons available are those interested and qualified to perform the work at hand during the upcoming Affirmative Action Plan year.” Michigan State University’s policies on affirmative action are contained in two documents called “IDEA” and “IDEA II.” “IDEA II” specifically links University support of affirmative action to “utilization” data: “Academic units that are underrepresented in terms of relevant availability data can work in partnership with the Office of the Provost as needed to arrange transitional funding and/or set up funds necessary to take advantage of targeted hiring opportunities when they arise, or to broaden possible recruitment or retention activities” (emphasis added; <http://web.msu.edu/access/idea2.html#enhanceeffort>).

     

    8. Delgado has written about “role model” theory in telling ways (“Affirmative”). This logic, too, would have proven problematic, had the Supreme Court affirmed it.

     

    9. See the Grutter companion decision, decided 27 March 2001, which overturns the University of Michigan Law School system of affirmative action admissions and explicitly sets up a future collision of Gratz and Grutter on appeal.

     

    10. It is important to acknowledge here and throughout (as general inspiration for the analysis of affirmative action in these pages) the significance of Girardeau A. Spann’s work in this area, and particularly Race Against the Court, which concludes that racial minorities must recognize the Supreme Court as having functioned generally as “an antagonistic political institution rather than as a hospitable benefactor” (170).

     

    11. See, for example, Klinkner and Smith for an elaboration of the limits of twentieth-century racial inequity reformism.

     

    12. We borrow the phrase “exception to the exception” from Donald E. Pease, in his oral response to Michael Hardt at Michigan State University’s “Globalicities” conference, October, 2001.

     

    13. Nancy Fraser and Linda Gordon suggest that “‘dependency’ is the single most crucial term in the current U. S. debate about welfare reform,” in an important essay that historicizes and critiques this term (618).

     

    14. In addition to books otherwise cited, some of the many other outstanding liberal or Left approaches to welfare include Frances Fox Piven and Richard A. Cloward’s Regulating the Poor (1971; 2nd ed. 1993); Michael B. Katz’s The Undeserving Poor (1989); Joel F. Handler’s and Yeheskel Hansenfeld’s The Moral Construction of Poverty (1991) and Handler’s The Poverty of Welfare Reform (1995); Linda Gordon’s Pitied but Not Entitled (1994); Herbert Gans’s The War Against the Poor (1995); and Ruth Sidel’s Keeping Women and Children Last (1996).

     

    15. Mead argues quite specifically that “obligation,” rather than mere quantitative “equality,” is the fundamental issue of all social policy, arguing that “The most vulnerable Americans need obligations, as much as rights” (Mead 17).

     

    16. Senator Jesse Helms on the floor of the Senate on Thursday, 1 August 1996, alleged that “the average welfare recipient stays at the public trough for 13 years.” (Helms’s statistics are, by the way, as excessive as his rhetoric, since, as Wilson documents, most studies of welfare usage conclude that “half of all welfare recipients exited welfare during the first year, and three-quarters departed within two years” (166).

     

    17. Some of the best-known works in this conservative conversation are Martin Anderson’s Welfare (1978), George Gilder’s Wealth and Poverty (1981), Charles Murray’s Losing Ground (1984), Lawrence M. Mead’s Beyond Entitlement (1986), Gertrude Himmelfarb’s The De-Moralization of Society (1995), and Marvin Olasky’s The Tragedy of American Compassion (1996). Concise samples of various writers making the argument summarized here can be found in Mehuron, Points of Light (1990).

     

    18. William Julius Wilson agrees that “a liberal-conservative consensus on welfare reform has recently emerged,” which includes, among other things, the opinion that welfare recipients should be required to work (164).

     

    19. Edward V. Sparer, who at the time of these decisions headed the Columbia University Center on Social Welfare Policy and Law, writes that “the particulars in the Court’s reasoning… gave great hope that Shapiro would have enormous consequences for other welfare rights. By April 1970… the Court–after a significant change in personnel–made it clear that such hope was false” (75).

     

    20. See, e.g., Kurland and Casper, Landmark Briefs and Arguments of the Supreme Court (37, 108, 237). All subsequent citations from the briefs and oral arguments of both Shapiro v. Thompson and Dandridge v. Williams are from this series, henceforth identified parenthetically as LBA, with volume and page number.

     

    21. Although it has different particulars, our argument about Shapiro is complementary to that of Bussiere, who suggests that Justice Brennan put together a majority decision in this case only by grounding it “in the right to interstate travel and… classical liberal values,” thus stripping the case “of its downwardly redistributive policy potential” (107). We also agree generally with Nixon, who argues “that the Supreme Court’s traditional approach to deciding durational residency requirements, while producing a sound moral outcome, is legally flawed and ultimately does more harm than good to strengthen welfare rights” (210-11).

     

    22. In his dissent, Justice Stewart finds plausible, as one “rational basis” for the kind of laws at issue in this case, the idea that “a residence requirement provides an objective and workable means of determining that an applicant intends to remain indefinitely within the jurisdiction” (Shapiro 673).

     

    23. In his dissent to Shapiro, Justice Harlan cites his own previous dissent in Harper v. Virginia Board of Elections 383 U.S. 663 (1966), a well-known case that ruled that poll taxes were unconstitutional. In that earlier case, Harlan had suggested that “it was probably accepted as sound political theory by a large percentage of Americans through most of our history, that people with some property have a deeper stake in community affairs, and are consequently more responsible, more educated, more knowledgeable, more worthy of confidence, than those without means, and that the community and Nation would be better managed if the franchise were restricted to such citizens” (Harper 683).

     

    24. This provision seems, however, to have been declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court’s 1999 decision, Saenz v. Roe, which reaffirmed Shapiro‘s assertion of the right to travel.

     

    25. In his “Afterthought on ‘The Right to Welfare,’” for example, Marshall discusses how one British welfare agency, the Supplementary Benefits Commission, had adapted a “discretionary” model in the years following his original essay, but that such a policy had been found “to cause conflict, unhappy comparisons between the workless and the working poor and complaints from those who did not believe that they were getting their ‘rights’” (96).

     

    26. This is not the place for a detailed exposition of the enduring tradition of thought concerning a guaranteed social income, or what has recently been dubbed a “universal basic income” or “UBI” (see Parijs). But we very briefly observe how one tradition of this thought, influenced in part by Henry George’s famous idea of a land-value tax, considers the natural environment as a kind of common patrimony whose value should be divided among all citizens–an idea grounded absolutely in the most mechanical kind of economic calculation. The idea of a “negative income tax” or basic minimum income–which has sometimes been advocated even by right-wing thinkers such as Milton Friedman–also tends to fall prey to questions of common being (what are basic needs?) and calculation (how much can society afford to give?). For example, Robert Solow, in his preface to Parijs, suggests “a very low-level UBI would be feasible in economic, even budgetary, terms, especially because it would at least partially replace some current means-tested transfers” (Parijs xiii). In other words, UBI would just be “welfare” or “relief” under another name.

     

    27. For this phrase, see Nancy’s The Gravity of Thought.

     

    28. See, for example, Resnick and Wolff 37.

    Works Cited

     

    • Agamben, Giorgio. The Coming Community. Trans. Michael Hardt. Minneapolis, MN: U of Minnesota P, 1993.
    • —. Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Stanford, CA: Stanford UP, 1998.
    • Anderson, Martin. Welfare: The Political Economy of Welfare Reform in the United States. Palo Alto, CA: Hoover Institution P, 1978.
    • Bennington, Geoff. Legislations: The Politics of Deconstruction. London: Verso, 1994.
    • Blanchot, Maurice. The Unavowable Community. Trans. Pierre Joris. Barrytown, NY: Station Hill, 1988.
    • Brown v. Board of Education. 347 U.S. Supreme Court 483. 1954.
    • Bussiere, Elizabeth. (Dis)entitling the Poor: The Warren Court, Welfare Rights, and the American Political Tradition. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State UP, 1997.
    • City of Richmond v. J.A. Croson Co. 488 U.S. Supreme Court 469. 1989.
    • Cornell, Drucilla. Beyond Accommodation: Ethical Feminism, Deconstruction, and the Law. 2nd ed. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 1999.
    • Dandridge v. Williams. 397 U.S. Supreme Court 471. 1970.
    • Delgado, Richard. “Affirmative Action as a Majoritarian Device: Or, Do You Really Want to Be a Role Model?” Critical Race Theory: The Cutting Edge. Ed. Richard Delgado. Philadelphia: Temple UP, 1995. 355-61.
    • —. The Coming Race War? And Other Apocalyptic Tales of America after Affirmative Action and Welfare. New York: New York UP, 1996.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Force of Law: The ‘Mystical Foundation of Authority’.” Deconstruction and the Possibility of Justice. Ed. Drucilla Cornell, Michael Rosenfeld, and David Gray Carlson. New York: Routledge, 1992. 3-67.
    • —. “Racism’s Last Word.” Trans. Peggy Kamuf. Critical Inquiry 12 (Autumn 1985): 290-299.
    • —. Specters of Marx: The State of the Debt, the Work of Mourning, and the New International. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. New York: Routledge, 1994.
    • Derrida, Jacques, and Maurizio Ferraris. A Taste for the Secret. Trans. Giacomo Donis. Ed. Giacomo Donis and David Webb. Cambridge, UK: Polity P, 2001.
    • Derrida, Jacques, and Mustapha Tlili, eds. For Nelson Mandela. New York: Seaver, 1987.
    • Dworkin, Ronald. A Matter of Principle. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 1985.
    • Fiscus, Ronald J. The Constitutional Logic of Affirmative Action: Making the Case for Quotas. Ed. Stephen L. Wasby. Foreword Stanley Fish. Durham, NC: Duke UP, 1992.
    • Flagg, Barbara J. Was Blind But Now I See: White Race Consciousness and the Law. New York and London: New York UP, 1998.
    • Fraser, Nancy, and Linda Gordon. “‘Dependency’ Demystified: Inscriptions of Power in a Keyword of the Welfare State.” Contemporary Political Philosophy: An Anthology. Ed. Robert E. Goodin and Philip Pettit. Oxford, UK: Blackwell, 1997. 618-633.
    • Fullilove v. Klutznick. 448 U.S. Supreme Court 448. 1980.
    • Gans, Herbert. The War Against the Poor: The Underclass and Antipoverty Policy. New York: Basic Books, 1995.
    • Gilder, George. Wealth and Poverty. New York: Basic Books, 1993.
    • Gordon, Linda. Pitied But Not Entitled: Single Mothers and the History of Welfare. New York, Free P, 1994.
    • Gotanda, Neil. “A Critique of ‘Our Constitution Is Color-Blind’.” Stanford Law Review 44.1 (November 1991): 1-68.
    • Gratz v. Bollinger. U.S. Dist. Court, E. Mich., South. Div. 2000. <http://www.mied.uscourts.gov/_opinions/Dugganpdf/PJD97cv75231.pdf>.
    • Griffin v. Illinois 351 U.S. Supreme Court 12. 1956.
    • Grutter v. Bollinger. U.S. Dist. Court, E. Mich., South. Div. 2001. <http://www.mied.uscourts.gov/_opinions/Friedmanpdf/BAF97cv75928.pdf>.
    • Guinier, Lani and Susan Sturm, eds. Who’s Qualified? Boston, MA: Beacon, 2001.
    • Gurin, Patricia. “Empirical Results from the Analyses Conducted for this Litigation.” <http://www.umich.edu/~urel/admissions/legal/expert/empir.html>.
    • —. “The Studies: Method and Measures.” <http://www.umich.edu/~urel/admissions/legal/expert/studies.html>.
    • —. “Theoretical Foundations for the Effect of Diversity.” <http://www.umich.edu/~urel/admissions/legal/expert/theor.html>.
    • Gutmann, Amy. “Introduction.” Solow vii-xv.
    • Handler, Joel F. The Poverty of Welfare Reform. New Haven, CT: Yale UP, 1995.
    • Handler, Joel F., and Yeheskel Hansenfeld. The Moral Construction of Poverty: Welfare Reform in America. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 1991.
    • Hardt, Michael, and Antonio Negri. Empire. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 2000.
    • Harper v. Virginia Board of Elections. 383 U.S. Supreme Court 663. 1966.
    • Harris, Cheryl I. “Whiteness as Property.” Harvard Law Review 106 (1993): 1709-91.
    • Harris, Nigel. The New Untouchables: Immigration and the New World Order. London: I. B. Tauris, 1995.
    • Himmelfarb, Gertrude. The De-Moralization of Society: From Victorian Virtues to Modern Values. New York: Knopf, 1995.
    • Hirabayashi v. United States. 320 U.S. Supreme Court 81. 1942.
    • Hopwood v. Texas. 78 F.3d. 5th U.S. Circuit 932. 1996.
    • Katz, Michael B. In the Shadow of the Poorhouse: A Social History of Welfare in America. Revised ed. New York: Basic Books, 1996.
    • —. The Undeserving Poor: From the War on Poverty to the War on Welfare. Revised ed. New York: Pantheon, 1989.
    • Klinkner, Philip A., with Rogers M. Smith. The Unsteady March: The Rise and Decline of Racial Equality in America. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1999.
    • Korematsu v. United States. 323 U.S. Supreme Court 214. 1944.
    • Kozol, Jonathan. Savage Inequalities: Children in America’s Schools. New York: Crown, 1991.
    • Kull, Andrew. The Color-Blind Constitution. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 1992.
    • Kurland, Philip B., and Gerhard Casper, eds. Landmark Briefs and Arguments of the Supreme Court of the United States: Constitutional Law. Arlington, VA: U Publications of America, 1975.
    • Levinas, Emmanuel. “The Trace of the Other.” Trans. Alphonso Lingis. Deconstruction in Context: Literature and Philosophy. Ed. Mark C. Taylor. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1986.
    • Marable, Manning. How Capitalism Underdeveloped Black America: Problems in Race, Political Economy, and Society. Updated ed. Boston, MA: South End, 2000.
    • Marshall, T. H. The Right to Welfare and Other Essays. New York: Free P, 1981.
    • Marx, Karl, and Friedrich Engels. The Marx-Engels Reader. 2nd ed. Ed. Robert Tucker. New York: Norton, 1978.
    • Mead, Lawrence M. Beyond Entitlement: The Social Obligations of Citizenship. New York: Free P, 1986.
    • Mehuron, Tamar Ann, ed. Points of Light: New Approaches to Ending Welfare Dependency. Washington, DC: Ethics and Public Policy Center, 1990.
    • Michaelsen, Scott. The Limits of Multiculturalism: Interrogating the Origins of American Anthropology. Minneapolis, MN: Minnesota UP, 1999.
    • Mills, Charles W. The Racial Contract. Ithaca, NY: Cornell UP, 1997.
    • Mouffe, Chantal. The Democratic Paradox. New York: Verso, 2000.
    • Murray, Charles. Losing Ground: American Social Policy, 1950-1980. New York: Basic Books, 1984.
    • —. “Preface.” The Tragedy of American Compassion. Washington, D.C.: Regnery Publishing, 1992.
    • Nancy, Jean-Luc. The Gravity of Thought. Trans. François Raffoul and Gregory Recco. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities P, 1997.
    • —. The Inoperative Community. Trans. Peter Connor, et. al. Minneapolis, MN: U of Minnesota P, 1991.
    • Nixon, Bryce. “‘Rational Basis with a Bite’: A Retreat from the Constitutional Right to Travel.” Law & Inequality Journal 18 (Winter 2000): 209-242.
    • Oh, Reggie, and Frank Wu. “The Evolution of Race in the Law: The Supreme Court Moves from Approving Internment of Japanese Americans to Disapproving Affirmative Action for African Americans.” Journal of Race and Law (Winter 1996): 165-93.
    • Olasky, Marvin. The Tragedy of American Compassion. Washington, D.C.: Regnery Publishing, 1992.
    • Olasky, Marvin, and George W. Bush. Compassionate Conservatism: What It Is, What It Does, and How It Can Transform America. New York: Free P, 2000.
    • Parijs, Philippe Van. What’s Wrong With a Free Lunch? Ed. Joshua Cohen and Joel Rogers. Forward by Robert M. Solow. Boston, MA: Beacon P, 2001.
    • Piven, Frances Fox, and Richard A. Cloward. Regulating the Poor: The Functions of Public Welfare. New York: Pantheon Books, 1971.
    • Post, Robert. “Introduction: After Bakke.” Post and Rogin 13-27.
    • Post, Robert, and Michael Rogin, eds. Race and Representation: Affirmative Action. New York: Zone, 1998.
    • Regents of U of California v. Bakke. 438 U.S. Supreme Court 265. 1978.
    • Resnick, Stephen A., and Richard D. Wolff. Knowledge and Class: A Marxian Critique of Political Economy. Chicago and London: U of Chicago P, 1987.
    • Schmitt, Carl. Political Theology: Four Chapters on the Concept of Sovereignty. 1922. Trans. George Schwab. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1985.
    • Shapiro v. Thompson, 394 U.S. Supreme Court 618. 1969.
    • Shershow, Scott Cutler. “Of Sinking: Marxism and the ‘General’ Economy.” Critical Inquiry 27 (Spring 2001): 468-92.
    • Sidel, Ruth. Keeping Women and Children Last: America’s War on the Poor. New York: Penguin, 1996.
    • Shklar, Judith N. American Citizenship: The Quest for Inclusion. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 1991.
    • Siegal, Reva B. “The Racial Rhetorics of Colorblind Constitutionalism: The Case of Hopwood v. Texas.” Post and Rogin 29-72.
    • Solow, Robert M. Work and Welfare. Ed. Amy Gutmann. Princeton, NJ: Princeton UP, 1998.
    • Spann, Girardeau A. The Law of Affirmative Action: Twenty-Five Years of Supreme Court Decisions on Race and Remedies. New York and London: New York UP, 2000.
    • —. Race Against the Court: The Supreme Court & Minorities in Contemporary America. New York and London: New York UP, 1993.
    • Sparer, Edward V. “The Right to Welfare.” The Rights of Americans: What They Are–What They Should Be. Ed. Norman Dorsen. New York: Pantheon, 1970. 65-93.
    • Sprinker, Michael, ed. Ghostly Demarcations: A Symposium on Jacques Derrida’s Spectres of Marx. New York: Verso, 1999.
    • Sunstein, Cass R. One Case at a Time: Judicial Minimalism on the Supreme Court. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP, 1999.
    • Trattner, Walter I. From Poor Law to Welfare State: A History of Social Welfare in America. 5th ed. New York: Free P, 1994.
    • Unger, Roberto Mangabeira. Democracy Realized: The Progressive Alternative. London: Verso, 1998.
    • United States. Cong. House. Committee on the Budget. Welfare and Medicaid Reform Act of 1996. HR 3734. Washington: GPO, 1996.
    • Walzer, Michael. Spheres of Justice: A Defense of Pluralism and Equality. New York: Basic Books, 1983.
    • Weaver, R. Kent. Ending Welfare as We Know It. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution P, 2000.
    • Wilson, William Julius. When Work Disappears: The World of the New Urban Poor. New York: Random House, 1996.
    • Wygant v. Jackson Board of Education. 476 U.S. Supreme Court 267. 1986.